WO2004080418A2 - Nucleic acid compounds for inhibiting angiogenesis and tumor growth - Google Patents

Nucleic acid compounds for inhibiting angiogenesis and tumor growth Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2004080418A2
WO2004080418A2 PCT/US2004/007491 US2004007491W WO2004080418A2 WO 2004080418 A2 WO2004080418 A2 WO 2004080418A2 US 2004007491 W US2004007491 W US 2004007491W WO 2004080418 A2 WO2004080418 A2 WO 2004080418A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
nucleic acid
acid compound
ephb4
expression
cell
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2004/007491
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2004080418A3 (en
Inventor
Ramachandra Reddy
Parkash Gill
Original Assignee
Vasgene Therapeutics, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Vasgene Therapeutics, Inc. filed Critical Vasgene Therapeutics, Inc.
Priority to EP04720327A priority Critical patent/EP1606305A4/en
Priority to AU2004220525A priority patent/AU2004220525B2/en
Priority to CA002518898A priority patent/CA2518898A1/en
Priority to JP2006507095A priority patent/JP4762889B2/en
Publication of WO2004080418A2 publication Critical patent/WO2004080418A2/en
Publication of WO2004080418A3 publication Critical patent/WO2004080418A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2866Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against receptors for cytokines, lymphokines, interferons
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06Antipsoriatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/04Antineoplastic agents specific for metastasis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/705Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
    • C07K14/715Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants for cytokines; for lymphokines; for interferons
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/30Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants from tumour cells
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/11DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
    • C12N15/113Non-coding nucleic acids modulating the expression of genes, e.g. antisense oligonucleotides; Antisense DNA or RNA; Triplex- forming oligonucleotides; Catalytic nucleic acids, e.g. ribozymes; Nucleic acids used in co-suppression or gene silencing
    • C12N15/1138Non-coding nucleic acids modulating the expression of genes, e.g. antisense oligonucleotides; Antisense DNA or RNA; Triplex- forming oligonucleotides; Catalytic nucleic acids, e.g. ribozymes; Nucleic acids used in co-suppression or gene silencing against receptors or cell surface proteins
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/10Type of nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/11Antisense
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/10Type of nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/14Type of nucleic acid interfering N.A.
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/31Chemical structure of the backbone
    • C12N2310/315Phosphorothioates

Definitions

  • Angiogenesis the development of new blood vessels from the endothelium of a preexisting vasculature, is a critical process in the growth, progression, and metastasis of solid tumors within the host.
  • angiogenesis the autocrine, paracrine, and amphicrine interactions ofthe vascular endothelium with its surrounding stromal components are tightly regulated both spatially and temporally.
  • the levels and activities of proangiogenic and angiostatic cytokines and growth factors are maintained in balance.
  • the pathological angiogenesis necessary for active tumor growth is sustained and persistent, representing a dysregulation ofthe normal angiogenic system.
  • Solid and hematopoietic tumor types are particularly associated with a high level of abnormal angiogenesis.
  • the disclosure provides nucleic acid compounds that decrease the expression of EphB4 or EphrinB2.
  • EphB4 and EphrinB2 participate in various disease states, including cancers and diseases related to unwanted or excessive angiogenesis. Accordingly, certain nucleic acid compounds disclosed herein may be used to treat such diseases, further aspects, the disclosure relates to the discovery that EphB4 and/or EphrinB2 are expressed, often at high levels, in a variety of tumors.
  • reagents that donwregulate EphB4 or EphrinB2 may affect tumors by a direct effect on the tumor cells as well as an indirect effect on the angiogenic processes recruited by the tumor, i certain embodiments, the disclosure provides the identity of tumor types particularly suited to treatment with an agent that downregulates EphB4 or EphrinB2, including agents that inhibit expression of EphB4 or EphrinB2.
  • the disclosure provides isolated nucleic acid compounds comprising at least a portion that hybridizes to an EphB4 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphB4 in a cell.
  • the EphB4 transcript may be any pre-splicing transcript (i.e., including introns), post-splicing transcript, as well as any splice variant.
  • the EphB4 transcript has a sequence set forth in Figure 62.
  • the disclosure provides isolated nucleic acid compounds comprising at least a portion that hybridizes to an EphrinB2 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphrinB2 in a cell.
  • the EphrinB2 transcript may be any pre-splicing transcript (i.e., including introns), post-splicing transcript, as well as any splice variant.
  • the EphrinB2 transcript has a sequence set forth in Figure 64.
  • categories of nucleic acid compounds include antisense nucleic acids, RNAi constructs and catalytic nucleic acid constructs.
  • a nucleic acid compound may be single or double stranded.
  • a double stranded compound may also mclude regions of overhang or non-complementarity, where one or the other ofthe strands is single stranded.
  • a single stranded compound may include regions of self-complementarity, meaning that the compound forms a so-called "hairpin” or “stem-loop” structure, with a region of double helical structure.
  • a nucleic acid compound may comprise a nucleotide sequence that is complementary to a region consisting of no more than 1000, no more than 500, no more than 250, no more than 100 or no more than 50 nucleotides of the EphB4 or EphrinB2 nucleic acid sequence as designated by Figure 62 and Figure 64, respectively.
  • the region of complementarity will preferably be at least 8 nucleotides, and optionally at least 10 or at least 15 nucleotides.
  • a region of complementarity may fall within an intron, a coding sequence or a noncoding sequence of an EphB4 or EphrinB2 transcript, such as the coding sequence portion ofthe sequences set forth in Figures 62 and 64, respectively.
  • a nucleic acid compound will have a length of about 8 to about 500 nucleotides or base pairs in length, and optionally the length will be about 14 to about 50 nucleotides.
  • a nucleic acid may be a DNA (particularly for use as an antisense), RNA or RNA:DNA hybrid. Any one strand may mclude a mixture of DNA and RNA, as well as modified forms tliat cannot readily be classified as either DNA or RNA.
  • a double stranded compound may be DNA:DNA, DNA-.RNA or RNA:RNA, and any one strand may also include a mixture of DNA and RNA, as well as modified forms that cannot readily be classified as either DNA or RNA.
  • a nucleic acid compound may include any of a variety of modifications, including one or modifications to the backbone (the sugar-phosphate portion in a natural nucleic acid, including internucleotide linkages) or the base portion (the purine or pyrimidine portion of a natural nucleic acid).
  • An antisense nucleic acid compound will preferably have a length of about 15 to about 30 nucleotides and will often contain one or more modifications to improve characteristics such as stability in the serum, in a cell or in a place where the compound is likely to be delivered, such as the stomach in the case of orally delivered compounds and the lung for inhaled compounds.
  • Examples of various EphB4 and EphrinB2 antisense and RNAi constructs having differing levels of efficacy are presented in Tables 6-9.
  • the strand complementary to the target transcript will generally be RNA or modifications thereof.
  • the other strand may be RNA, DNA or any other variation.
  • duplex portion of double stranded or single stranded "hairpin" RNAi construct will preferably have a length of 18 to 25 nucleotides in length and optionally about 21 to 23 nucleotides in length.
  • Catalytic or enzymatic nucleic acids may be ribozymes or DNA enzymes and may also contain modified forms.
  • Nucleic acid compounds may inhibit expression ofthe target by about 50%, 75%, 90% or more when contacted with cells under physiological conditions and at a concentration where a nonsense or sense control has little or no effect. Preferred concentrations for testing the effect of nucleic acid compounds are 1, 5 and 10 micromolar. Nucleic acid compounds may also be tested for effects on cellular phenotypes. In the case of certain cancer cell lines, cell death or decreased rate of expansion may be measured upon administration of EphB4 or EphrinB2 -targeted nucleic acid compounds. Preferably, cell expansion will be inhibited by greater than 50% at an experimentally meaningful concentration ofthe nucleic acid.
  • the disclosure provides pharmaceutical compostions comprising any of the various EphB4 or EphrinB2-targeted nucleic acid compounds.
  • a pharmaceutical composition will generally include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a pharmaceutical composition may comprise a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphB4 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphB4 in a cell.
  • a pharmaceutical composition may also comprise a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphrinB2 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphrinB2 in a cell.
  • the disclosure provides methods for inhibiting EphB4 expression in a cell, comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount of a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphB4 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphB4 in a cell. Any ofthe EphB4 targeted nucleic acid compounds disclosed may be used in such a method.
  • the disclosure provides methods for inhibiting EphrinB2 expression in a cell, comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount of a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphrinB2 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases tl e expression of EphrinB2 in a cell. Any ofthe EphrinB2 targeted nucleic acid compounds disclosed may be used in such a method.
  • the disclosure provides methods for reducing the growth rate of a tumor in a subject, comprising administering an amount of a nucleic acid compound sufficient to reduce the growth rate of the tumor.
  • the disclosure provides methods for treating a patient suffering from a cancer, comprising administering to the patient a nucleic acid moclecule.
  • the nucleic acid molecule may be, for example, selected from the group consisting of: (a) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphB4 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphB4 in a cell; and (b) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphrinB2 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphrinB2 in a cell.
  • the nucleic acid compound may, for example, be an antisense or an RNAi nucleic acid compound, and may be formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the tumor will comprise one or more cancer cells expressing EphB4 and/or EphrinB2.
  • EphB4 and/or EphrinB2 may be overexpressed relative to a cell from a comparable tissue.
  • the tumor may also be a metastatic tumor, and angiogenesis-dependent tumor or an angiogenesis independent tumor.
  • the tumor is seleted from the group consisting of colon carcinoma, breast tumor, mesothelioma, prostate tumor, squamous cell carcinoma, Kaposi sarcoma, and leukemia.
  • Such treatment may be combined with at least one additional anti-cancer chemotherapeutic agent that inhibits cancer cells in an additive or synergistic manner with the nucleic acid compound.
  • the nucleic acid compound and the additional anticancer agent(s) may be formulated in advance as a combination formulation, or may be formulated independently and administered in such a manner (e.g., timing, dosage) so as to achieve the combined effect.
  • the disclosure provides methods for treating a patient suffering from an unwanted angiogenesis-associated disease or process, comprising administering to the patient an amount of a nucleic acid compound sufficient to inhibit angiogenesis.
  • the nucleic acid molecule may be, for example, selected from the group consistmg of: (a) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphB4 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphB4 in a cell; and (b) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphrinB2 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphrinB2 in a cell.
  • the nucleic acid compound may, for example, be an antisense or an RNAi nucleic acid compound, and may be formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • angiogenesis-associated diseases or processes are angiogenesis-dependent cancer, benign tumors, inflammatory disorders, chronic articular rheumatism and psoriasis, ocular angiogenic diseases, Osier- Webber Syndrome, myocardial angiogenesis, plaque neovascularization, telangiectasia, hemophiliac joints, angiofibroma, wound granulation, wound healing, telangiectasia psoriasis scleroderma, pyogenic granuloma, cororany collaterals, ischemic limb angiogenesis, rubeosis, arthritis and diabetic neovascularization.
  • Such treatment may be combined with an additional anti-angiogenesis agent that inhibits angiogenesis in an additive or synergistic manner with the nucleic acid compound.
  • the nucleic acid compound and the additional agent(s) may he formulated in advance as a combination formulation, or may be formulated independently and administered in such a manner (e.g., timing, dosage) so as to achieve the combined effect.
  • the disclosure provides for the use of a nucleic acid compound in the manufacture of a medicament.
  • the disclosure provides for the use of an EphB4 or EphrinB2 -targeted nucleic acid compound of in the manufacture of medicament for the treatment of cancer or the treatment of angiogenesis-associated diseases or processes.
  • the disclosure provides methods for treating a patient suffering from a cancer, comprising: (a) identifying in the patient a tumor having a plurality of cancer cells that express EphB4 and/or EphrinB2; and (b) administering to the patient, as appropriate, an EphB4 or EphrinB2-targeted nucleic acid compound.
  • a nucleic acid compound may be selected from the group consisting of: (i) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphB4 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphB4 in a cell; and (ii) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphrinB2 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphrinB2 in a cell.
  • a method may include, as a diagnostic part, identifying in the patient a tumor having a plurality of cancer cells having a gene amplification ofthe EphB4 and/or EphrinB2 gene. Gene amplifications may be detected in a variety of ways, including, for example, fluorescent in situ hybridization (FISH).
  • FISH fluorescent in situ hybridization
  • the disclosure provides methods for identifying a tumor that is suitable for treatment with an inhibitor of EphrinB2 or EphB4 expression.
  • a method may mclude detecting in the tumor a cell having one or more ofthe following characteristics: (a) expression of EphB4 protem and/or mRNA; (b) expression of EphrinB2 protein and/or mRNA; (c) gene amplification ofthe EphB4 gene; and (d) gene amplification ofthe EphrinB2 gene.
  • a tumor comprising cells having one or more of characteristics (a)-(d) is likely to be sensitive to treatment with an inhibitor of EphrinB2 or EphB4 expression.
  • EphrinB2 or EphB4 may also be sensitive to treatments targeted at these proteins, as these proteins are known to be expressed in the vascular endothelium and to participate in the formation of new capillaries that service growing tumors.
  • An inhibitor of EphrinB2 or EphB4 expression may be, for example, (i) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphB4 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphB4 in a cell; or (ii) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphrinB2 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphrinB2 in a cell.
  • One aspect ofthe present disclosure provides a method for reducing the growth rate of a tumor expressing Ephrin B2 and/or EphB4. Such method comprises administering an amount of an ephrin therapeutic agent that blocks signaling through the Ephrin B2/EphB4 pathway, sufficient to reduce the growth rate ofthe tumor.
  • the ephrin therapeutic agent may exert its inhibitory effect by inhibiting the interaction between Ephrin B2 and EphB4, inhibiting gene expression of Ephrin B2 or EphB4, inhibiting activity of Ephrin B2 or EphB4, inhibiting clustering of Ephrin B2 or EphB4, inhibiting phosphorylation of Ephrin B2 or EphB4, or inhibiting any downstream signaling event upon binding of Ephrin B2 to EphB4.
  • Exemplary tumors include, but are not limited to, colon carcinoma, breast cancer, mesothelioma, prostate cancer (hormone refractory), squamous cell carcinoma, Kaposi sarcoma, and leukemia.
  • Such packaged pharmaceutical comprises: (i) a therapeutically effective amount of a nucleic acid compound disclosed herein; and (ii) instructions and/or a label for administration of compound for the treatment of patients having tumors that express Ephrin B2 and/or EphB4.
  • Another aspect ofthe present disclosure provides a method for treating a patient suffering from a cancer.
  • Such method comprises: (i) assessing the Ephrin B2 and/or ephB4 status of a sample of tumor cells from said patient; and (ii) treating the patient with an therapeutic agent targeted to EphrinB2 or EphB4 if said tumor cells express Ephrin B2 and/or ephB4.
  • Exemplary cancers include, but are not limited to, colon carcinoma, breast cancer, mesothelioma, prostate cancer (hormone refractory), squamous cell carcinoma, Kaposi sarcoma, and leukemia.
  • Figure 1 shows amino acid sequence ofthe B4ECv3 protein (predicted sequence ofthe precursor including uncleaved Eph B4 leader peptide is shown).
  • Figure 2 shows amino acid sequence ofthe B4ECv3NT protein (predicted sequence of the precursor including uncleaved Eph B4 leader peptide is shown).
  • Figure 3 shows amino acid sequence ofthe B2EC protein (predicted sequence of tl e precursor including uncleaved Ephrin B2 leader peptide is shown).
  • Figure 4 shows amino acid sequence ofthe B4ECv3-FC protein (predicted sequence of the precursor including uncleaved Eph B4 leader peptide is shown).
  • Figure 5 shows amino acid sequence ofthe B2EC-FC protein (predicted sequence ofthe precursor including uncleaved Ephrin B2 leader peptide is shown).
  • Figure 6 shows B4EC-FC binding assay (Protein A-agarose based).
  • Figure 7 shows B4EC-FC inhibition assay (Inhibition in solution).
  • Figure 8 shows B2EC-FC binding assay (Protein- A-agarose based assay).
  • Figure 9 shows chemotaxis of HUAEC in response to B4Ecv3.
  • Figure 10 shows chemotaxis of HHEC in response to B2EC-FC.
  • Figure 11 shows chemotaxis of HHAEC in response to B2EC.
  • Figure 12 shows effect of B4Ecv3 on HUAEC tubule formation.
  • Figure 13 shows effect of B2EC-FC on HUAEC tubule formation.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic representation of human Ephrin B2 constructs.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic representation of human EphB4 constructs.
  • Figure 16 shows the domain structure ofthe recombinant soluble EphB4EC proteins. Designation ofthe domains are as follows: L - leader peptide, G - globular (ligand-binding domain), C - Cys-rich domain, FI, F2 - fibronectin type III repeats, H - 6 x His-tag.
  • Figure 17 shows purification and ligand binding properties ofthe EphB4EC proteins.
  • A SDS-PAAG gel electrophoresis of purified EphB4-derived recombinant soluble proteins (Coomassie-stained).
  • B Binding of Ephrin B2-AP fusion to EphB4-derived recombinant proteins immobilized on Ni-NT A-agarose beads. Results of three independent experiments are shown for each protein. Vertical axis - optical density at 420 nm.
  • Figure 18 shows that EphB4v3 inhibits chemotaxis.
  • Figure 19 shows that EphB4v3 inhibits tubule formation on Matrigel.
  • A displays the strong inhibition of tubule formation by B4v3 in a representative experiment.
  • B shows a quantitation ofthe reduction of tube-length obtained with B4v3 at increasing concentrations as well as a reduction in the number of junctions, in comparison to cells with no protem. Results are displayed as mean values _ S.D. obtained from three independent experiments performed with duplicate wells.
  • Figure 20 shows that soluble EphB4 has no detectable cytotoxic effect as assessed by MTS assay.
  • Figure 21 shows that B4v3 inhibits invasion and tubule formation by endothelial cells in the Matrigel assay.
  • A to detect total invading cells, photographed at 20X magnification or with Masson's Trichrome
  • Top left of A B displays section of a Matrigel plug with no GF
  • top right of A displays section with B4IgG containing GF and lower left section contains GF
  • lower right shows GF in the presence of B4v3.
  • Significant invasion of endothelial cells is only seenin GF containing Matrigel.
  • Top right displays an area with a high number of invaded cells induced by B4IgG, which signifies the dimeric form of B4v3.
  • the left upper parts ofthe pictures correspond to the cell layers formed around the Matrigel plug from which cells invade toward the center ofthe plug located in the direction ofthe right lower corner.
  • Total cells in sections of the Matrigel plugs were quantitated with Scion Image software. Results obtained from two experiments with duplicate plugs are displayed as mean values _ S.D.
  • Figure 22 shows tyrosine phosphorylation of EphB4 receptor in PC3 cells in response to stimulation with EphrinB2-Fc fusion in presence or absence of EphB4-derived recombinant soluble proteins.
  • Figure 23 shows effects of soluble EphB4ECD on viability and cell cycle.
  • Figure 24 shows that B4v3 inhibitis neovascular response in a murine corneal hydron micropocket assay.
  • Figure 25 shows that that SCC15, B16, and MCF-7 co-injected with sB4v3 in the presence of matrigel and growth factors, inhibits the in vivo tumor growth of these cells.
  • FIG. 26 shows that soluble EphB4 causes apoptosis, necrosis and decreased angiogenesis in threee tumor types, B16 melanoma, SCC15, head and neck carcinoma, and MCF-7 Breast carcinoma.
  • Tumors were injected premixed with Matrigel plus growth factors and soluble EphB4 subcutaneously. After 10 to 14 days, the mice were injected intravenously with fitc-lectin (green) to assess blood vessel perfusion.
  • Tumors treated with control PBS displayed abundant tumor density and a robust angiogenic response
  • Tumors treated with sEphB4 displayed a decrease in tumor cell density and a marked inhibition of tumor angiogenesis in regions with viable tumor cells, as well as tumor necrosis and apoptosis.
  • Figure 27 shows expression of EphB4 in prostate cell lines.
  • Figure 28 shows expression of Epl B4 in prostate cancer tissue. Representative prostate cancer frozen section stained with EphB4 monoclonal antibody (top left) or isotype specific control (bottom left). Adjacent BPH tissue stained with EphB4 monoclonal antibody (top right). Positive signal is brown color in the tumor cells. Stro a and the normal epithelia are negative. Note membrane localization of stain in the tumor tissue, consistent with trans-membrane localization of EphB4. Representative QRT-PCR of RNA extracted from cancer specimens and adjacent BPH tissues (lower right).
  • Figure 29 shows downregulation of EphB4 in prostate cancer cells by tumor suppressors and RXR expression.
  • A) PC3 cells were co-transfected with truncated CD4 and p53 or PTEN or vector only. 24 h later CD4-sorted cells were collected, lysed and analyzed sequentially by Western blot for the expression of EphB4 and ⁇ -actin, as a normalizer protein.
  • LNCaP-FGF is a stable transfection clone of FGF-8, while CWR22R-RXR stably expresses the RXR receptor.
  • BPH-1 was established from benign hypertrophic prostatic epithelium.
  • Figure 30 shows downregulation of EphB4 in prostate cancer cells by EGFR and IGFR-1.
  • Figure 31 shows effect of specific EphB4 AS-ODNs and siRNA on expression and prostate cell functions.
  • Figure 32 shows effect of EphB4 siRNA 472 on cell cycle and apoptosis.
  • Figure 33 shows that EphB4 and EphrinB2 are expressed in mesothelioma cell lines as shown by RT-PCR (A) and Western Blot (B).
  • Figure 34 shows expression of ephrin B2 and EphB4 by in situ hybridization in mesothelioma cells.
  • Figure 35 shows cellular expression of EphB4 and ephrin B2 in mesothelioma cultures.
  • Figure 36 shows expression of ephrin B2 and EphB4 in mesothelioma tumor. hrrmunohistochemistry of malignant mesothelioma biopsy. H&E stained section to reveals tumor architecture; bottom left panel is background control with no primary antibody. EphB4 and ephrin B2 specific staining is brown color. Original magnification 200X.
  • Figure 37 shows effects of EPHB4 antisense probes (A) and EPHB4 siRNAs (B) on the growth of H28 cells.
  • Figure 38 shows effects of EPHB4 antisense probes (A) and EPHB4 siRNAs (B) on cell migration.
  • FIG 39 shows that EphB4 is expressed in HNSCC primary tissues and metastases.
  • the right hand column are frozen sections of lymph node metastasis stained with EphB4 polyclonal antibody (top right) and visualized with DAB. Control (middle) was incubation with goat serum and H&E (bottom) reveals the location ofthe metastatic foci surrounded by stroma which does not stain.
  • Figure 40 shows that EphB4 is expressed in HNSCC cell lines and is regulated by EGF:
  • Figure 41 shows mechanism of regulation of EphB4 by EGF: A) Schematic ofthe EGFR signaling pathways, showing in red the sites of action and names of specific kinase inhibitors used. B) SCC 15 cells were serum-starved for 24 h prior to an additional 24 incubation as indicated with or without EGF (10 ng/ml), 3 ⁇ M U73122, or 5 ⁇ M SH-5, 5 ⁇ M SP600125, 25 nM LY294002, - ⁇ M PD098095 or 5 ⁇ M SB203580. N/A indicates cultures that received equal volume of diluent (DMSO) only. Cell lysates were subjected to Western Blot with Epl B4 monoclonal antibody, ⁇ -actin signal serves as control of protein loading and transfer.
  • DMSO diluent
  • Figure 42 shows that specific EphB4 siRNAs inhibit EphB4 expression, cell viability and cause cell cycle arrest.
  • GFP green fluorescence protein
  • C) SCC15 cells transfected with siRNAs as indicated were analyzed 24 h post transfection for cell cycle status by flow cytometry as described in the Methods. Shown are the plots of cell number vs. propidium iodide fluorescence intensity. Top and middle row show plots for cells 16 h after siRNA transfection, bottom row shows plots for cells 36 h post transfection. Specific siRNA and concentration are indicated for each plot. Lipo LipofectamineTM200 mock transfection.
  • Figure 43 shows in vitro effects of specific EphB4 AS-ODNs on SCC cells.
  • the red brackets indicate the width ofthe original scrape.
  • Figure 44 shows that EphB4 AS-ODN inhibits tumor growth in vivo.
  • Figure 45 shows that Ephrin B2, but not EphB4 is expressed in KS biopsy tissue.
  • A In situ hybridization with antisense probes for ephrin B2 and EphB4 with corresponding H&E stained section to show tumor architecture. Dark blue color in the ISH indicates positive reaction for ephrin B2. No signal for EphB4 was detected in the Kaposi's sarcoma biopsy. For contrast, ISH signal for EphB4 is strong in squamous cell carcinoma tumor cells. Ephrin B2 was also detected in KS using EphB4-AP fusion protein (bottom left).
  • B Detection of ephrin B2 with EphB4/Fc fusion protein.
  • Double-label confocal immunofluorescence microscopy with antibodies to ephrin B2 (red) LANAl (green), or EphB4 (red) of frozen KS biopsy material directly demonstrates co-expression of LANAl and ephrin B2 in KS biopsy. Coexpression is seen as yellow color.
  • Figure 46 shows that HHV-8 induces arterial marker expression in venous endothelial cells.
  • A Immunofluorescence of cultures of HUVEC and HUVEC/BC-1 for artery/vein markers and viral proteins. Cultures were grown on chamber slides and processed for immunofluorescence detection of ephrin B2 (a, e, i), EphB4 (m, q, u), CD 148 (j, v), and the HHV-8 proteins LANAl (b, f, m) or ORF59 (r) as described in the Materials and Methods. Yellow color in the merged images ofthe same field demonstrate co-expression of ephrin B2 and LANA or eplirin B2 and CD 148.
  • FIG. 47 shows that HHV-8 induces arterial marker expression in Kaposi's sarcoma cells.
  • SLK-vGPCR is a stable clone of SLK expressing the HHV-8 vGPCR
  • SLK-pCEFL is control stable clone transfected with empty expression vector.
  • SLK cells transfected with LANA or LANA ⁇ 440 are SLK-LANA and SLK- ⁇ 440 respectively. Quantity of protein loading and transfer was determined by reprobing the membranes with ⁇ -actin monoclonal antibody.
  • HUVEC in 24 well plates were transfected using Superfect with 0.8 ⁇ g/well eplirin B2 promoter constructs containing sequences from -2941 to -11 with respect to the translation start site, or two 5 '-deletions as indicated, together with 80 ng/well pCEFL or pvGPCR-CEFL.
  • Luciferase was determined 48 h post transfection and induction ratios are shown to the right ofthe graph.
  • pGL3Basic is promoterless luciferase control vector. Luciferase was normalized to protein since GPCR induced expression ofthe cotransfected ⁇ -galactosidase. Graphed is mean + SEM of 6 replicates. Shown is one of three similar experiments.
  • Figure 48 shows that VEGF and VEGF-C regulate ephrin B2 expression.
  • Figure 49 shows that Ephrin B2 knock-down with specific siRNA inhibits viability in KS cells and HUVEC grown in the presence of VEGF but not IGF, EGF or bFGF.
  • KS-SLK cells were transfected with various siRNA to ephrin B2 and controls. After 48 hr the cells were harvested and crude cell lysates fractionated on 4-20% SDS-PAGE. Western blot was performed with monoclonal antibody to ephrin B2 generated in-house. The membrane was stripped and reprobed with ⁇ -actin monoclonal antibody (Sigma) to illustrate equivalent loading and transfer.
  • the cells were transfected using Lipofectamine 2000 (Invitrogen) in Opti-MEM medium containing 10 nM of siRNA to ephrin B2, Eph B4 or green fluorescence protein (GFP) as control.
  • the cells were incubated for 2 hr and then the fresh media containing growth factors or VEGF alone was added to their respective wells. After 48 hrs, the cells were stained with crystal violet and the pictures were taken immediately by digital camera at 10X magnification.
  • Figure 50 shows that soluble EphB4 inhibits KS and EC cord formation and in vivo angiogenesis.
  • Cord formation assay of HUVEC in MatrigelTM (upper row).
  • Figure 51 shows expression of EPHB4 in bladder cancer cell lines (A), and regulation of EPHB4 expression by EGFR signaling pathway (B).
  • Figure 52 shows that transfection of p53 inhibit the expression of EPHB4 in 5637 cell.
  • Figure 53 shows growth inhibition of bladder cancer cell line (5637) upon treatment with EPHB4 siRNA 472.
  • Figure 54 shows results on apoptosis study of 5637 cells transfected with EPHB4 siRNA 472.
  • Figure 55 shows effects of EPHB4 antisense probes on cell migration. 5637 cells were treated with EPHB4AS10 (10 ⁇ M).
  • Figure 56 shows effects of EPHB4 siRNA on cell invasion.
  • 5637 cells were transfected with siRNA 472 or control siRNA.
  • Figure 57 shows comparison of EphB4 monoclonal antibodies by G250 and in pull-down assay.
  • Figure 58 shows that EphB4 antibodies inhibit the growth of SCC15 xenograft tumors.
  • Figure 59 shows that EphB4 antibodies cause apoptosis, necrosis and decreased angiogenesis in SCC 15, head and neck carcinoma tumor type.
  • Figure 60 shows that systemic administration of EphB4 antibodies leads to tumor regression.
  • Figure 61 shows a genomic nucleotide sequence of human EphB4.
  • Figure 62 shows a cDNA nucleotide sequence of human EphB4.
  • Figure 63 shows a genomic nucleotide sequence of human Ephrin B2.
  • Figure 64 shows a cDNA nucleotide sequence of human Ephrin B2.
  • Figure 65 shows an amino acid sequence of human EphB4.
  • Figure 66 shows an amino acid sequence of human Ephrin B2.
  • the current disclosure is based in part on the discovery that signaling through the ephrin/ephrin receptor pathway contributes to tumorigenesis.
  • Applicants detected expression of ephrin B2 and EphB4 in tumor tissues and developed anti-tumor therapeutic agents for blocking signaling through the ephrin ephrin receptor.
  • the disclosure provides nucleic acids and methods for antisense or RNAi-based inlribition ofthe expression of EphB4 and EphrinB2. Accordingly, in certain aspects, the disclosure provides a large number of nucleic acid compounds that may be used to treat cancer as well as angiogenesis related disorders and unwanted angiogenesis related processes.
  • Ephrin and Eph are used to refer, respectively, to ligands and receptors. They can be from any of a variety of animals (e.g., mammals/non-mammals, vertebrates/non- vertebrates, including humans). The nomenclature in this area has changed rapidly and the te ⁇ ninology used herein is that proposed as a result of work by the Eph
  • Ephrin B2 and EphB4 refers to Ephrin B2 and EphB4.
  • the present invention contemplates any ephrin ligand and/or Eph receptor within their respective family, which is expressed in a tumor.
  • the ephrins (ligands) are of two structural types, which can be further subdivided on the basis of sequence relationships and, functionally, on the basis ofthe preferential binding they exhibit for two corresponding receptor subgroups. Structurally, there are two types of ephrins: those which are membrane-anchored by a glycerophosphatidylinositol (GPI) linkage and those anchored through a transmembrane domain.
  • GPI glycerophosphatidylinositol
  • the ligands are divided into the Ephrin-A subclass, which are GPI-linked proteins which bind preferentially to EphA receptors, and the Ephrin-B subclass, which are transmembrane proteins which generally bind preferentially to EphB receptors.
  • Eph family receptors are a family of receptor protein-tyrosine kinases which are related to Eph, a receptor named for its expression in an erythropoietin-producing human hepatocellular carcinoma cell line. They are divided into two subgroups on the basis ofthe relatedness of their extracellular domain sequences and their ability to bind preferentially to Ephrin-A proteins or Ephrin-B proteins. Receptors which interact preferentially with Ephrin-A proteins are EphA receptors and those which interact preferentially with Ephrin-B proteins are EphB receptors.
  • Eph receptors have an extracellular domain, composed ofthe ligand-binding globular domain, a cysteine rich region followed by a pair of fibronectin type III repeats (e.g., see Figure 16).
  • the cytoplasmic domain consists of a juxtamembrane region containing two conserved tyrosine residues; a protein tyrosine kinase domain; a sterile ⁇ -motif (SAM) and a PDZ-domain binding motif.
  • EphB4 is specific for the membrane-bound ligand Ephrin B2 (Sakano, S. et al 1996; Brambilla R. et al 1995).
  • Ephrin B2 belongs to the class of Eph ligands that have a transmembrane domain and cytoplasmic region with five conserved tyrosine residues and PDZ domain.
  • Eph receptors are activated by binding of clustered, membrane attached ephrins (Davis S et al, 1994), indicating that contact between cells expressing the receptors and cells expressing the ligands is required for Eph activation.
  • an Eph receptor dimerizes and autophosphorylate the juxtamembrane tyrosine residues to acquire full activation (Kalo MS et al, 1999, Binns KS, 2000).
  • Eph engagement of ephrins results in rapid phosphorylation of the conserved intracellular tyrosines (Bruckner K, 1997) and somewhat slower recruitment of PDZ binding proteins (Palmer A 2002).
  • Eph/ephrins may be associated with increased potentials for tumor growth, tumorigenicity, and metastasis (Easty DJ, 1999; Kiyokawa E, 1994; Tang XX, 1999; Vogt T, 1998; Liu W, 2002; Stephenson SA, 2001; Steube KG 1999; Berclaz G, 1996).
  • One aspect ofthe present disclosure provides a method for reducing the growth rate of a tumor expressing Ephrin B2 and or EphB4. Such method comprises administering an amount of a nucleic acid therapeutic agent that inhibits gene expression of Ephrin B2, EphB4, or both.
  • nucleic Acid Therapeutic Agents This disclosure relates to nucleic acid therapeutic agents and methods for inhibiting or reducing gene expression of ephrin and/or ephrin receptor (Eph).
  • inhibit or “reduce,” it is meant that the expression ofthe gene, or level of nucleic acids or equivalent nucleic acids encoding one or more proteins or protein subunits, such as Ephrin B2 and/or EphB4, is reduced below that observed in the absence ofthe nucleic acid therapeutic agents ofthe disclosure.
  • gene it is meant a nucleic acid that encodes a RNA, for example, nucleic acid sequences including but not limited to structural genes encoding a polypeptide.
  • nucleic acid therapeutic agent or “nucleic acid agent” or “nucleic acid compound” refers to any nucleic acid-based compound that contains nucleotides and has a desired effect on a target gene.
  • the nucleic acid therapeutic agents can be single-, double-, or multiple-stranded, and can comprise modified or unmodified nucleotides or non- nucleotides or various mixtures, and combinations thereof.
  • nucleic acid therapeutic agents ofthe disclosure include, but are not limited to, antisense nucleic acids, dsRNA, siRNA, and enzymatic nucleic acid compounds.
  • the disclosure features one or more nucleic acid therapeutic agents that independently or in combination modulate expression ofthe Ephrin B2 gene encoding an Ephrin B2 protein (e.g., Genbank Accession No.: NP_004084) or the EphB4 receptor gene which encodes an EphB4 protein (e.g., Genbank Accession No.: NP_004435).
  • the Ephrin B2 gene encoding an Ephrin B2 protein
  • the EphB4 receptor gene which encodes an EphB4 protein
  • the disclosure relates to antisense nucleic acids.
  • antisense nucleic acid it is meant a non-enzymatic nucleic acid compound that binds to a target nucleic acid by means of RNA-RNA, RNA-DNA or RNA-PNA (protein nucleic acid) interactions and alters the activity ofthe target nucleic acid (for a review, see Stein and Cheng, 1993 Science 261, 1004 and Woolf et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,849,902).
  • antisense molecules are complementary to a target sequence along a single contiguous sequence ofthe antisense molecule.
  • an antisense molecule can form a loop and binds to a substrate nucleic acid which forms a loop.
  • an antisense molecule can be complementary to two (or more) non-contiguous substrate sequences, or two (or more) non-contiguous sequence portions of an antisense molecule can be complementary to a target sequence, or both.
  • antisense DNA can be used to target nucleic acid by means of DNA-RNA interactions, thereby activating RNase H, which digests the target nucleic acid in the duplex.
  • the antisense oligonucleotides can comprise one or more RNAse H activating region, which is capable of activating RNAse H to cleave a target nucleic acid.
  • Antisense DNA can be synthesized chemically or expressed via the use of a single stranded DNA expression vector or equivalent thereof.
  • RNase H activating region is meant a region (generally greater than or equal to 4-25 nucleotides in length, preferably from 5-11 nucleotides in length) of a nucleic acid compound capable of binding to a target nucleic acid to form a non-covalent complex that is recognized by cellular RNase H enzyme (see for example Arrow et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,849,902; Arrow et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,989,912).
  • the RNase H enzyme binds to a nucleic acid compound- target nucleic acid complex and cleaves the target nucleic acid sequence.
  • the RNase H activating region comprises, for example, phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, 5'-thiophosphate, phosphoramidate or methylphosphonate backbone chemistry, or a combination thereof.
  • the RNase H activating region can also comprise a variety of sugar chemistries.
  • the RNase H activating region can comprise deoxyribose, arabino, fluoroarabino or a combination thereof, nucleotide sugar chemistry.
  • the antisense nucleic acids ofthe disclosure include natural-type oligonucleotides and modified oligonucleotides including phosphorothioate-type oligodeoxyribonucleotides, phosphorodithioate-type oligodeoxyribonucleotides, methylphosphonate-type oligodeoxyribonucleotides, phosphoramidate-type oligodeoxyribonucleotides, H-phosphonate- type oligodeoxyribonucleotides, triester-type oligodeoxyribonucleotides, alpha-anomer-type oligodeoxyribonucleotides, peptide nucleic acids, other artificial nucleic acids, and nucleic acid- modified compounds.
  • natural-type oligonucleotides and modified oligonucleotides including phosphorothioate-type oligodeoxyribonucleotides, phosphorodithioate
  • modifications include those which are internal or at the end(s) ofthe oligonucleotide molecule and include additions to tlie molecule ofthe internucleoside phosphate linkages, such as cholesterol, cholesteryl, or diamine compounds with varying numbers of carbon residues between the amino groups and terminal ribose, deoxyribose and phosphate modifications which cleave, or crosslink to the opposite chains or to associated enzymes or other proteins which bind to the genome.
  • tlie molecule ofthe internucleoside phosphate linkages such as cholesterol, cholesteryl, or diamine compounds with varying numbers of carbon residues between the amino groups and terminal ribose, deoxyribose and phosphate modifications which cleave, or crosslink to the opposite chains or to associated enzymes or other proteins which bind to the genome.
  • modified oligonucleotides include oligonucleotides with a modified base and/or sugar such as arabinose instead of ribose, or a 3', 5'-substituted oligonucleotide having a sugar which, at both its 3' and 5' positions is attached to a chemical group other than a hydroxyl group (at its 3' position) and other than a phosphate group (at its 5' position).
  • modifications to sugars include modifications to the 2' position ofthe ribose moiety which include but are not limited to 2'-O-substituted with an ⁇ O— lower alkyl group containing 1-6 saturated or unsaturated carbon atoms, or with an —O-aryl, or allyl group having 2-6 carbon atoms wherein such --O-alkyl, aryl or allyl group may be unsubstituted or may be substituted, (e.g., with halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl cyano, nitro acyl acyloxy, alkoxy, carboxy, carbalkoxyl, or amino groups), or with an amino, or halo group.
  • Nonlimiting examples of particularly useful oligonucleotides ofthe disclosure have 2'-O-alkylated ribonucleotides at their 3', 5', or 31 and 5' termini, with at least four or five contiguous nucleotides being so modified.
  • Examples of 2'-O-alkylated groups include, but are not limited to, 2'-O-methyl, 2'-O- ethyl, 2'-O-propyl, and 2'-O-butyls.
  • the synthesis ofthe natural-type and modified antisense nucleic acids can be carried out with, for example, a 381A DNA synthesizer or 394 DNA/RNA synthesizer manufactured by ABI (Applied Biosystems Inc.) in accordance with the phosphoramidite method (see instructions available from ABI, or F. Eckstein, Oligonucleotides and Analogues: A Practical Approach, IRL Press (1991)).
  • a nucleic acid-related molecule is synthesized by condensation between the 3'-terminus of a modified deoxyribonucleoside or modified ribonucleoside and the 5'-terminus of another modified deoxyribonucleoside, modified ribonucleoside, oligo-modified deoxyribonucleotide or oligo- modified-ribonucleotide by use of a reagent containing phosphoramidite protected with a group such as cyanoethyl group.
  • the final cycle of this synthesis is finished to give a product with a protective group (e.g., dimethoxytrityl group) bound to a hydroxyl group at the 5'-terminus ofthe sugar moiety.
  • a protective group e.g., dimethoxytrityl group
  • the oligomer thus synthesized at room temperature is cleaved off from the support, and its nucleotide and phosphate moieties are deprotected.
  • the natural- type oligonucleic acid compound is obtained in a crude form.
  • the phosphorothioate-type nucleic acids can also be synthesized in a similar manner to the above natural type by the phosphoramidite method with the synthesizer from ABI. The procedure after the final cycle of the synthesis is also the same as with the natural type.
  • the crude nucleic acids (natural type or modified) thus obtained can be purified in a usual manner e.g., ethanol precipitation, or reverse phase cliromatography, ion-exchange chromatography and gel filtration chromatography in high performance liquid cliromatography (HPLC), supercritical fluid chromatography, and it may be further purified by electrophoresis.
  • HPLC high performance liquid cliromatography
  • a cartridge for reverse phase chromatography such as tC18-packed SepPak Plus (long body/ENV) (Waters), can also be used.
  • the purity ofthe natural-type and modified (e.g., phosphorothioate- type) nucleic acids can be analyzed by HPLC.
  • the antisense nucleic acids ofthe disclosure can be delivered, for example, as an expression plasmid which, when transcribed in the cell, produces RNA which is complementary to at least a unique portion ofthe cellular mRNA which encodes an ephrin B2 or EphB4 polypeptide.
  • the construct is an oligonucleotide wliich is generated ex vivo and which, when introduced into the cell causes inhibition of expression by hybridizing with the mRNA and/or genomic sequences encoding an ephrin B2 or EphB4 polypeptide.
  • oligonucleotide probes are optionally modified oligonucleotide which are resistant to endogenous nucleases, e.g., exonucleases and/or endonucleases, and are therefore stable in vivo.
  • exemplary nucleic acid compounds for use as antisense oligonucleotides are phosphoramidate, phosphothioate and methylphosphonate analogs of DNA (see also U.S. Patent Nos. 5,176,996; 5,264,564; and 5,256,775).
  • dsRNA double stranded RNA
  • RNAi RNA interference
  • siRNA see for example, Bass, 2001, Nature, 411, 428-429; Elbasbir et al., 2001 , Nature, 411 , 494-498; and Kreutzer et al., PCT Publication No. WO 00/44895; Zernicka-Goetz et al., PCT Publication No. WO 01/36646; Fire, PCT Publication No. WO 99/32619; Plaetinck et al., PCT Publication No.
  • RNAi is a term initially applied to a phenomenon observed in plants and worms where double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) blocks gene expression in a specific and post-transcriptional manner. RNAi provides a useful method of inhibiting gene expression in vitro or in vivo.
  • dsRNA double-stranded RNA
  • short interfering RNA refers to any nucleic acid compound capable of mediating RNAi or gene silencing when processed appropriately be a cell.
  • the siRNA can be a double-stranded polynucleotide molecule comprising self-complementary sense and antisense regions, wherein the antisense region comprises complementarity to a target nucleic acid compound (e.g., Ephrin B2 or EphB4).
  • the siRNA can be a single-stranded hairpin polynucleotide having self- complementary sense and antisense regions, wherein the antisense region comprises complementarity to a target nucleic acid compound.
  • the siRNA can be a circular single- stranded polynucleotide having two or more loop structures and a stem comprising self- complementary sense and antisense regions, wherein the antisense region comprises complementarity to a target nucleic acid compound, and wherein the circular polynucleotide can be processed either in vivo or in vitro to generate an active siRNA capable of mediating RNAi.
  • the siRNA can also comprise a single stranded polynucleotide having complementarity to a target nucleic acid compound, wherein the single stranded polynucleotide can further comprise a terminal phosphate group, such as a 5'-phosphate (see for example Martinez et al., 2002, Cell., 110, 563-574), or 5',3'-diphosphate.
  • a terminal phosphate group such as a 5'-phosphate (see for example Martinez et al., 2002, Cell., 110, 563-574), or 5',3'-diphosphate.
  • the siRNAs ofthe disclosure contain a nucleotide sequence that hybridizes under physiologic conditions of the cell to the nucleotide sequence of at least a portion of the mRNA transcript for the gene to be inhibited (the "target" gene).
  • the double-stranded RNA need only be sufficiently similar to natural RNA that it has the ability to mediate RNAi.
  • the disclosure has the advantage of being able to tolerate sequence variations that might be expected due to genetic mutation, strain polymorphism or evolutionary divergence.
  • the number of tolerated nucleotide mismatches between the target sequence and the siRNA sequence is no more than 1 in 5 basepairs, or 1 in 10 basepairs, or 1 in 20 basepairs, or 1 in 50 basepairs. Mismatches in the center ofthe siRNA duplex are most critical and may essentially abolish cleavage ofthe target RNA. In contrast, nucleotides at the 3' end ofthe siRNA strand that is complementary to the target RNA do not significantly contribute to specificity ofthe target recognition.
  • Sequence identity may be optimized by sequence comparison and alignment algorithms known in the art (see Gribskov and Devereux, Sequence Analysis Primer, Stockton Press, 1991, and references cited therein) and calculating the percent difference between the nucleotide sequences by, for example, the Smith-Waterman algorithm as implemented in the BESTFIT software program using default parameters (e.g., University of Wisconsin Genetic Computing Group). Greater than 90% sequence identity, or even 100% sequence identity, between the siRNA and the portion ofthe target gene is preferred.
  • the duplex region ofthe RNA maybe defined functionally as a nucleotide sequence that is capable of hybridizing with a portion ofthe target gene transcript (e.g., 400 mM NaCl, 40 mM PIPES pH 6.4, 1 mM EDTA, 50 °C or 70 °C hybridization for 12-16 hours; followed by washing).
  • a portion ofthe target gene transcript e.g., 400 mM NaCl, 40 mM PIPES pH 6.4, 1 mM EDTA, 50 °C or 70 °C hybridization for 12-16 hours; followed by washing.
  • the double-stranded structure of dsRNA may be formed by a single self-complementary
  • RNA duplex formation may be initiated either inside or outside the cell.
  • the RNA may be introduced in an amount which allows delivery of at least one copy per cell. Higher doses (e.g., at least 5, 10, 100, 500 or 1000 copies per cell) of double-stranded material may yield more effective inhibition, while lower doses may also be useful for specific applications. Inhibition is sequence-specific in that nucleotide sequences corresponding to the duplex region ofthe RNA are targeted for genetic inhibition.
  • the subject siRNAs are around 19-30 nucleotides in length, and even more preferably 21-23 nucleotides in length.
  • the siRNAs are understood to recruit nuclease complexes and guide the complexes to the target mRNA by pairing to the specific sequences. As a result, the target mRNA is degraded by the nucleases in the protein complex.
  • the 21-23 nucleotides siRNA molecules comprise a 3' hydroxyl group.
  • the siRNA constructs can be generated by processing of longer double-stranded RNAs, for example, in the presence ofthe enzyme dicer. In one embodiment, the Drosophila in vitro system is used.
  • dsRNA is combined with a soluble extract derived from Drosophila embryo, thereby producing a combination.
  • the combination is maintained under conditions in which the dsRNA is processed to RNA molecules of about 21 to about 23 nucleotides.
  • the siRNA molecules can be purified using a number of techniques known to those of skill in the art. For example, gel electrophoresis can be used to purify siRNAs. Alternatively, non-denaturing methods, such as non-denaturing column chromatography, can be used to purify the siRNA. In addition, chromatography (e.g., size exclusion chromatography), glycerol gradient centrifugation, affinity purification with antibody can be used to purify siRNAs.
  • gel electrophoresis can be used to purify siRNAs.
  • non-denaturing methods such as non-denaturing column chromatography
  • chromatography e.g., size exclusion chromatography
  • glycerol gradient centrifugation glycerol gradient
  • dsRNAs e.g., siRNAs
  • Endogenous RNA polymerase of the treated cell may mediate transcription in vivo, or cloned RNA polymerase can be used for transcription in vitro.
  • dsRNA or siRNA molecules ofthe disclosure need not be limited to those molecules containing only RNA, but further encompasses chemically-modified nucleotides and non-nucleotides.
  • the dsRNAs may include modifications to either the phosphate-sugar backbone or the nucleoside, e.g., to reduce susceptibility to cellular nucleases, improve bioavailability, improve formulation characteristics, and/or change other pharmacokinetic properties.
  • the phosphodiester linkages of natural RNA may be modified to include at least one of a nitrogen or sulfur heteroatom. Modifications in RNA structure may be tailored to allow specific genetic inhibition while avoiding a general response to dsRNA.
  • bases may be modified to block the activity of adenosine deaminase.
  • the dsRNAs may be produced enzymatically or by partial/total organic synthesis, any modified ribonucleotide can be introduced by in vitro enzymatic or organic synthesis.
  • Methods of chemically modifying RNA molecules can be adapted for modifying dsRNAs (see, e.g., Heidenreich et al. (1997) Nucleic Acids Res, 25:776-780; Wilson et al. (1994) J Mol Recog 7:89-98; Chen et al. (1995) Nucleic Acids Res 23:2661-2668; Hirschbein et al. (1997) Antisense Nucleic Acid Drug Dev 7:55-61).
  • the backbone of an dsRNA can be modified with phosphorothioates, phosphoramidate, phosphodithioates, chimeric methylphosphonate-phosphodiesters, peptide nucleic acids, 5-propynyl-pyrimidine containing ohgomers or sugar modifications (e.g., 2 '-substituted ribonucleosides, a-configuration).
  • the dsRNAs ofthe disclosure lack 2'-hydroxy (2'-OH) containing nucleotides.
  • At least one strand ofthe siRNA molecules has a 3' overhang from about 1 to about 6 nucleotides in length, though may be from 2 to 4 nucleotides in length. More preferably, the 3' overhangs are 1-3 nucleotides in length. In certain embodiments, one strand having a 3' overhang and the other strand being blunt-ended or also having an overhang. The length ofthe overhangs may be the same or different for each strand. In order to further enhance the stability ofthe siRNA, the 3' overhangs can be stabilized against degradation. In one embodiment, the RNA is stabilized by including purine nucleotides, such as adenosine or guanosine nucleotides.
  • substitution of pyrimidine nucleotides by modified analogues e.g., substitution of uridine nucleotide 3' overhangs by 2'-deoxythyinidine is tolerated and does not affect the efficiency of RNAi.
  • the absence of a hydroxyl significantly enhances the nuclease resistance ofthe overhang in tissue culture medium and may be beneficial in vivo.
  • the subject dsRNA can also be in the form of a long double-stranded RNA.
  • the dsRNA is at least 25, 50, 100, 200, 300 or 400 bases. In some cases, the dsRNA is 400-800 bases in length.
  • the dsRNAs are digested intracellularly, e.g., to produce siRNA sequences in the cell.
  • use of long double- stranded RNAs in vivo is not always practical, presumably because of deleterious effects which may be caused by the sequence-independent dsRNA response. In such embodiments, the use of local delivery systems and/or agents which reduce the effects of interferon or PICR are preferred.
  • the dsRNA is in the form of a hairpin structure (named as hairpin RNA).
  • hairpin RNAs can be synthesized exogenously or can be formed by transcribing from RNA polymerase III promoters in vivo. Examples of making and using such hairpin RNAs for gene silencing in mammalian cells are described in, for example, Paddison et al, Genes Dev, 2002, 16:948-58; McCaffrey et al., Nature, 2002, 418:38-9; McManus et al.,
  • hairpin RNAs are engineered in cells or in an animal to ensure continuous and stable suppression of a desired gene.
  • siRNAs can be produced by processing a hairpin RNA in the cell.
  • PCT application WO 01/77350 describes an exemplary vector for bi-directional transcription of a transgene to yield both sense and antisense RNA transcripts ofthe same transgene in a eukaryotic cell.
  • the present disclosure provides a recombinant vector having the following unique characteristics: it comprises a viral replicon having two overlapping transcription units arranged in an opposing orientation and flanking a transgene for a dsRNA of interest, wherein the two overlapping transcription units yield both sense and antisense RNA transcripts from the same transgene fragment in a host cell.
  • the disclosure relates to enzymatic nucleic acid compounds.
  • enzymatic nucleic acid compound it is meant a nucleic acid compound which has complementarity in a substrate binding region to a specified target gene, and also has an enzymatic activity which is active to specifically cleave a target nucleic acid. It is understood that the enzymatic nucleic acid compound is able to intermolecularly cleave a nucleic acid and thereby inactivate a target nucleic acid compound. These complementary regions allow sufficient hybridization ofthe enzymatic nucleic acid compound to the target nucleic acid and thus pennit cleavage.
  • complementarity is preferred, but complementarity as low as 50-75% can also be useful in this disclosure (see for example Werner andUhlenbeck, 1995, Nucleic Acids Research, 23, 2092-2096; Hammann et al., 1999, Antisense and Nucleic Acid Drug Dev., 9, 25-31).
  • the enzymatic nucleic acids can be modified at the base, sugar, and/or phosphate groups.
  • zymatic nucleic acid is used interchangeably with phrases such as ribozymes, catalytic RNA, enzymatic RNA, catalytic DNA, aptazyme or aptamer-binding ribozyme, regulatable ribozyme, catalytic oligonucleotides, nucleozyme, DNAzyme, RNA enzyme, endoribonuclease, endonuclease, minizyme, leadzyme, " oligozyme or DNA enzyme. All of these terminologies describe nucleic acid compounds with enzymatic activity.
  • enzymatic nucleic acid compounds described in the instant application are not limiting in the disclosure and those skilled in the art will recognize that all that is important in an enzymatic nucleic acid compound of this disclosure is that it has a specific substrate binding site which is complementary to one or more ofthe target nucleic acid regions, and that it have nucleotide sequences within or surrounding that substrate binding site which impart a nucleic acid cleaving and/or ligation activity to the molecule (Cech et al., U.S. Pat. No. 4,987,071; Cech et al., 1988, 260 JAMA 3030).
  • enzymatic nucleic acids act by first binding to a target nucleic acid. Such binding occurs through the target binding portion of a enzymatic nucleic acid which is held in close proximity to an enzymatic portion ofthe molecule that acts to cleave the target nucleic acid. Thus, the enzymatic nucleic acid first recognizes and then binds a target nucleic acid through complementary base-pairing, and once bound to the correct site, acts enzymatically to cut the target nucleic acid.
  • the subject enzymatic nucleic acid is a ribozyme designed to catalytically cleave an mRNA transcripts to prevent translation of mRNA (see, e.g., PCT International Publication WO90/11364, published October 4, 1990; Sarver et al., 1990, Science 247:1222-1225; and U.S. Patent No. 5,093,246).
  • ribozymes that cleave mRNA at site-specific recognition sequences can be used to destroy particular mRNAs
  • the use of hammerhead ribozymes is preferred.
  • Hammerhead ribozymes cleave mRNAs at locations dictated by flanking regions that form complementary base pairs with the target mRNA. The sole requirement is that the target mRNAs have the following sequence of two bases: 5'-UG-3'.
  • the construction and production of hammerhead ribozymes is well known in the art and is described more fully in Haseloff and Gerlach, 1988, Nature, 334:585-591.
  • the ribozymes ofthe present disclosure also include RNA endoribonucleases (hereinafter "Cech-type ribozymes”) such as the one which occurs naturally in Tetrahymena thermophila (known as the IVS or L-19 IVS RNA) and which has been extensively described (see, e.g., Zaug, et al., 1984, Science, 224:574-578; Zaug and Cech, 1986, Science, 231:470-475; Zaug, et al., 1986, Nature, 324:429-433; published International patent application No. WO88/04300 by University Patents Inc.; Been and Cech, 1986, Cell, 47:207-216).
  • Ceech-type ribozymes such as the one which occurs naturally in Tetrahymena thermophila (known as the IVS or L-19 IVS RNA) and which has been extensively described (see, e.g., Zaug, et al., 1984, Science, 224:574-578
  • the subject enzymatic nucleic acid is a DNA enzyme.
  • DNA enzymes incorporate some of the mechanistic features of both antisense and ribozyme technologies. DNA enzymes are designed so that they recognize a particular target nucleic acid sequence, much like an antisense oligonucleotide, however much like a ribozyme they are catalytic and specifically cleave the target nucleic acid. Briefly, to design an ideal DNA enzyme that specifically recognizes and cleaves a target nucleic acid, one of skill in the art must first identify the unique target sequence. Preferably, the unique or substantially sequence is a G/C rich of approximately 18 to 22 nucleotides.
  • the nucleic acid therapeutic agents ofthe disclosure can be between 12 and 200 nucleotides in length.
  • exemplary enzymatic nucleic acid compounds ofthe disclosure are between 15 and 50 nucleotides in length, including, for example, between 25 and 40 nucleotides in length (for example see Jarvis et al., 1996, J. Biol. Chem., 271, 29107-29112).
  • exemplary antisense molecules ofthe disclosure are between 15 and 75 nucleotides in length, including, for example, between 20 and 35 nucleotides in length (see for example Woolf et al., 1992, PNAS., 89, 7305-7309; Milner et al., 1997, Nature Biotechnology, 15, 537-541).
  • exemplary siRNAs of the disclosure are between 20 and 27 nucleotides in length, including, for example, between 21 and 23 nucleotides in length.
  • Targets for useful nucleic acid compounds ofthe disclosure can be determined as disclosed in Draper et al., 30 WO 93/23569; Sullivan et al, WO 93/23057; Thompson et al., WO 94/02595; Draper et al., WO 95/04818; McSwiggen et al, U.S. Pat. No. 5,525,468.
  • Other examples include the following PCT applications inactivation of expression of disease-related genes: WO 95/23225, WO 95/13380, WO 94/02595. Rather than repeat the guidance provided in those documents here, below are provided specific examples of such methods, not limiting to those in the art.
  • Enzymatic nucleic acid compounds, siRNA and antisense to such targets are designed as described in those applications and synthesized to be tested in vitro and in vivo, as also described.
  • the sequences of human Ephrin B2 and/or EphB4 RNAs are screened for optimal nucleic acid target sites using a computer-folding algorithm. Potential nucleic acid binding/cleavage sites are identified.
  • the nucleic acid compounds are individually analyzed by computer folding (Jaeger et al., 1989 Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA, 86, 7706) to assess whether the sequences fold into the appropriate secondary structure. Those nucleic acid compounds with unfavorable intramolecular interactions such as between the binding arms and the catalytic core can be eliminated from consideration.
  • the subject nucleic acid (e.g., antisense, RNAi, and/or enzymatic nucleic acid compound) binding/cleavage sites are identified and are designed to anneal to various sites in the nucleic acid target (e.g., Ephrin B2 and/or EphB4).
  • the binding arms of enzymatic nucleic acid compounds ofthe disclosure are complementary to tl e target site sequences described above.
  • Antisense and RNAi sequences are designed to have partial or complete complementarity to the nucleic acid target.
  • the nucleic acid compounds can be chemically synthesized. The method of synthesis used follows the procedure for normal DNA/RNA synthesis as described below and in Usman et al., 1987 J Am. Chem. Soc, 109, 7845; Scaringe et al., 1990 Nucleic Acids Res., 18,
  • nucleic acid therapeutic agents having a CpG motif are at an increased likelihood of causing a non-specific immune response.
  • CpG motifs include a CG (Cytosine-Guanosine) sequence adjacent to one or more purines in the 5' direction and one or more pyrimidines in the 3' direction. Lists of known CpG motifs are available in the art.
  • Preferred nucleic acid therapeutics will be selected so as to have a selective effect on the target gene (possibly affecting other closely related genes) without triggering a generalized immune response. By avoiding nucleic acid therapeutics having a CpG motif, it is possible to decrease the likelihood that a particular nucleic acid will trigger an immune response.
  • small nucleic acid motifs small refers to nucleic acid motifs less than about 100 nucleotides in length, preferably less than about 80 nucleotides in length, and more preferably less than about 50 nucleotides in length (e.g., antisense oligonucleotides, enzymatic nucleic acids, and RNAi constructs) are preferably used for exogenous delivery.
  • the simple structure of these molecules increases the ability ofthe nucleic acid to invade targeted regions of RNA structure.
  • oligonucleotides e.g., DNA
  • oligonucleotides are synthesized using protocols known in the art as described in Caruthers et al., 1992, Methods in Enzymology 211, 3- 19, Thompson et al., International PCT Publication No. WO 99/54459, Wincott et al, 1995, Nucleic Acids Res. 23, 2677-2684, Wincott et al, 1997, Methods Mol. Bio., 74, 59, Brennan et al., 1998, Biotechnol Bioeng., 61, 33-45, and Brennan, U.S. Pat. No. 6,001,311.
  • oligonucleotides makes use of common nucleic acid protecting and coupling groups, such as dimethoxytrityl at the 5 '-end, and phosphoramidites at the 3 '-end.
  • small scale syntheses are conducted on a 394 Applied Biosystems, Inc. synthesizer with a 2.5 min coupling step for 2'-O-methylated nucleotides and a 45 sec coupling step for 2'-deoxy nucleotides.
  • syntheses can be performed on a 96-well plate synthesizer, such as the instrument produced by Protogene (Palo Alto, CA) with minimal modification to the cycle.
  • nucleic acid compounds ofthe present disclosure can be synthesized separately and joined together post-synthetically, for example by ligation (Moore et al., 1992, Science 256, 9923; Draper et al, International PCT publication No. WO 93/23569; Shabarova et al., 1991, Nucleic Acids Research 19, 4247; Bellon et al., 1997, Nucleosides & Nucleotides, 16, 951; Bellon et al., 1997, Bioconjugate Chem. 8, 204).
  • nucleic acid compounds ofthe present disclosure are modified extensively to enhance stability by modification with nuclease resistant groups, for example, 2'-amino, 2'-C- allyl, 2'-flouro, 2'-O-methyl, 2'-H (for a review see Usman and Cedergren, 1992, TIBS 17, 34; Usman et al., 1994, Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 31, 163).
  • Ribozymes are purified by gel electrophoresis using general methods or are purified by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC; See Wincott et al., Supra, the totality of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference) and are re-suspended in water
  • Nucleic acid compounds with modifications can prevent their degradation by serum ribonucleases and thereby increase their potency.
  • modifications e.g., base, sugar and/or phosphate
  • sugar, base and phosphate modifications can be introduced into nucleic acid compounds with significant enhancement in their nuclease stability and efficacy.
  • oligonucleotides are modified to enhance stability and/or enhance biological activity by modification with nuclease resistant groups, for example, 2 , -amino, 2'-C- allyl, 2'-flouro, 2'-O-methyl, 2'-H, nucleotide base modifications (for a review see Usman and Cedergren, 1992, TIBS. 17, 34; Usman et al, 1994, Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 31, 163; Burgin et al., 1996, Biochemistry, 35, 14090).
  • Sugar modification of nucleic acid compounds have been extensively described in the art (see Eckstein et al., PCT Publication No. WO 92/07065; Perrault et al. Nature, 1990, 344, 565-568; Pieken et al. Science, 1991, 253, 314-317; Usman and
  • nucleic acid compounds ofthe disclosure include one or more G- clamp nucleotides.
  • a G-clamp nucleotide is a modified cytosine analog wherein the modifications confer the ability to hydrogen bond both Watson-Crick and Hoogsteen faces of a complementary guanine within a duplex, see for example, Lin and Matteucci, 1998, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 120, 8531-8532.
  • a single G-clamp analog substitution within an oligonucleotide can result in substantially enhanced helical thermal stability and mismatch discrimination when hybridized to complementary oligonucleotides.
  • the inclusion of such nucleotides in nucleic acid compounds ofthe disclosure results in both enhanced affinity and specificity to nucleic acid targets.
  • nucleic acid compounds ofthe disclosure include one or more LNA (locked nucleic acid) nucleotides such as a 2', 4'-C mythylene bicyclo nucleotide (see for example Wengel et al, PCT Publication Nos. WO 00/66604 and WO 99/14226).
  • LNA locked nucleic acid
  • the disclosure features conjugates and/or complexes of nucleic acid compounds targeting Ephrin B2 and/or EphB4.
  • conjugates and/or complexes can be used to facilitate delivery of nucleic acid compounds into a biological system, such as cells.
  • the conjugates and complexes provided by the instant disclosure can impart therapeutic activity by transferring therapeutic compounds across cellular membranes, altering the pharmacokinetics, and/or modulating the localization of nucleic acid compounds ofthe disclosure.
  • the present disclosure encompasses the design and synthesis of novel conjugates and complexes for the delivery of molecules, including, but not limited to, small molecules, lipids, phospholipids, nucleosides, nucleotides, nucleic acids, antibodies, toxins, negatively charged polymers and other polymers, for example proteins, peptides, hormones, carbohydrates, polyethylene glycols, or polyamines, across cellular membranes.
  • the transporters described are designed to be used either individually or as part of a multi-component system, with or without degradable linkers.
  • Conjugates ofthe molecules described herein can be attached to biologically active molecules via linkers that are biodegradable, such as biodegradable nucleic acid linker molecules.
  • biodegradable nucleic acid linlcer molecule refers to a nucleic acid compound that is designed as a biodegradable linker to connect one molecule to another molecule, for example, a biologically active molecule.
  • the stability ofthe biodegradable nucleic acid linker molecule can be modulated by using various combinations of ribonucleotides, deoxyribonucleotides, and chemically modified nucleotides, for example, 2'-O-methyl, 2'-fluoro, 2'-amino, 2'-O-amino, 2'-C-allyl, 2'-O-allyl, and other 2'-modified or base modified nucleotides.
  • the biodegradable nucleic acid linker molecule can be a dimer, trimer, tetramer or longer nucleic acid compound, for example, an oligonucleotide of about 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 nucleotides in length, or can comprise a single nucleotide with a phosphorus based linkage, for example, a phosphoramidate or phosphodiester linkage.
  • the biodegradable nucleic acid linker molecule can also comprise nucleic acid backbone, nucleic acid sugar, or nucleic acid base modifications.
  • biodegradable refers to degradation in a biological system, for example enzymatic degradation or chemical degradation.
  • nucleic acid compounds such as the molecules described herein, delivered exogenously are optimally stable within cells until translation ofthe target RNA has been inhibited long enough to reduce the levels ofthe undesirable protein. This period of time varies between hours to days depending upon the disease state. These nucleic acid compounds should be resistant to nucleases in order to function as effective intracellular therapeutic agents. ' Improvements in the chemical synthesis of nucleic acid compounds described in the instant disclosure and in the art have expanded the ability to modify nucleic acid compounds by introducing nucleotide modifications to enhance their nuclease stability as described above.
  • the nucleic acid compounds comprise a 5' and/or a 3'-cap structure.
  • “cap structure” it is meant chemical modifications, which have been incorporated at either terminus ofthe oligonucleotide (see for example Wincott et al., WO 97/26270). These terminal modifications protect the nucleic acid compound from exonuclease degradation, and can help in delivery and/or localization within a cell.
  • the cap can be present at the 5'-terminus (5'-cap) or at the 3'-terminus (3'-cap) or can be present on both terminus.
  • the 5'-cap includes inverted abasic residue (moiety), 4',5'-methylene nucleotide; l-(beta-D- erythrofuranosyl) nucleotide, 4'-thio nucleotide, carbocyclic nucleotide; 1,5-anhydrohexitol nucleotide; L-nucleotides; alpha-nucleotides; modified base nucleotide; phosphorodithioate linkage; threo-pentofuranosyl nucleotide; acyclic 3',4'-seco nucleotide; acyclic 3,4- dihydroxybutyl nucleotide; acyclic 3,5-dihydroxypentyl nucleotide, 3 '-3 '-inverted nucleotide moiety; 3'-3'-inverted abasic moiety; 3 '-2'-inverted nucleotide mo
  • the 3'-cap includes, for example, 4',5'-methylene nucleotide; l-(bela-D-erythrofuranosyl) nucleotide; 4'-thio nucleotide, carbocyclic nucleotide; 5'- amino-alkyl phosphate; l,3-diamino-2-propyl phosphate, 3-aminopropyl phosphate; 6- aminohexyl phosphate; 1,2-aminododecyl phosphate; hydroxypropyl phosphate; 1,5- anhydrohexitol nucleotide; L-nucleotide; alpha-nucleotide; modified base nucleotide; phosphorodithioate; threopentofuranosy nucleotide; acyclic 3',4'-seco nucleotide; 3,4- dihydroxybutyl nucleot
  • the present disclosure provides methods of inhibiting angiogenesis and methods of treating angiogenesis-associated diseases. In other embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods of inhibiting or reducing tumor growth and methods of treating an individual suffering from cancer. These methods involve administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of one or more nucleic acid therapeutic agent as described above. These methods are particularly aimed at therapeutic and prophylactic treatments of animals, and more particularly, humans.
  • angiogenesis-associated diseases include, but are not limited to, angiogenesis-dependent cancer, including, for example, solid tumors, blood born tumors such as leukemias, and tumor metastases; benign tumors, for example hemangiomas, acoustic neuromas, neurofibromas, trachomas, and pyogenic granulomas; inflammatory disorders such as immune and non-immune inflammation; chronic articular rheumatism and psoriasis; ocular angiogenic diseases, for example, diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, macular degeneration, corneal graft rejection, neovascular glaucoma, retrolental fibroplasia, rubeosis; Osier- Webber Syndrome; myocardial angiogenesis; plaque neovascularization; telangiectasia; hemophiliac joints; angiofibroma; and wound granulation and wound healing; telangiectasia ps
  • angiogenesis-independent cancer refers to a cancer (tumor) where there is no or little neovascularization in the tumor tissue.
  • the tumor includes a tumor inside an individual, a tumor xenograft, or a tumor cultured in vitro.
  • nucleic acid therapeutic agents ofthe present disclosure are useful for treating or preventing a cancer (tumor), including, but not limited to, colon carcinoma, breast cancer, mesothelioma, prostate cancer, bladder cancer, squamous cell carcinoma ofthe head and neck (HNSCC), Kaposi sarcoma, and leukemia.
  • a cancer tumor including, but not limited to, colon carcinoma, breast cancer, mesothelioma, prostate cancer, bladder cancer, squamous cell carcinoma ofthe head and neck (HNSCC), Kaposi sarcoma, and leukemia.
  • nucleic acid therapeutic agents can be administered, together (simultaneously) or at different times (sequentially).
  • nucleic acid therapeutic agents can be administered with another type of compounds for treating cancer or for inhibiting angiogenesis.
  • the subject methods ofthe disclosure can be used alone.
  • the subject methods may be used in combination with other conventional anti- cancer therapeutic approaches directed to treatment or prevention of proliferative disorders (e.g., tumor).
  • proliferative disorders e.g., tumor
  • such methods can be used in prophylactic cancer prevention, prevention of cancer recurrence and metastases after surgery, and as an adjuvant of other conventional cancer therapy.
  • conventional cancer therapies e.g., chemotherapy, radiation therapy, phototherapy, immunotherapy, and surgery
  • a wide array of conventional compounds have been shown to have anti-neoplastic activities. These compounds have been used as pharmaceuticalal agents in chemotherapy to shrink solid tumors, prevent metastases and further growth, or decrease the number of malignant cells in leukemic or bone marrow malignancies.
  • chemotherapy has been effective in treating various types of malignancies, many anti-neoplastic compounds induce undesirable side effects. It has been shown that when two or more different treatments are combined, the treatments may work synergistically and allow reduction of dosage of each ofthe treatments, thereby reducing the detrimental side effects exerted by each compound at higher dosages. In other instances, malignancies that are refractory to a treatment may respond to a combination therapy of two or more different treatments .
  • nucleic acid therapeutic agent ofthe present disclosure When a nucleic acid therapeutic agent ofthe present disclosure is administered in combination with another conventional anti-neoplastic agent, either concomitantly or sequentially, such therapeutic agent is shown to enhance the therapeutic effect ofthe antineoplastic agent or overcome cellular resistance to such anti-neoplastic agent. This allows decrease of dosage of an anti-neoplastic agent, thereby reducing the undesirable side effects, or restores the effectiveness of an anti-neoplastic agent in resistant cells.
  • Pharmaceutical compounds that may be used for combinatory anti-tumor therapy include, merely to illustrate: aminoglutethimide, amsacrine, anastrozole, asparaginase, beg, bicalutamide, bleomycin, buserelin, busulfan, campothecin, capecitabine, carboplatin, carmustine, chlorambucil, cisplatin, cladribine, clodronate, colchicine, cyclophosphamide, cyproterone, cytarabine, dacarbazine, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, dienestrol, diethylstilbestrol, docetaxel, doxorubicin, epirubicin, estradiol, estramustine, etoposide, exemestane, filgrastim, fludarabine, fludrocortisone, fluorouracil, fluoxymesterone, flutamide, gemcitabine, geni
  • chemotherapeutic anti-tumor compounds may be categorized by their mechanism of action mto, for example, following groups: anti-metabolites/anti-cancer agents, such as pyrimidine analogs (5-fluorouracil, floxuridine, capecitabine, gemcitabine and cytarabine) and purine analogs, folate antagonists and related inhibitors (mercaptopurine, thioguanine, pentostatin and 2-chlorodeoxyadenosine (cladribine)); antiproliferative/antimitotic agents including natural products such as vinca alkaloids (vinblastine, vincristine, and vinorelbine), microtubule disruptors such as taxane (paclitaxel, docetaxel), vincristin, vinblastin, nocodazole, epothilones and navelbine, epidipodophyllotoxins (etoposide, teniposide), DNA damaging agents (actinomycin, amsacrine, anth
  • pharmaceuticalal compounds that may be used for combinatory anti-angiogenesis therapy include: (1) inhibitors of release of "angiogenic molecules," such as bFGF (basic fibroblast growth factor); (2) neutralizers of angiogenic molecules, such as an anti- ⁇ bFGF antibodies; and (3) inhibitors of endothelial cell response to angiogenic stimuli, including collagenase inhibitor, basement membrane turnover inhibitors, angiostatic steroids, fungal- derived angiogenesis inhibitors, platelet factor 4, thrombospondin, arthritis drugs such as D- penicillamine and gold thiomalate, vitamin D 3 analogs, alpha-interferon, and the like.
  • angiogenic molecules such as bFGF (basic fibroblast growth factor)
  • neutralizers of angiogenic molecules such as an anti- ⁇ bFGF antibodies
  • inhibitors of endothelial cell response to angiogenic stimuli including collagenase inhibitor, basement membrane turnover inhibitors, angiostatic steroids, fungal- derived angiogenesis inhibitors
  • angiogenesis there are a wide variety of compounds that can be used to inhibit angiogenesis, for example, peptides or agents that block the VEGF-mediated angiogenesis pathway, endostatin protein or derivatives, lysine binding fragments of angiostatin, melanin or melanin-promoting compounds, plasminogen fragments (e.g., Kringles 1-3 of plasminogen), tropoin subunits, antagonists of vitronectin ⁇ v ⁇ 3 , peptides derived from Saposin B, antibiotics or analogs (e.g., tetracycline, or neomycin), dienogest-containing compositions, compounds comprising a MetAP-2 inhibitory core coupled to a peptide, the compound EM-138, chalcone and its analogs, andnaaladase inhibitors.
  • plasminogen fragments e.g., Kringles 1-3 of plasminogen
  • tropoin subunits e.g., antagonists
  • nucleic acid therapeutic agents ofthe disclosure may be continued while the other therapy is being administered and/or thereafter.
  • Administration ofthe nucleic acid therapeutic agents may be made in a single dose, or in multiple doses. In some instances, administration ofthe nucleic acid therapeutic agents is commenced at least several days prior to the conventional therapy, while in other instances, administration is begun either immediately before or at the time ofthe administration ofthe conventional therapy.
  • Nucleic acid compounds can be administered to cells by a variety of methods known to those familiar to the art, including, but not restricted to, encapsulation in liposomes, by iontophoresis, or by incorporation into other vehicles, such as hydrogels, cyclodextrins, biodegradable nanocapsules, and bioadhesive microspheres.
  • the nucleic acid vehicle combination is locally delivered by direct injection or by use of an infusion pump.
  • routes of delivery include, but are not limited to, oral (tablet or pill fonn) and/or intrathecal delivery (Gold, 1997, Neuroscience, 76, 1153-1158).
  • Other approaches include the use of various transport and carrier systems, for example though the use of conjugates and biodegradable polymers.
  • nucleic acid delivery and administration More detailed descriptions of nucleic acid delivery and administration are provided in Sullivan et al., supra, Draper et al, PCT WO93/23569, Beigelman et al, PCT Publication No. WO99/05094, and Klimuk et al., PCT Publication No. WO99/04819.
  • the subject nucleic acids e.g., antisense nucleic acids, RNAi constructs, and enzymatic nucleic acids
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier e.g., a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Such therapeutic agents can be administered alone or as a component of a pharmaceuticalal formulation (composition).
  • the compounds may be formulated for administration in any convenient way for use in human or veterinary medicine.
  • Wetting agents, emulsifiers and lubricants, such as sodium lauryl sulfate and magnesium stearate, as well as coloring agents, release agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents, preservatives and antioxidants can also be present in the compositions.
  • Formulations ofthe subject nucleic acids include those suitable for oral/ nasal, topical, parenteral, rectal, and/or intravaginal administration.
  • the formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy.
  • the amount of active ingredient which can be combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host being treated, the particular mode of administration.
  • the amount of active ingredient which can be combined with a canier material to produce a single dosage form will generally be that amount ofthe compound which produces a therapeutic effect.
  • methods of preparing these formulations or compositions include combining another type of anti-tumor or anti-angiogenesis therapeutic agent and a carrier and, optionally, one or more accessory ingredients.
  • tl e formulations can be prepared with a liquid carrier, or a finely divided solid carrier, or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
  • Formulations for oral administration maybe in the form of capsules, cachets, pills, tablets, lozenges (using a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth), powders, granules, or as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, or as an oil-in- water or water-in-oil liquid emulsion, or as an elixir or syrup, or as pastilles (using an inert base, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia) and/or as mouth washes and the like, each containing a predetermined amount of a subject nucleic acid therapeutic agent as an active ingredient.
  • lozenges using a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth
  • one or more nucleic acid therapeutic agents ofthe present disclosure may be mixed with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate, and/or any ofthe following: (1) fillers or extenders, such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and/or silicic acid; (2) binders, such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sucrose, and/or acacia; (3) humectants, such as glycerol; (4) disintegrating agents, such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate; (5) solution retarding agents, such as paraffin; (6) absorption accelerators, such as quaternary ammonium compounds; (7) wetting
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carriers such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate
  • the pharmaceuticalal compositions may also comprise buffering agents.
  • Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugars, as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
  • Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups, and elixirs, hi addition to the active ingredient, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3- butylene glycol, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, co , genn, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydro furyl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
  • the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspend
  • Suspensions in addition to the active compounds, may contain suspending agents such as ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, poiyoxyethylene sorbitol, and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
  • suspending agents such as ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, poiyoxyethylene sorbitol, and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
  • methods ofthe disclosure can be administered topically, either to skin or to mucosal membranes such as those on the cervix and vagina. This offers the greatest opportunity for direct delivery to tumor with the lowest chance of inducing side effects.
  • the topical formulations may further include one or more ofthe wide variety of agents known to be effective as skin or stratum corneum penetration enhancers.
  • Examples of these are 2-pyrcolidone, N- methyl-2 -pyrrolidone, dimethylacetamide, dimethylformamide, propylene glycol, methyl or isopropyl alcohol, dimethyl sulfoxide, and azone. Additional agents may further be included to make the formulation cosmetically acceptable. Examples of these are fats, waxes, oils, dyes, fragrances, preservatives, stabilizers, and surface active agents. Keratolytic agents such as those known in the art may also be included. Examples are salicylic acid and sulfur. Dosage forms for the topical or transdermal administration include powders, sprays, ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, solutions, patches, and inhalants.
  • the subject nucleic acids may be mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and with any preservatives, buffers, or propellants which may be required.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier such as a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and with any preservatives, buffers, or propellants which may be required.
  • the ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain, in addition to a subject nucleic acid molecule, excipients, such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
  • Powders and sprays can contain, in addition to a subject nucleic acid therapeutic agent, excipients such as lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicates, and polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances.
  • Sprays can additionally contain customary propellants, such as chlorofluorohydrocarbons and volatile unsubstituted hydrocarbons, such as butane and propane.
  • compositions suitable for parenteral administration may comprise one or more nucleic acid therapeutic agents in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable sterile isotonic aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, or sterile powders which may be reconstituted into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use, which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood ofthe intended recipient or suspending or thickening agents.
  • aqueous and nonaqueous carriers wliich may be employed in the pharmaceuticalal compositions ofthe disclosure include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils, such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters, such as ethyl oleate.
  • polyols such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like
  • vegetable oils such as olive oil
  • injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
  • Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials, such as lecithin, by the maintenance ofthe required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
  • These compositions may also contain adjuvants, such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents.
  • Prevention ofthe action of microorganisms maybe ensured by tlie inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like into the compositions. In addition, prolonged absorption ofthe injectable pharmaceuticalal form maybe brought about by the inclusion of agents which delay absorption, such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
  • Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of one or more nucleic acid therapeutic agents in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending on the ratio of drug to polymer, and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) andpoly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissue.
  • biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide.
  • Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissue.
  • Formulations for intravaginal or rectally administration may be presented as a suppository, which may be prepared by mixing one or more compounds of the disclosure with one or more suitable nonirritating excipients or carriers comprising, for example, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, a suppository wax or a salicylate, and which is solid at room temperature, but liquid at body temperature and, therefore, will melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
  • the nucleic acids ofthe instant disclosure are formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable agent that allows for the effective distribution ofthe nucleic acid compounds ofthe instant disclosure in the physical location most suitable for their desired activity.
  • Non-limiting examples of such pharmaceutically acceptable agents include: PEG, phospholipids, phosphorothioates, P-glycoprotein inhibitors (such as Pluronic P85) which can enhance entry of drugs into various tissues, biodegradable polymers, such as poly (DL-lactide- coglycolide) microspheres for sustained release delivery after implantation (Emerich, DF et al, 1999, Cell Transplant, 8, 47-58), and loaded nanoparticles such as those made of polybutylcyanoacrylate, which can deliver drugs across the blood brain barrier and can alter neuronal uptake mechanisms (Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry, 23, 941-949, 1999).
  • certain ofthe nucleic acid compounds ofthe instant disclosure can be expressed within cells from eukaryotic promoters (e.g., Izant and Weintraub, 1985, Science, 229, 345; McGarry and Lindquist, 1986, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA 83, 399; Scanlon et al, 1991, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 88, 10591-5; Kashani-Sabet et al., 1992, Antisense Res. Dev., 2, 3-15; Dropulic et al., 1992, J. Virol., 66, 1432-41; Weerasinghe et al., 1991, J. Virol, 65,
  • eukaryotic promoters e.g., Izant and Weintraub, 1985, Science, 229, 345; McGarry and Lindquist, 1986, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA 83, 399
  • nucleic acids can be augmented by their release from the primary transcript by an enzymatic nucleic acid (Draper et al, PCT WO 93/23569, and Sullivan et al., PCT WO 94/02595; Ohkawa et al., 1992, Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser., 27, 15-6; Taira et al., 1991, Nucleic Acids Res., 19, 5125-30; Ventura et al., 1993, Nucleic Acids Res., 21, 3249-55; Chowrira et al., 1994, J. Biol. Chem., 269, 25856; all of these references are hereby incorporated in their totalities by reference herein).
  • an enzymatic nucleic acid Draper et al, PCT WO 93/23569, and Sullivan et al., PCT 94/02595; Ohkawa et al., 1992, Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser.
  • RNA molecules ofthe present disclosure are preferably expressed from transcription units (see for example Couture et al., 1996, TIG., 12, 510) inserted into DNA or RNA vectors.
  • the recombinant vectors are preferably DNA plasmids or viral vectors. Ribozyme expressing viral vectors can be constructed based on, but not limited to, adeno-associated virus, retrovirus, adenovirus, or alphaviras.
  • the recombinant vectors capable of expressing the nucleic acid compounds are delivered as described above, and persist in target cells.
  • viral vectors can be used that provide for transient expression of nucleic acid compounds. Such vectors can be repeatedly administered as necessary.
  • nucleic acid compound expressing vectors can be systemic, such as by intravenous or intramuscular administration, by administration to target cells ex-planted from the patient followed by reintroduction into the patient, or by any other means that would allow for introduction into the desired target cell (for a review see Couture et al., 1996, TIG., 12, 510).
  • the disclosure contemplates an expression vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding at least one ofthe nucleic acid compounds ofthe instant disclosure.
  • the nucleic acid sequence is operably linked in a manner which allows expression ofthe nucleic acid compound ofthe disclosure.
  • the disclosure features an expression vector comprising: a) a transcription initiation region (e.g., eukaryotic pol I, II or III initiation region); b) a transcription termination region (e.g., eukaryotic pol I, II or III termination region); c) a nucleic acid sequence encoding at least one ofthe nucleic acid catalyst ofthe instant disclosure; and wherein said sequence is operably linked to said initiation region and said termination region, in a manner which allows expression and/or delivery of said nucleic acid compound.
  • the vector can optionally include an open reading frame (ORF) for a protein operably linked on the 5' side or the 3'-side ofthe sequence encoding the nucleic acid catalyst ofthe disclosure; and/or an intron (intervening sequences).
  • ORF open reading frame
  • Soluble derivatives ofthe extracellular domains of human Ephrin B2 and EphB4 proteins represent either truncated full-length predicted extracellular domains of Ephrin B2 (B4ECv3, B2EC) or translational fusions of the domains with constant region of human immunoglobulins
  • IgGl Fc fragment such as B2EC-FC, B4ECv2-FC and B4ECv3-FC.
  • Representative human IgGl Fc fragment
  • Ephrin B2 constructs and human EphB4 constructs are shown Figures 14 and 15.
  • the cDNA fragments encoding these recombinant proteins were subcloned into mammalian expression vectors, expressed in transiently or stably transfected mammalian cell lines and purified to homogeneity as described in detail in Materials and Methods section (see below).
  • Predicted amino acid sequences ofthe proteins are shown in Figures 1-5. High purity of the isolated proteins and their recognition by the conesponding anti-Ephrin B2 and anti-EphB4 monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies were confirmed.
  • the recombinant proteins exhibit the expected high-affinity binding, binding competition and specificity properties with their conesponding binding partners as conoborated by the biochemical assays (see e.g., Figures 6-8).
  • Such soluble derivative proteins human Ephrin B2 and EphB4 exhibit potent biological activity in several cell-based assays and in vivo assays which measure angiogenesis or anti- cancer activities, and are therefore perspective drug candidates for anti-angiogenic and anti- cancer therapy.
  • B4ECv3 as well as B2EC and B2EC-FC proteins blocked chemotaxis of human endothelial cells (as tested with umbilical cord and hepatic AECs or VECs), with a decrease in degradation ofthe extracellular matrix, Matrigel, and a decrease in migration in response to growth factor stimuli (Figures 9-11).
  • B4ECv3 and B2EC-FC proteins have potent anti- angiogenic effect as demonstrated by their inhibition of endothelial cell tube formation ( Figures 12-13).
  • Plasmids vectors for expressing recombinant soluble derivatives of Ephrin B2 and EphB4 were based on pEF6/V5-His-TOPO vector (Invitrogen), pIG (Novagen) or pRK5.
  • pEF6/V5-His- TOPO contains human elongation factor la enhancer/promoter and blasticidin resistance marker.
  • pIG vector is designed for high-level expression of protein fusions with Fc portion of human IgGlunder CMV promoter control and pRK5 is a general purpose CMV promoter-containing mammalian expression vector.
  • pEF6-B4EC-NT cDNA fragment of human EphB4 was amplified by PCR using oligo primers 5 ' -GGATCCGCC ATGGAGCTC CGGGTGCTGCT-3' and 5'-TGGATCCCT GCTCCCGC CAGCCCTCG CTCTCATCCA-3', and TOPO-cloned into pEF6/V5-His-TOPO vector.
  • pEF6-hB4ECv3 was derived frompEF ⁇ - B4ECNT by digesting the plasmid DNA with EcoRV and BstBI, filling-in the ends with Klenow enzyme and religating tl e vector.
  • EphB4 derivative encoded by pEF6-B4EC-NT does not contain epitope- or purification tags, while the similar B4ECv3 protein encoded by pEF6-hB4ECv3 contains V5 epitope tag and 6xHis tag on its C-terminus to facilitate purification from conditioned media.
  • Plasmid construct pEF6-hB2EC was created by PCR amplification of Ephrin B2 cDNA using oligo primers 5'- TGGATCCAC CATGGCTGT GAGAAGGGAC-3' plus 5 '-ATTAATGGTGATGGT GAT GATGACTAC CCACTTCGG
  • Plasmid construct pIG-hB2EC-FC was created by PCR amplification of Ephrin B2 cDNA with oligo primers 5'-TAAAGCTTCCGCCATGG CTGTGAGAAGGGAC-3' and 5'- TAGGATCCACTTCGGA ACCGAGGATGTTGTT CCC-3' , followed by TOPO-cloning and sequencing the resulting PCR fragment with consecutive subcloning in pIG hlgGl Fc fusion expression vector cut with Bam HI and Hind III.
  • pIG-hB2EC and pIG-hB4ECv3 were generated by PCR amplifying portions of EphB4 ECD cDNA using oligo primers 5'- ATAAGCTTCC GCCATGGAGC TCCGGGTGCTG-3' plus 5'-TTGGATCCTGCTCCCG CCAGCCCTCGC TCTCATC-3' with consecutive subcloning into pIG hlgGl Fc fusion expression vector cut with Bam HI and Hind III.
  • Predicted sequences of the proteins encoded by the vectors described above are shown in Figures 1-5.
  • HEK293T human embryonic kidney line
  • DMEM fetal calf serum
  • penicillin/streptomycin/neomycin antibiotics 1% penicillin/streptomycin/neomycin antibiotics.
  • Cells were maintained at 37 °C in a humidified atmosphere of 5% CO 2 /95% air.
  • Transfections were performed using Lipofectamine 2000 reagent (Invitrogen) according to the manufacturer's protocol. One day before transfections, 293T cells were seeded at a high density to reach 80% confluence at the time of transfection.
  • Plasmid DNA and Lipofectamine reagent at 1:3 ratio were diluted in Opti-MEM I reduced serum medium (Invitrogen) for 5 min and mixed together to form DNA:Lipofectamine complex.
  • Opti-MEM I reduced serum medium Invitrogen
  • 10 ⁇ g of plasmid DNA was used for each 10 cm culture dish. After 20 min, above complex was added directly to cells in culture medium. After 16 hours of transfection, medium was aspirated, washed once with serum free DMEM and replaced with serum free DMEM. Secreted proteins were harvested after 48 hours by collecting conditional medium. Conditional medium was clarified by centrifugation at 10,000 g for 20 min, filtered through 0.2 ⁇ m filter and used for purification. 3) Generating stable cell lines
  • HEK293 or HEK293T cells were transfected with either pEF6-B4ECv3 or pEF6-B4EC-NT plasmid constructs as described above and selected using antibiotic Blasticidin. After 24 hours of transfection, cells were seeded at low density. Next day, cells were freated with 10 ⁇ g/ml of Blasticidin. After two weeks of drug selection, surviving cells were pooled and selected further for single cell clone expansion. After establishing stable cells, they were maintained at 4 ⁇ g/ml Blasticidin. Conditioned media were tested to confirm expression and secretion ofthe respective recombinant proteins. Specificity of expression was confirmed by Western blot with anti-B4 mono- or polyclonal ABs and B2EC-AP reagent binding and competition assays.
  • HEK293 cells were transiently transfected with a plasmid encoding secreted form of EphB4ectodomain (B4ECv3).
  • Conditional media was harvested and supplemented with 10 mM imidazole, 0.3 M NaCl and centrifuged at 20,000g for 30 min to remove cell debris and insoluble particles. 80 ml of obtained supernatant were applied onto the pre-equilibrated column with 1 ml of Ni-NT A-agarose (Qiagen) at the flow rate of 10 ml/h.
  • B4EC-FC protein and B2EC-FC protein were similarly purified.
  • Ni-NT A- Agarose 10 ⁇ l of Ni-NT A- Agarose were incubated in microcentrifuge tubes with 50 ⁇ l of indicated amount of B4ECv3 diluted in binding buffer BB (20 mM Tris-HCl, 0.15 M NaCl, 0.1%) bovine serum albumin pH 8) After incubation for 30 min on shaking platform, Ni-NTA beads were washed twice with 1.4 ml of BB, followed by application of 50 ⁇ l of B2-AP in the final concentration of 50 nM. Binding was perfonned for 30 min on shaking platform, and then tubes were centrifuged and washed one time with 1.4 ml of BB. Amount of precipitated AP was measured colorimetrically after application of PNPP.
  • B4ECv3 was serially diluted in 20 mM Tris-HCl, 0.15 M NaCl, 0.1%) BSA, pH 8 and mixed with 5,000 HEK293 cells expressing membrane-associated full- length Ephrin B2. After incubation for 1 h, 50 ⁇ l of 5 nM B4EC-AP reagent (protein fusion of EphB4 ectodomain with placental alkaline phosphatase were added into each tube for 30 min to detect unoccupied Ephrin B2 binding sites. Binding reactions were stopped by dilution with 1.2 ml of BB and centrifugation. Colorimetric reaction of cell-precipitated AP was developed with PNPP substrate.
  • Protein A-agarose based assay 10 ⁇ l of Protein A-agarose were incubated in Eppendorf tubes with 50 ⁇ l of indicated amount of B4EC-FC diluted in binding buffer BB (20 mM Tris- HCl, 0.15 M NaCl, 0.1% BSA pH 8). After incubation for 30 min on shaking platform, Protein AAagarose beads were washed twice with 1.4 ml of BB, followed by application of 50 ⁇ l of B2ECAP reagent at the final concentration of 50 nM. Binding was performed for 30 min on shaking platform, and then tubes were centrifuged and washed once with 1.4 ml of BB. Colorimetric reaction of precipitated AP was measured after application of PNPP (Fig. 6).
  • Nitrocellulose based assay B4EC-FC was serially diluted in 20 mM Tris-HCl, 0.15 M NaCl, 50 ⁇ g/ml BSA, pH 8. 2 ⁇ l of each fraction were applied onto nitrocellulose strip and spots were dried out for 3 min. Nifrocellulose strip was blocked with 5% non-fat milk for 30 min, followed by incubation with 5 nM B2EC-AP reagent. After 45 min incubation for binding, nifrocellulose was washed twice with 20 mM Tris-HCl, 0.15 M NaCl, 50 ⁇ g/ml BSA, pH 8 and color was developed by application of alkaline phosphatase substrate Sigma Fast (Sigma).
  • Nitrocellulose based assay See above, for B4EC-FC.
  • Human umbilical cord vein endothelial cells (1.5x103) are plated in a 96-well plate in 100 ⁇ l of EBM-2 (Clonetic # CC3162). After 24 hours (day 0), the test recombinant protein (100 ⁇ l) is added to each well at 2X the desired concenfration (5-7 concenfration levels) in EBM-2 medium. On day 0, one plate is stained with 0.5% crystal violet in 20% methanol for 10 minutes, rinsed with water, and air-dried. The remaining plates are incubated for 72 h at 37 °C. After 72 h, plates are stained with 0.5% crystal violet in 20%> methanol, rinsed with water and airdried.
  • EBM-2 Human umbilical cord vein endothelial cells
  • the stain is eluted with 1:1 solution of ethanol: 0.1 M sodium citrate (including day 0 plate), and absorbance is measured at 540 nm with an ELISA reader (Dynatech Laboratories). Day 0 absorbance is subtracted from the 72 h plates and data is plotted as percentage of confrol proliferation (vehicle freated cells). IC50 (drag concentration causing 50%> inhibition) is calculated from the plotted data.
  • B. Cord Formation Assay Endothelial Cell Tube Formation Assay
  • Matrigel (60 ⁇ l of 10 mg/ml; Collaborative Lab # 35423) is placed in each well of an ice- cold 96-well plate. The plate is allowed to sit at room temperature for 15 minutes then incubated at 37 °C for 30 minutes to permit the matrigel to polymerize.
  • HUVECs are prepared in EGM-2 (Clonetic # CC3162) at a concentration of 2X10 5 cells/ml.
  • the test compound is prepared at 2X the desired concenfration (5 concentration levels) in the same medium.
  • Cells (500 ⁇ l) and 2X drug (500 ⁇ l) is mixed and 200 ⁇ l of this suspension are placed in duplicate on the polymerized matrigel. After 24 h incubation, triplicate pictures are taken for each concenfration using a Bioquant Image Analysis system. Drug effect (IC50) is assessed compared to untreated confrols by measuring the length of cords formed and number of junctions.
  • the bottom chamber wells receive 27-29 ⁇ l of DMEM medium alone (baseline) or medium containing chemo-atfractant (bFGF, VEGF or Swiss 3T3 cell conditioned medium).
  • the top chambers receive 45 ⁇ l of HUVEC cell suspension (1X10 6 cells/ml) prepared in DMEM+1% BSA with or without test compound. After 5 h incubation at 37 °C, the membrane is rinsed in PBS, fixed and stained in Diff-Quick solutions.
  • the filter is placed on a glass slide with the migrated cells facing down and cells on top are removed using a Kimwipe. The testing is performed in 4-6 replicates and five fields are counted from each well. Negative unstimulated confrol values are subtracted from stimulated control and drug freated values and data is plotted as mean migrated cell ⁇ S.D. IC50 is calculated from the plotted data.
  • Example 2 Exfracellular domain fragments of EphB4 receptor inhibit angiogenesis and tumor growth.
  • Globular domain of EphB4 is required for EphrinB2 binding and for the activity of EphB4- derived soluble proteins in endothelial tube formation assay.
  • EphB4-derived soluble proteins in endothelial tube formation assay.
  • four recombinant deletion variants of EphB4EC were produced and tested (Fig. 16).
  • Exfracellular part of EphB4 similarly to the other members of EphB and EphA receptor family, contains N-terminal ligand- binding globular domain followed by cysteine-rich domain and two fibronectin type III repeats (FNIII).
  • GCF2-F a non-tagged version of B4- GCF2, called GCF2-F, containing complete exfracellular domain of EphB4 with no additional fused amino acids was expressed, purified and used in some ofthe experiments described here. All four C-terminally 6xHis tagged recombinant proteins were preparatively expressed in transiently transfected cultured mammalian cells and affinity purified to homogeneity from the conditioned growth media using chromatography on Ni 2+ -chelate resin (Fig. 17).
  • PC3 human prostate cancer cell line is known to express elevated levels of human Eph B4. Stimulation of PC3 cells with Ephrin B2 IgG Fc fusion protein leads to a rapid induction of tyrosine phosphorylation ofthe receptor. However, preincubation ofthe ligand with GCF2, GCF1 or GC, but not CF2 proteins suppresses subsequent EphB4 autophosphorylation. Addition ofthe proteins alone to the PC3 cells or preincubation ofthe cells with the proteins followed by changing media and adding the ligand does not affect EphB4 phosphorylation status.
  • EphB4- derived soluble proteins in endothelial tube formation assay.
  • Plugs taken from mice freated with ⁇ g of soluble EphB4 had markedly reduced vascularization of plugs, comparable to plugs without growth factor (Fig. 21). Furthermore, histological examination of plugs showed decreased vessel staining (Fig. 21). Treatment at 0 ⁇ g/dose significantly inhibited the amount of infiltration in Matrigel plugs compared to control (Fig. 21).
  • EphB4 receptor phosphorylation in HUVECs by performing Western blot analyses with lysates from soluble EphB4-freated cells and antibodies against phosphor-tyrosine.
  • EphrinB4 freatment of serum-starved HUVECs stimulated a rapid and transient decrease in the level of phosphorylated EphB4, in the presence of EphrinB2Fc, EphB4 ligand dimer.
  • Ephrin B2Fc without the soluble EphB4 protein induced phosphorylation of EphB4 receptor (Fig. 22).
  • microvessel density was similar in the outer viable rim of tumor cells (the uniform layer of cells adjacent to the tumor periphery with well defined nuclei) in confrol and soluble EphB4-freated tumors. Microvessel density was significantly in the inner, less viable region of tumor cells abutting the necrotic cenfral areas in soluble EphB4-treated than confrol tumors.
  • Fibrin deposition was increased in and around blood vessels in the inner viable rim and the central necrotic core of soluble EphB4 treated than control tumors.
  • the vessel lumen remained patent and contained red blood cells, fibrin deposition was evident around many vessels. Soluble EphB4 was found to have no such effects on the endothelium in the normal tissues examined (lungs, liver and kidneys).
  • the resulting PCR fragments were TA-cloned into mammalian expression vector pEF6/V5-His-TOPO (Invitrogen) under EF-l ⁇ promoter confrol.
  • the expressed recombinant proteins encode the following fragments ofthe mature exfracellular part of human EphB4: amino acid positions 1-522 (GCF2), 1-412 (GCFl) and 1-312 (GC).
  • EphB4 cDNA was amplified by two-step overlap PCR using oligo primers TACTAGTCCGCCATGGAGCTCCGGGTGCTGCT, CAGCTGAGTTTCCAATTTTGTGTTC, GAACACAAAATTGGAAACTCAGCTGACTGTGAACCTGAC and GCGGCCGCCCTG CTCCCGCCAGCCCTCGCT.
  • Vector for producing secreted human EphrinB2-alkaline phosphatase (B2-AP) reagent was constructed by PCR amplification of human Ephrin B2 cDNA using primers TAAAGCTTCCGCCATGGCTGTGAGAAGGGAC and TAGGATCCTTCGGAACCG AGGATGTTGTTCCC and cloning the resulting fragment, digested with Hind III and Bam HI, into Hind III-Bgl II digested pAPTag2 vector (GenHunter, Inc.). In each case, inserts in expression vectors were verified by complete sequencing.
  • Anti-Eph B4 monoclonal antibodies mAB79 and mAB23 were raised in mice against the GCF2 protem containing amino acids 1-522 of mature human EphB4 and purified from hybridoma supematants by Protein A chromatography.
  • the anti-phosphotyrosine antibody 4G10 was from UBI (Lake Placid, NY). Protein G-HRP conjugate was purchased from Bio-Rad.
  • EphB4-ECD soluble proteins cultured human embryonic kidney cells HEK293T were transfected with the conesponding plasmid constructs using standard calcium phosphate or Lipofectamin 2000 reagent (Invitrogen) protocols. Twelve to sixteen hours post- transfection, the growth medium (DMEM+10%> fetal bovine serum) was aspirated, cells washed once with serum free DMEM and replaced with serum free DMEM. Conditioned media containing the secreted proteins were harvested 72-96 hours later, clarified by centrifugation and used for purification of His-tagged proteins using Ni-NTA Agarose (Qiagen).
  • DMEM+10%> fetal bovine serum was aspirated, cells washed once with serum free DMEM and replaced with serum free DMEM.
  • Conditioned media containing the secreted proteins were harvested 72-96 hours later, clarified by centrifugation and used for purification of His-tagged proteins using Ni-NTA Agarose (Qiagen).
  • the purity and quantity ofthe recombinant proteins was tested by SDS-PAAG electrophoresis with Coomassie Blue or silver staining, Western blotting and UV spectroscopy. Purified proteins were dialyzed against 20 mM Tris-HCl, 0.15 M NaCl, pH 8 and stored at -70 °C.
  • Ni-NT A- Agarose (Qiagen) were incubated in microcentrifuge tubes with 10-500 ng sample of a B4-ECD protein diluted in 0.5 ml of binding buffer BB (20 mM Tris-HCl, 0.15 M NaCl, 0.1% bovine serum albumin, pH 8). After incubation for 30 min on shaking platform, Ni-NTA beads were washed twice with 1.4 ml of BB, followed by addition of B2-AP fusion protein at concenfration of 50 nM. Binding was performed for 30 min on a shaking platform. Tubes were centrifuged and washed once with 1.4 ml of BB. Amount of precipitated AP was measured colorimetrically at 420 nm after application of p-nifrophenyl phosphate (PNPP) and incubation for 5-30 min.
  • PNPP p-nifrophenyl phosphate
  • lysates were processed at 4 °C.
  • Cells were lysed in 1 ml of buffer containing 20 mM Hepes at pH 7.4, 100 mM sodium chloride, 50 mM sodium fluoride, 2 mM EDTA, 2 mM EGTA, 1 mM sodium orthovanadate, 1%>(V/V) NP-40, 0.5% (w/v) sodium deoxycholate, 1 mM phenyl methylsulphonyl fluoride (added freshly) and 100U Trasylol. Lysates were scraped into Eppendorf tubes and 50 ⁇ l of boiled, formalin-fixed Staphylococcus aureus was added (Calbiochem, San Diego).
  • the lysates were centrifuged for 5 min at 25,000g in a minifuge and the supematants transfened to new tubes containing the appropriate antibody. Lysates were mixed with antibodies for 1 h, after which time 50 ⁇ l of protein A- Sepharose beads were added and the contents ofthe tubes mixed for 1 h to collect the immunoprecipitates. Protein A beads were collected by centrifugation at 25,000g for 30 s. The supematants were discarded and the beads washed three times with 1 ml lysis buffer minus deoxycholate.
  • the human prostate carcinoma cell line PC3 cells were maintained in RPMI medium with 10%) dialyzed fetal calf serum and 1% penicillin streptomycin/neomycin antibiotics mix. Cells were maintained at 37 °C in a humidified atmosphere of 5% CO 2 /95% air. Typically, cells were grown in 60 mm dishes until confluency and were either freated with mouse Ephrin B2-Fc fusion at 1 ⁇ g/ml in RPMI for 10 min to activate EphB4 receptor or plain medium as a control. To study the effect of different derivatives of soluble EphB4 ECD proteins on EphB4 receptor activation, three sets of cells were used.
  • cells were treated with various proteins (5 proteins; GC, GCFl, GCF2, GCF2-F, CF2) at 5 ⁇ g/ml for 20 min.
  • proteins were premixed with ephrinB2-Fc at 1:5 (EphB4 protein: B2-Fc) molar ratio, incubated for 20 min and applied on cells for 10 min.
  • EphB4 protein: B2-Fc B2-Fc
  • the immunoprecipitated proteins were solubilized in IX SDS-PAGE sample loading buffer and separated on 10%> SDS-PAGE.
  • electroblotted membrane was probed with anti-pTyr specific antibody 4G 10 at 1 : 1000 dilution followed by Protein G- HRP conjugate at 1:5000 dilutions.
  • HUVECs Normal HUVECs were obtained from Cambrex (BioWhittaker) and maintained in EBM2 medium supplemented with 0.1 mg/ml endothelial growth supplement (crude extract from bovine brain), penicillin (50 U/ml), streptomycin (50 U/ml), 2 mmol/1 glutamine and 0.1 mg/ml sodium heparin. Aliquots of cells were preserved frozen between passages 1 and 3. For all experiments, HUVECs were used at passages 4 or below and collected from a confluent dish.
  • HUVECs Chemotaxis of HUVECs to VEGF was assessed using a modified Boyden chamber, franswell membrane filter inserts in 24 well plates, 6.5 mm diam, 8 ⁇ m pore size, 10 ⁇ m thick matrigel coated, polycarbonate membranes (BD Biosciences).
  • the cell suspensions of HUVECs (2x 10 5 cells/ml) in 200 ⁇ l of EBM were seeded in the upper chamber and the soluble EphB4 protein were added simultaneously with stimulant (VEGF or bFGF) to the lower compartment of the chamber and their migration across a polycarbonate filter in response to 10- 20 ng/ml of VEGF with or without 100 nM-1 ⁇ M test compound was investigated.
  • stimulant VEGF or bFGF
  • HUVEC Growth Inhibition Assay HUVEC (1.5xl0 3 cells) were plated in a 96-well plate in 100 ⁇ l of EBM-2 (Clonetic, Cat.
  • test recombinant protein 100 ⁇ l is added to each well at 2x the desired concentration (5-7 concentration levels) in EBM-2 medium.
  • one plate was stained with 0.5% crystal violet in 20% methanol for 10 minutes, rinsed with water, and air- dried. The remaining plates were incubated for 72 h at 37 °C. After 72 h, plates were stained with 0.5%) crystal violet in 20%> methanol, rinsed with water and air-dried. The stain was eluted with 1:1 solution of ethanol: 0.1M sodium citrate (including day 0 plate), and absorbance measured at 540 nm with an ELISA reader (Dynatech Laboratories).
  • Matrigel (0.5ml) was injected into the abdominal subcutaneous tissue of female nu/nu mice (6 wks old) along the peritoneal mid line. There were 3 mice in each group. The animals were cared for in accordance with institutional and NIH guidelines. At day 6, mice were sacrificed and plugs were recovered and processed for histology. Typically the overlying skin was removed, and gels were cut out by retaining the peritoneal lining for support, fixed in 10%> buffered fonnalin in PBS and embedded in paraffin. Sections of 3 ⁇ m were cut and stained with H&E or Masson's trichrome stain and examined under light microscope
  • the subsequent vascular response was measured extending from the limbal vasculature toward the pellet and the contiguous circumferential zone of neovascularization Data and climcal photos presented here were obtained on day 6 after pellet implantation, which was found to be the day of maximal angiogenic response.
  • the cells were incubated for 24 h, then the remaining cells in the upper layer were swabbed with cotton and penetrating cells in the lower layer were fixed with 5%> glutaraldehyde and stained with Diff Quick.
  • the total number of cells passing through the Matrigel matrix and each 8 ⁇ m pore ofthe culture insert wascounted using optical microscopy and designated as an invasion index (cell number/area).
  • Tumor volumes in the EphB4 ECD group, in the presence and absence of growth factor after implantation were three-fold smaller than those in the vehicle groups. There was no difference in body weight between the groups.
  • Immunohistochemical examination of cross-sections of resected tumors and TUNEL-positive apoptosis or necrosis, CD34 immunostaining, and BrdU proliferation rate will be performed, after deparaffinized, rehydrated, and quenched for endogenous peroxidase activity, and after 10 min permeabilization with proteinase K. Quantitative assessment of vascular densities will also be performed. Local infratumoral delivery or IV delivery of EphB4 ECD will also be performed twice a week.
  • mice 30 athymic nude mice, BALB/c (nu/nu), were each injected with 1 x 10 6 B16 melanoma cells with 0.1 ml PBS mixed with 0.1 ml matrigel or 1.5 x 10 6 SCC15 cells resuspended in 200 ⁇ l of DMEM serum-free medium and injected subcutaneously on day 0 on the right shoulder region of mice. Proteins were injected intravenously or subcutaneously, around the tumor beginning on day 1 at a loading dose of 4 ⁇ g mg, with weekly injections of 2ug/mg. (10 ⁇ g/g, 50 ⁇ g/kg/day), and at 2 weeks post-inoculation. Mice are sacrificed on Day 14. Confrol mice received PBS 50 ⁇ l each day. 14) Tumor formation in nude mice
  • Cancer cells (5x10 6 ) were subcutaneously inoculated into the dorsal skin of nude mice. When the tumor had grown to a size of about 100 mm 3 (usually it took 12 days), sEphB4 was either infraperitoneally or subcutaneously injected once/day, and tumorigenesis was monitored for 2 weeks. Tumor volume was calculated according to the formula a 2 xb, where a and b are the smallest and largest diameters, respectively. A Student's t test was used to compare tumor volumes, with P ⁇ .05 being considered significant.
  • EphB4 Is Upregulated and Imparts Growth Advantage in Prostate Cancer A. Expression of EphB4 in prostate cancer cell lines
  • EphB4 protein was expressed in a variety of prostate cancer cell lines by Western blot.
  • prostate cancer cell lines show marked variation in the abundance ofthe 120 kD EphB4.
  • the levels were relatively high in PC3 and even higher in PC3M, a metastatic clone of PC3, while normal prostate gland derived cell lines (MLC) showed low or no expression of EphB4 (Fig. 27 A).
  • MLC normal prostate gland derived cell lines
  • Fig. 27 A We next checked the activation status of EphB4 in PC3 cells by phosphorylation study.
  • EphB4 is phosphorylated though it can be further induced by its ligand, ephrin B2 (Fig. 27B).
  • EphB4 is expressed in clinical prostate samples.
  • tumor tissues and adjacent normal tissue from prostate cancer surgical specimens were examined.
  • the histological distribution of EphB4 in the prostate specimens was determined by immunohistochemistry.
  • EphB4 expression is confined to the neoplastic epithelium (Fig. 28, top left), and is absent in stromal and normal prostate epithelium (Fig. 28, top right).
  • Fig. 28, top left neoplastic epithelium
  • Fig. 28, top right normal prostate epithelium
  • 24 ofthe 32 prostate cancers examined were positive.
  • EphB4 mRNA is expressed both in the normal and tumor tissues of clinical samples by quantitative RT-PCR.
  • tumor EphB4 mRNA levels were at least 3 times higher than in the normal in this case (Fig. 28, lower right).
  • PC3 cells are known to lack PTEN expression (Davis, et al., 1994, Science. 266:816-819) and wild-type p53 function (Gale, et al., 1997, Cell Tissue Res. 290:227-241).
  • PTEN expression Diavis, et al., 1994, Science. 266:816-819
  • wild-type p53 function Gale, et al., 1997, Cell Tissue Res. 290:227-241
  • We investigated whether the relatively high expression of EphB4 is related to p53 and/or PTEN by re-introducing wild-type p53 and/or PTEN into PC3 cells. To compensate for the transfection efficiency and the dilution effect, transfected cells were sorted for the cotransfected truncated CD4 marker.
  • EphB4 in PC3 cells was reduced by the re-introduction of either wild-type p53 or PTEN.
  • the co-transfection of p53 and PTEN did not further inhibit the expression of EphB4 (Fig. 29 A).
  • Retinoid X receptor (RXR ⁇ ) regulates the expression of EphB4
  • EphB4 expression has the reverse expression pattern when we looked at "normal” prostate (MLC), prostate cancer (PC3), and metastatic prostate cancer (PC3M) (Fig. 27 A), we considered whether RXR ⁇ regulates the expression of EphB4.
  • MLC normal prostate
  • PC3M metastatic prostate cancer
  • the expression of EphB4 was compared between CWR22R and CWR22R-RXR ⁇ , which constitutively expresses RXR ⁇ .
  • FGF8 has no effect on EphB4 expression. Consistent with initial results, EphB4 was not found in "normal" benign prostate hypertrophic cell line BPH-1 (Fig. 29B).
  • EphB4 was down-regulated after blocking the EGFR signaling using EGFR kinase inhibitor AG 1478 (Fig. 30A) or upon blockade ofthe IGF-IR signaling pathway using IGF-IR neutralizing antibody (Fig. 30B).
  • EphB4 overexpression in our prostate cancer model
  • PC3 cells which have a relatively high expression of EphB4.
  • the two approaches to decreasing EphB4 expression were siRNA and AS-ODNs.
  • a number of different phosphorothioate-modified AS-ODNs complementary to different segments ofthe EphB4 coding region were tested for specificity and efficacy of EphB4 inhibition.
  • AS-10 full-length EphB4 expression vector AS-10 was found to be the most effective (Fig. 3 IB).
  • a Similar approach was applied to the selection of specific siRNA.
  • EphB4 siRNA 472 effectively knocks down EphB4 protein expression (Fig. 31 A).
  • Both siRNA 472 and antisense AS-10 ODN reduced the viability of PC3 cells in a dose dependent manner (Fig. 31C, D).
  • Unrelated siRNA or sense oligonucleotide had no effect on viability.
  • siRNA 472 resulted in an accumulation of cells in the sub GO and S phase fractions compared to cells treated with control siRNA.
  • the sub GO fraction increased from 1 %> to 7.9%, and the S phase fraction from 14.9 % to 20.8 % in siRNA 472 freated cells compared to confrol siRNA freated cells (Fig. 32 A).
  • Cell cycle anest at sub GO and G2 is indicative of apoptosis. Apoptosis as a result of EphB4 knock-down was confirmed by ELISA assay.
  • Neutralizing IGF-IR antibody was from R&D Systems (Minneapolis MN). Anti-IGF- lR( ⁇ ), -EGFR, -EphB4(C-16) were from Santa Cruz Biotech (Santa Craz, CA). ⁇ -actin monoclonal antibody was purchased from Sigma Chemical Co. (St Louis, MO). Media and fetal bovine serum (FBS) were from Invitrogen (Carlsbad, CA). AG 1478(4-(3'-Chloroanilino)-6,7- dimethoxy-quinazoline) was from Calbiochem (San Diego, CA).
  • EphB4 specific antisense phosphorothioate-modified oligodeoxynucleotide (ODN) and sense ODN were synthesized and purified by Qiagen (Alameda CA). The sequences are: Sense, 5'-TCC-TGC-AAG-GAG-ACC-TTC-AC-3'; AS1 : 5'-GTG-CAG-GGA-TAG-CAG-GGC-CAT- 3'; AS10: 5'-ATG-GAG-GCC-TCG-CTC-AGA-AA-3'. siRNAs were synthesized at the USC/Nonis Comprehensive Cancer Center Microchemical Core laboratory.
  • EphB4 siRNAs are siRNA 472 5 '-GGU-GAA-UGU-CAA-GAC-GCU-GUU-3 ' and siRNA 2303 5 '- cuc-uuc-cga-ucc-cac-cua-cuu-3'.
  • Negative confrol siRNA to scrambled GAPDH was from Ambion (Austin, TX)
  • the prostate cancer cell lines PC3, PC3M, DU145, ALVA31, LAPC-4, LNCaP, CWR22R and adult human normal prostate epithelial cell line MLC SV40, and BPH-1 were obtained and cultured as described previously (7).
  • EphB4 monoclonal antibody
  • ECD exfracellular domain
  • GST-ECD GST- fused ECD
  • EphB4ECD expressed as a GST fusion protein in BL21 E. coli was purified by affinity chromatography and the GST domain was cleaved by thrombin.
  • Monoclonal antibody was generated and the sensitivity and specificity ofthe antibody was reconfirmed by Western blot with whole cell lysate of 293 cells stably transfected with EphB4.
  • RNA STAT-60 Tel-Test, Inc. Friendswood TX
  • For quantitative RT-PCR first sfrand cDNA was synthesized from 5 ⁇ g of total RNA using Superscript III (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA). Quantitative RT-PCR was performed on the Sfratagene MX3000P system (Sfratagene, La Jolla CA) using SYBR Green I Brilliant Mastermix (Sse) according to the manufacture's instructions.
  • Optimized reactions for EphB4 and ⁇ -actin were 150 nM each ofthe forward primer ( ⁇ -actin, 5'-GGA-CCT-GAC-TGA-CTA-CCT-A-3'; EphB4, 5'- AAG-GAG-ACC-TTC-ACC-GTC-TT-3') and reverse primer ( ⁇ -actin 5'-TTG-AAG-GTA- GTT-TCG-TGG-AT-3'; EphB4, 5'-TCG-AGT-CAG-GTT-CAC-AGT-CA-3') with DNA denaturation/activation of polymerase at 95 °C for 10 min followed by 40 cycles of 95 °C for 30s, 60 °C for lmin, 72 °C for lmin. The specificity of the gene-specific amplification was confirmed by the presence of a single dissociation peak. All reactions were performed in triplicate with RT and no template negative controls. 6) hmnunohisto
  • OCT-embedded tissues were sectioned at 5 ⁇ m and fixed in phosphate-buffered 4%> paraformaldehyde. Sections were washed for 3 x 5 min in PBS and endogenous peroxidase was blocked by incubation in 0.3% H 2 O 2 in PBS for 10 min at room temperature. Sections were incubated with Eph4 (C-l 6) antibody (1:50) for 1 h at room temperature followed by three washes in PBS and incubation with donkey anti-goat secondary antibody (Santa Craz Biotech.) for 1 h at room temperature. After three washes in PBS, peroxidase activity was localized by incubation in DAB substrate solution (Vector Laboratories, Inc.
  • Membranes were first probed with primary antibody overnight, stripped with RestoreTM Western Blot stripping buffer (Pierce, Rockford IL) and reprobed with ⁇ -actin to confirm equivalent loading and transfer of protein. Signal was detected using SuperSignal West Femto Maximum Sensitivity Substrate (Pierce).
  • EphB4 receptor Cleared cell lysates were incubated with EphB4 monoclonal antibody overnight at 4 °C.
  • Antigen-antibody complex was immunoprecipitated by the addition of 100 ⁇ l of Protein G-Sepharose in 20 mM sodium phosphate, pH 7.0 with incubation overnight at 4 °C. hnmunoprecipitates were analyzed by
  • PC3 cells were seeded into 6-well plates and cultured until 80%> confluent and freated with 2 ⁇ g ml neutralizing IGF-IR monoclonal antibody, MAB391 (Hailey, et al., 2002, Mol Cancer Ther. 1:1349-1353), or with 1 nM AG 1478, a strong EGFR inhibitor (Liu, et al., 1999, J Cell Sci. 112 (Pt 14):2409-2417) for 24 h. Crude cell lysates were analyzed by Western blot. Band density was quantified with the Bio-Rad QuantityOne System software.
  • LipofectamineTM 2000 according to the manufacturer's instructions. 4 h post-transfection the cells were returned to growth media (RPMI 1640 supplemented with 10 % FBS). Viability was assayed by MTT 48 h following transfection.
  • PC3 cells were transfected with siRNA 472 or confrol siRNA using LipofectamineTM 2000 and 6 hours later 0.5 x 105 cells were transfened into 8 ⁇ m Matrigel-precoated inserts (BD Bioscience, Palo Alto, CA).
  • the inserts were placed in companion wells containing RPMI supplemented with 5 % FBS and 5 ⁇ g/ml fibronectin as a chemoatfractant. Following 22 h incubation the inserts were removed and the noninvading cells on the upper surface were removed by with a cotton swab.
  • the cells on the lower surface ofthe membrane were fixed in 100% methanol for 15 min, air dried and stained with Giemsa stain for 2 min. The cells were counted in five individual high-powered fields for each membrane under a light microscope. Assays were performed in triplicate for each treatment group.
  • Results were expressed as percentages of elements detected in the different phases ofthe cell cycle, namely Sub GO peak (apoptosis), G0/G1 (no DNA synthesis), S (active DNA systhesis), G2 (premitosis) and M (mitosis).
  • Apoptosis was studied using the Cell Death Detection ELISAplus Kit (Roche, Piscataway, NJ) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Briefly, PC3 80%> confluent cultures in 24-well plates were transfected using LipofectamineTM 2000 with various concenfrations (0-100 nM) of siRNA 472 or 100 nM control siRNA. 16 hours later, cells were detached and 1 x 10 4 cells were incubated in 200 ⁇ l lysis buffer. Nuclei were pelleted by centrifugation and 20 ⁇ l of supernatant containing the mono- or ohgonucleosomes was taken for ELISA analysis.
  • the supernatant was incubated with anti-histone-biotin and anti-DNA- POD in streptavidin-coated 96-well plate for 2 hours at room temperature.
  • the color was developed with ABST and absorbance at 405 nm was read in a microplate reader (Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, CA).
  • Example 4 Expression of EPHB4 in Mesothelioma: a candidate target for therapy
  • Malignant mesothelioma (MM) is a rare neoplasm that most often arises from the pleural and peritoneal cavity serous surface. The pleural cavity is by far the most frequent site affected (> 90%), followed by the peritoneum (6-10%) (Carbone et al., 2002, Semin Oncol. 29:2-17).
  • asbestos exposure about 80%> of malignant mesothelioma cases occur in individuals who have ingested or inhaled asbestos. This tumor is particularly resistant to the current therapies and, up to now, the prognosis of these patients is dramatically poor (Lee et al, 2000, Cun Opin Pulm Med. 6:267-74).
  • EPHB4 and EphrinB2 is expressed in mesothelioma cell lines
  • Ephrin B2 and EphB4 in malignant mesothelioma cell lines was determined at the RNA and protein level by a variety of methods. RT-PCR showed that all of the four cell lines express EphrinB2 and EPHB4 (fig. 33A). Protein expression was determined by Western blot in these cell lines. Specific bands for EphB4 were seen at 120 kD. In addition, Ephrin B2 was detected in all cell lines tested as a 37 kD band on Western blot (fig. 33B). No specific band for Ephrin B2 was observed in 293 human embryonic kidney cells, which were included as a negative confrol.
  • EphB4 transcription in mesothelioma cells was carried out on NCI H28 cell lines cultured on chamber slides. Specific signal for EphB4 was detected using antisense probe Ephrin B2 transcripts were also detected in the same cell line. Sense probes for both EphB4 and Ephrin B2 served as negative confrols and did not hybridize to the cells (figure 34). Expression of EphB4 and Ephrin B2 proteins was confirmed in the cell lines by immunofluorescence analysis (fig. 35). Three cell lines showed strong expression of EphB4, whereas expression of Ephrin B2 was present in H28 and H2052, and weakly detectable in H2373.
  • EPHB4 is involved in the cell growth and migration of mesothelioma
  • EphB4 The role of EphB4 in cell proliferation was tested using EPHB4 specific antisepses oligonucleotides and siRNA. The freatment of cultured H28 with EPHB4 antisense reduced cell viability.
  • EPHB4AS-10 One ofthe most active inhibitor of EphB4 expression is EPHB4AS-10 (fig. 37A). Transfection of EPHB4 siRNA 472 generated the same effect (fig. 37B).
  • MM is a locally advancing disease with frequent extension and growth into adjacent vital structures such as the chest wall, heart, and esophagus.
  • wound healing assay using previously described techniques (3:36).
  • a wound was infroduced into sub confluent H28 cells, over the course ofthe next 28 hours cells would progressively migrate into the area ofthe wound.
  • EPHB4AS-10 for 24 hours, and the wound was introduced, this migration was virtually completely prevented.
  • the migration study with Boyden Chamber assay with EPHB4 siRNA showed that cell migration was greatly inhibited with the inhibition of EPHB4 expression (Fig. 38B).
  • NCI H28, NCI H2052, NCI H2373, MSTO 21 IH mesothelioma cell lines and 293 human embryonic kidney cells were obtained from the ATCC (Manassas, VA). Cells were maintained in RPMI 1640 media supplemented with 10 % heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum (FBS; Life Technologies, Gaithersburg, MD) and antibiotics. Primary cells were obtained from pleural effusion of patients with mesothelioma. A large number of EPHB4 phosphorothioate modified antisense oligonucleotides were synthesized. Similarly a number of EphB4 specific siRNAs were generated. Monoclonal antibody produced against EPHB4 was used for western blot. Polyclonal antibody against EphrinB2 and EPHB4 (C-l 6) (for immunohistochemical staining) was from Santa Cruz.
  • Primers for EphB4 and EphrinB2 were designed with Primer 3 software. The sequences for all primers are as follows: EPHB4 forward primer and EPHB4 reverse primer (see, e.g., in Example 2); EphrinB2 forward primer and EphrinB2 reverse primer (see, e.g., in Example 6); G3PDH forward primer, 5'-GGAGCCAAAAGGGTCATCAT-3'; G3PDH reverse primer, 5'- GGCATTGCTGCAAAGAAAGAG-3'; Clonetics kit was used for PCR. PCRs were performed with the ABI PCR System 2700 (Applied Biosystem). The PCR conditions were 95 °C for 5 min, followed by 35 cycles of 95 °C for 30 seconds, 60 °C for 30 seconds and 72 °C for lmin.
  • Ephrin-B2 and EphB4 PCR products were cloned using the pGEM-T Easy System (Promega, Madison WI) according to the manufacturer's description.
  • the primers and PCR products were 5'-tccgtgtggaagtactgctg-3' (forward), 5'-tctggtttggcacagttgag-3' (reverse), for ephrin-B2 that yielded a 296-bp product and 5'-ctttggaagagaccctgctg-3' (forward), 5'- agacggtgaaggtctccttg-3', for EphB4 that yielded a 297-bp product.
  • the authenticity and insert orientation were confirmed by DNA sequencing.
  • pGEM-T Easy plasmids containing the PCR product ofthe human ephrin-B2 or EphB4 gene were linearized with Spe I or Nco I.
  • Antisense or sense digoxigenin (DIG)-labeled RNA probes were transcribed from T7 or SP6 promoters by run-off transcription using a DIG RNA labeling kit (Roche, Indianapolis IN). RNA probes were quantitated by spot assay as described in the DIG RNA labeling kit instructions.
  • Slides were hybridized overnight at 42 °C with 25 ng antisense or sense RNA probes in 40%> deionized formamide, 10% dexfran sulfate, IX Denhardt's solution, 4 X SSC, 10 mM DTT, 1 mg/ml yeast t-RNA and lmg/ml denatured and sheared salmon sperm DNA in a total volume of 40 ⁇ l. Slides were then washed at 37 °C as follows: 2 X 15 min with 2 X SSC, 2 X 15min with 1 X SSC, 2 X 15 min with 0.5 X SSC and 2 X 30 min with 0.2 X SSC.
  • Hybridization signal was detected using alkaline-phosphatase-conjugated anti-DIG antibodies (Roche) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Color development was stopped by two washes in 0.1 M Tris-HCl, ImM EDTA, pH 8.0 for 10 min. Cells were visualized by counterstaining of nucleic acids with Nuclear Fast Red (Vector Laboratories, Burlingame, CA) and the slides were mounted with IMMU-MOUNT (Shandon, Astmoor UK).
  • Membranes were blocked with 5 % non-fat milk prior to incubation with antibody to EphB4 (1:5000 dilution) at 4° C, for 16 h. Secondary antibody (1:100,000 dilution) conjugated with horseradish peroxidase was applied for 1 h at 25 °C. The membranes were developed using the SuperSignal West Femto Maximum sensitivity chemiluminescent substrate (Pierce, Rockford, IL) according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • Nuclei were counterstained with 4',6-diamidino-2-phenylindole dihydrochloride hydrate (DAPI), washed extensively with ) PBS and mounted with Vectasheild antifade mounting solution (Vector Laboratories). Images were obtained using an Olympus AX70 fluorescence microscope and Spot v2.2.2 (Diagnostic Instruments Inc., Sterling Heights, MI) digital imaging system.
  • DAPI 4',6-diamidino-2-phenylindole dihydrochloride hydrate
  • EphB4 Is Expressed in Squamous Cell Carcinoma of The Head and Neck: Regulation by Epidermal Growth Factor Signaling Pathway and Growth Advantage.
  • HNSCC Squamous cell carcinoma ofthe head and neck
  • EphB4 Although high expression of EphB4 has been reported in hematologic malignancies, breast carcinoma, endometrial carcinoma, and colon carcinoma, there is limited data on the protein levels of EphB4, and complete lack of data on the biological significance of this protein in tumor biology such as HNSCC.
  • HNSCC tumors express EphB4
  • EphB4 We studied the expression of EphB4 in human tumor tissues by immunohistochemistry, in situ hybridization, and Western blot. Twenty prospectively collected tumor tissues following IRB approval have been evaluated with specific EphB4 monoclonal antibody that does not react with other members ofthe EphB and EphA family. EphB4 expression is observed in all cases, with varying intensity of staining.
  • Figure 39A (top left) illusfrates a representative case, showing that EphB4 is expressed in the tumor regions only, as revealed by the H&E tumor architecture (Fig. 39A bottom left). Note the absence of staining for EphB4 in the stroma.
  • a metastatic tumor site in the lymph node shows positive staining while the remainder ofthe lymph node is negative (Fig. 39A, top right).
  • In situ hybridization was canied out to determine the presence and location of EphB4 transcripts in the tumor tissue. Strong signal for EphB4 specific antisense probe was detected indicating the presence of transcripts ( Figure 39 B, top left). Comparison with the H&E stain (Fig. 39B, bottom left) to illustrate tumor architecture reveals that the signal was localized to the tumor cells, and was absent from the stromal areas. Ephrin B2 transcripts were also detected in tumor sample, and as with EphB4, the signal was localized to the tumor cells (Fig. 39B, top right). Neither EphB4 nor ephrin B2 sense probes hybridized to the sections, proving specificity ofthe signals.
  • EphB4 the ligand of EphB4, namely ephrin B2
  • EphB4 in some lines eplirin B2 expression appears regulated by EGFR activity, while it is independent in other cell lines.
  • EphB4 levels were induced in SCC 15 cells that had been seram starved for 24 h prior to 24 h treatment with 10 ng/ml EGF as shown in figure 41B (lanes 1 and 2).
  • the downstream signaling pathways known for EGFR activation shown in figure 41 A, were then investigated for their input into EGF mediated induction of EphB4.
  • basal levels of EphB4 were reduced when ERK1/2 phosphorylation was inhibited.
  • siRNA2302 that was not effective in reducing EphB4 levels and had only minor effects on viability did not produce any changes in the cell cycle when compared with the mock LipofectamineTM2000 transfection.
  • Eph B4 50 5 ' -GAGACCCUGCUGAACACAAUU-3 ' 3 ' -UUCUCUGGGACGACUUGUGUU-5 '
  • Eph B4472 5' -GGUGAAUGUCAAGACGCUGUU-3 ' 3 ' -UUCCACUUACAGUUCUGCGAC-5 '
  • Eph B4 1562 5 ' -CAUCACAGCCAGACCCAACUU-3 ' 3 ' -UUGUAGUGUCGGUCUGGGUUG-5 '
  • Eph B4 2302 5' -CUCUUCCGAUCCCACCUACUU-3 ' 3 ' -UUGAGAAGGCUAGGGUGGAUG-5 '
  • the IC 50 for AS-10 was approximately 1 ⁇ M, while even 10 ⁇ M AS-11 was not sufficient to attain 50 %> reduction of viability.
  • AS-10 had on the cell cycle was investigated, it was found that the sub GO fraction increased from 1.9 % to 10.5 % compared to non-treated cells, indicative of apoptosis (Fig. 43C).
  • EphB4 participates in the migration of HNSCC. Involvement in migration may have implications for growth and metastasis. Migration was assessed using the wound-healing/scrape assay. Confluent SCC15 and SCC25 cultures were wounded by a single scrape with a sterile plastic Pasteur pipette, which left a 3 mm band with clearly defined borders. Migration of cells into the cleared area in the presence of test compounds was evaluated and quantitated after 24, 48 and 72 hr. Cell migration was markedly diminished in response to AS-10 that block EphB4 expression while the inactive compounds, AS-1 and scrambled ODN had little to no effect as shown in figure 43D. Inhibition of migration with AS-10 was also shown using the Boyden double chamber assay (Fig. 43E). F. EphB4 AS-10 in vivo anti-tumor activity
  • EphB4 AS-10 which reduces cell viability and motility, was determined in SCC 15 tumor xenografts in Balb/C nude mice.
  • HNSCC-4, -9, 12, -13, -15, -25, and -71 were obtained from and 293 human embryonic kidney cells were obtained from the ATCC (Manassas, VA). Cells were maintained in RPMI 1640 media supplemented with 10% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum (FBS; Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) and antibiotics.
  • FBS heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum
  • EGFR, EphB4(C-16) polyclonal antibodies were from Santa Cruz Biotech (Santa Craz, CA). ⁇ -actin monoclonal antibody was purchased from Sigma Chemical Co. (St Louis, MO).
  • Ephrin B2 and EphB4 polyclonal antibodies and their conesponding blocking peptides were obtained from Santa Craz Biotechnology (Santa Cruz, CA).
  • AG 1478 (4- (3'-Chloroanilino)-6,7-dimethoxy-quinazoline) was from Calbiochem (San Diego, CA).
  • Kinase inhibitors SH-5 and SP 600125 were from A.G. Scientific (San Diego, CA), PD98095, U73122, SB203580, LY294002, and Wortmannin were obtained from Sigma.
  • Sections were washed for 3 x 5 min in PBS and endogenous peroxidase was blocked by incubation in 0.3%> H O 2 in PBS for 10 min at room temperature. Sections were incubated with Eph4 (C-16) antibody (1:50) for 1 h at room temperature followed by three washes in PBS and incubation with donkey anti-goat secondary antibody (Santa Cruz Biotech.) for 1 h at room temperature. After three washes in PBS, peroxidase activity was localized by incubation in DAB substrate solution (Vector Laboratories, Inc. Burlingame CA) for 10 min at room temperature. Sections were counterstained with Hematoxylin for 20 s, dehydrated and mounted.
  • Negative confrol for staining was substitution of normal goat serum for primary antibody. Immunohistochemical staining on prostate anay (BioMeda, Foster City, CA) was done using goat ABC Staining System (Santa Cruz Biotech.) according to the manufacturer's instructions. 5) Western Blot
  • the SilencerTM siRNA construction kit (Ambion, Austin TX) was used to synthesize siRNA to EphB4. Briefly, 21 bp target sequences containing 19 bp downstream of 5'-AA dinucleotides were identified that showed no significant homology to other sequences in the GenBank database. Sense and antisense siRNA 29-mer DNA oligonucleotide templates were synthesized at the USC Nonis Microchemical Core Facility. Antisense template conesponded to the target sequence followed by 8 bp addition (5'-CCTGTCTC-3') at the 3' end complementary to the T7 promoter primer provided by the SilencerTM siRNA constraction kit. Sense template comprised 5'-AA followed by the complement ofthe target 19 bp, then the T7 8 bp sequence as above.
  • the two siRNA oligonucleotide templates were hybridized to a T7 promoter primer.
  • the 3' ends ofthe hybridized oligonucleotides were extended by the Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase to create double- stranded siRNA transcription templates.
  • the sense and antisense siRNA templates were transcribed by T7 RNA polymerase and the resulting RNA transcripts were hybridized to create dsRNA.
  • the leader sequences were removed by digesting the dsRNA with a single-stranded specific ribonuclease leaving the overhanging UU dinucleotides.
  • the DNA template was removed at the same time by freatment with RNase free deoxyribonuclease.
  • the resulting siRNA was purified by glass fiber filter binding to remove excess nucleotides, short oligomers, proteins, and salts in the reaction.
  • the end products (shown in Table 3) were double-stranded 21-mer siRNAs with 3' terminal uridine that can effectively reduce the expression of target mRNA when fransfected into cells.
  • Eph B4 AS-1 (552-572) GTG CAG GGA TAG CAG GGC CAT Eph B4 AS-2 (952-972) AAG GAG GGG TGG TGC ACG GTG Eph B4 AS-3 (1007-1027) TTC CAG GTG CAG GGA GGA GCC Eph B4 AS-4 (1263-1285) GTG GTG ACA TTG ACA GGC TCA Eph B4 AS-5 (1555-1575) TCT GGC TGT GAT GTT CCT GGC Eph B4 AS-6 (123-140) GCC GCT CAG TTC CTC CCA Eph B4 AS-7 (316-333) TGA AGG TCT CCT TGC AGG Eph B4 AS-8 (408-428) CGC GGC CAC CGT GTC CAC CTT Eph B4 AS-9 (1929-1949) CTT CAG GGT CTT GAT TGC CAC Eph B4 AS-10 (1980-1999) ATG GAG GCC TCG CTC AGA AA Eph b4 AS-11 (2
  • siRNAs 10-100 nM
  • LipofectamineTM 2000 2 x 10 4 cells/well of SCC-4, -15, -25 or -71 in a 48- well plate were transfected with siRNAs (10-100 nM) using 2 ⁇ l of LipofectamineTM 2000 according to the manufacturer's instructions. 4 h post-transfection the cells were returned to growth media (RPMI 1640 supplemented with 10 % FBS). Viability was assayed by MTT 48 h following transfection.
  • Results were expressed as percentages of elements detected in the different phases ofthe cell cycle, namely Sub GO peak (apoptosis), G0/G1 (no DNA synthesis), S (active DNA systhesis), G2 (premitosis) and M (mitosis).
  • Sub GO peak apoptosis
  • G0/G1 no DNA synthesis
  • S active DNA systhesis
  • G2 premitosis
  • M mitosis
  • SCC15 cells were seeded into 6-well plates and cultured until confluent. 10 ⁇ M AS-1, AS-10, or sense ODN as control were infroduced to the wells as described for the viability assay 12 hours before wounding the monolayer by scraping it with a sterile pipette tip. Medium was changed to RPMI 1640 supplemented with 5% FBS and fresh ODNs. The healing process was examined dynamically and recorded with a Nikon Coolpix 5000 digital camera with microscope adapter.
  • Kaposi's Sarcoma manifests as a multifocal angioproliferative disease, most commonly ofthe skin and mucus membranes, with subsequent spread to visceral organs (1) Hallmarks ofthe disease are angiogenesis, edema, infiltration of lymphomononuclear cells and growth of spindle-shaped tumor cells.
  • the KS vascular network is distinct from normal vessels in the lack of basement membranes and the abnormal spindle shaped endothelial cell (tumor cell) lining these vessels. Defective vasculature results in an accumulation ofthe blood components including albumin, red and mononuclear cells in the lesions (1).
  • the KS tumor is endothelial in origin; the tumor cells express many endothelial markers, including lectin binding sites for Ulex europeaus agglutinin-1 (UEA-1), CD34, EN-4, PAL-E (2) and the endothelial cell specific tyrosine kinase receptors, VEGFR-1 (Flt-1), VEGFR-2 (Flk-1/KDR), VEGFR-3 (Flt-4), Tie-1 and Tie-2 (3, RM & PSG unpublished data).
  • KS cells co-express lymphatic endothelial cell related proteins including LYVE and podoplanin (4).
  • the herpesviras HHV-8 is considered the etiologic agent for the disease.
  • sequences of this new herpes virus were identified in KS tumor tissue (5), and subsequent molecular-epidemiology studies have shown that nearly all KS tumors contain viral genome.
  • KS tumor cells are derived from arterial or venous endothelium.
  • HHV-8 has an effect on expression of arterial or venous markers in a model of KS.
  • KS tumor cells were found to express the ephrin B2 arterial marker.
  • ephrin B2 expression was induced by HHV-8 vGPCR in KS and endothelial cell lines.
  • Ephrin B2 is a potential target for treatment of KS because inhibition of ephrin B2 expression or signaling was detrimental to KS cell viability and function.
  • KS tumors express Ephrin B2, but not EphB4
  • EphB4 and ephrin B2 are markers for venous and arterial endothelial cells, respectively.
  • Ephrin B2 but not EphB4 transcripts were detected in tumor cells of KS biopsies by in situ hybridization (figure 45 A). Comparison ofthe positive signal with eplirin B2 antisense probe and tumor cells as shown by H&E staining shows that ephrin B2 expression is limited to the areas ofthe biopsy that contain tumor cells.
  • KS with EphB4 antisense probe The lack of signal in KS with EphB4 antisense probe is not due to a defect in the probe, as it detected transcripts in squamous cell carcinoma, which we have shown expresses this protein (18). Additional evidence for the expression of eplirin B2 in KS tumor tissue is afforded by the localization of EphB4/Fc signal to tumor cells, detected by FITC conjugated anti human Fc antibody. Because ephrin B2 is the only ligand for EphB4 this reagent is specific for the expression of ephrin B2 (figure 45B, left). An adjacent section freated only with the secondary reagent shows no specific signal.
  • HHV-8 the presumed etiologic agent for KS, could itself induce expression of ephrin B2 and repress EphB4 expression in endothelial cells.
  • the attached monolayers of endothelial cells remaining after extensive washing were examined for ephrin B2 and Epl ⁇ B4 by RT-PCR and immunofluorescence.
  • HUVEC express EphB4 venous marker strongly at the RNA level, but not ephrin B2 (figure 46B).
  • HHV-8 infected cultures (HUVEC/BC-1 and HUVEC/BC-3) express eplirin B2, while EphB4 transcripts are almost absent.
  • HHV-8 infected HUVEC now express ephrin B2 but not EphB4 (Fig. 46A(e, q, u), respectively). Expression of ephrin B2 and LANAl co-cluster as shown by yellow signal in the merged image (Fig. 46A(h)). HHV-8 infected HUVEC positive for ephrin B2 and negative for Eph B4 also express the arterial marker CD148 (19) (Fig. 46A (j, v)). Expression of ephrin B2 and CD148 co-cluster as shown by yellow signal in the merged image (Fig. 46A(1)). Uninfected HUVEC expressing Eph B4 were negative for CD148 (not shown).
  • HHV-8 vGPCR induces ephrin B2 expression
  • KS-SLK cells were stably fransfected with HHV-8 LANA, or LANA ⁇ 440 or vGPCR.
  • Western Blot of stable clones revealed a five-fold induction of ephrin B2 in KS-SLK fransfected with vGPCR compared to SLK-LANA or SLK-LANA ⁇ 440 (Fig. 47A).
  • SLK fransfected with vector alone (pCEFL) was used as a confrol.
  • SLK-vGPCR and SLK-pCEFL cells were also examined for ephrin B2 and Eph B4 expression by immunofluorescence in fransiently fransfected KS-SLK cells.
  • Figure 47B shows higher expression of ephrin B2 in the SLK-vGPCR cells compared to SLK-pCEFL.
  • No changes in Eph B4 were observed in SLK- vGPCR compared to SLK-pCEFL. This clearly demonsfrates that SLK-vGPCR cells expressed high levels of ephrin B2 compared to SLK-pCEFL cells.
  • Ephrin B2 5 '-flanking DNA-luciferase reporter plasmids were constracted as described in the Materials and Methods and fransiently fransfected into HUVECs. Ephrin B2 5'-flanking DNA sequences -2491/-11 have minimal activity in HUVEC cells (figure 47C). This is consistent with ephrin B2 being an arterial, not venous marker.
  • HUVEC in culture do express some ephrin B2 at the RNA level.
  • Cotransfection of HHV-8 vGPCR induces ephrin B2 transcription approximately 10-fold compared to the control expression vector pCEFL.
  • Roughly equal induction was seen with ephrin B2 sequences -2491/-11, -1242/-11, or -5111-11, which indicates that elements between - 577 and -11 are sufficient to mediate the response to vGPCR, although maximal activity is seen with the -1242/-11 luciferase construct.
  • Ephrin B2 is regulated by VEGF and VEGF-C
  • HUVECs were grown in EBM-2 media containing 5 % FBS with two different concentration of individual growth factor (10 ng, 100 ng/ml) for 48 h. Only VEGF- A or VEGF-C induced ephrin B2 expression in a dose dependent manner ( Figure 48B). In contrast, EGF had no effect on expression of ephrin B2.
  • Ephrin B2 siRNA inhibits the expression of Ephrin B2 in KS
  • Tliree ephrin B2 siRNA were synthesized as described in the methods section.
  • KS-SLK cells were fransfected with siRNA and 48 h later ephrin B2 expression was determined by Western Blot.
  • Ephrin B2 siRNAs 137 or 254 inhibited about 70%> of ephrin B2 expression compared to control siRNA such as siRNA Eph B4 50 or siRNA GFP.
  • Ephrin B2 63 siRNA was less effective than the above two siRNA Ephrin B2 ( Figure 49 A).
  • Ephrin B2 is necessary for full KS and EC viability, cord formation and in vivo angiogenesis activities
  • eplirin B2 siRNA (254) was then used to determine whether inhibiting expression of ephrin B2 has any effect on the growth of KS-SLK or HUVEC cells.
  • the viability of KS-SLK cells was decreased by the same siRNAs that inhibited ephrin B2 protein levels (figure 49B).
  • KS-SLK express high levels of ephrin B2 and this result shows maintenance of ephrin B2 expression is integral to cell viability in this setting.
  • HUVECs do not express ephrin B2, except when stimulated by VEGF as shown in Fig. 48B.
  • Ephrin B2 siRNA 264 dramatically reduced growth of HUVECs cultured with VEGF as the sole growth factor. In contrast, no significant effect was seen when HUVECs were cultured with IGF, EGF and bFGF. As a control, EphB4 siRNA 50 had no detrimental effect on HUVECs in either culture condition (figure 49C).In addition to inhibition of viability of KS and primary endothelial cells, EphB4-ECD inhibits cord formation in HUVEC and KS-SLK and in vivo angiogenesis in the MatrigelTM plug assay (Figure 50).
  • Human vascular endothelial cells were from Clonetics (San Diego, CA) and were maintained in EGM-2 and EGM-2MV media respectively (Clonetics).
  • TI human fibroblast line was from Dr. Peter Jones, USC. BC-1 and BC-3 human pleural effusion lymphoma cell lines and monoclonal antibodies to LANAl and ORF59 were the kind gift of Dr. Dharam Ablashi (Advanced Biotechnologies Inc., Columbia, MD).
  • KS-SLK was isolated from a Classic Kaposi's sarcoma patient (15).
  • Polyclonal antibodies to EphB4, ephrin B2, CD148, PECAM-1 were obtained from Santa Craz Biotechnology (Santa Craz, CA).
  • VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor
  • VEGF-C vascular endothelial growth factor
  • IL-(IL)6 interleukin-(IL)6, IL- 8 and oncostatin-M
  • pKSvGPCR-CEFL and pCEFL were the kind gift of Dr. Enrique Mesri (Cornell University, New York, NY).
  • Expression vectors for HHV-8 latency associated nuclear antigen (LANA) were kindly provided by Dr Matthew Rettig, Veteran's Administration Greater Los Angeles Healthcare System.
  • RNAzol Tel-Test, Inc., Friendswoods, TX
  • cDNAs were synthesized by reverse transcriptase using a random hexamer primer (Superscript II; Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA).
  • Ephrin B2 and EphB4 PCR products from the primers shown in Table 4 for in situ hybridization were cloned using the pGEM-T Easy system (Promega, Madison WI) according to the manufacturer's description using. The authenticity and insert orientation were confirmed by DNA sequencing.
  • the pGEM-T Easy plasmids containing the PCR product ofthe human ephrin- B2 or EphB4 gene were linearized with Spe I or Nco I.
  • Antisense or sense digoxigenin (DIG)- labeled RNA probes were transcribed from T7 or SP6 promoters by run-off transcription using a DIG RNA labeling kit (Roche, Indianapolis IN). RNA probes were quantitated by spot assay as described in the DIG RNA labeling kit instructions.
  • HUVEC cells were grown to 50-70%) confluence in EGM-2 on gelatin-coated Labtech II 4-well chamber slides (Nalge Nunc International, Naperville, IL). Co-culture with BC-1 or BC-3 was essentially as described by Sakurada and coworkers (16). Briefly, BC-1 or BC-3 cells were preheated with TPA (20 ng/ml) to induce virus for 48 hrs and then added to the HUVEC culture at a ratio of 10: 1 for cocultivation for two days. The HUVECs were washed extensively with PBS to remove the attached BC-1 or BC-3 cells.
  • the TITANIUMTM One-Step RT-PCR kit (Clontech, Palo Alto, CA) was used for RT- PCR from 1 x 10 5 cells.
  • Primer pairs for amplification of EphB4, ephrin B2 and ⁇ -actin are shown in Table 4.
  • Each PCR cycle consisted of denaturation at 94 °C for 30 s, primer annealing at 60 °C for 30 s and extension at 72 °C for 30 s.
  • the samples were amplified for 30 cycles. PCR products were separated on 1.5% agarose gels and stained with ethidium bromide. 7) Cell viability assay
  • KS-SLK cells were seeded at a density of 1 x 10 4 per well in 48-well plates on day 0 in appropriate growth media containing 2%> fetal calf serum (FCS). On the following day, the media was changed and cells were freated with 0, 10 or 100 nM siRNA. On day 3, viability was assessed using 3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5-diphenyltetrazolium bromide (MTT) as previously described (17).
  • FCS fetal calf serum
  • EphrinB2 with EPHB4-Fc Iminunofluorescence detection of EphrinB2 with EPHB4-Fc was done as follows. Frozen sections fixed in 4%> paraformaldehyde and blocked with 20%o FBS were incubated with 5 ⁇ g/ml EphB4/Fc (R&D Systems) for 1 h at RT. Sections were then incubated with 10 ⁇ g/ml rabbit anti- human IgG-FITC in PBS (Jackson ImmunoResearch Laboratories West Grove, PA) at RT for 1 hour. Nuclei were counterstained with DAPI and sections mounted as above. Human Fc (Jackson ImmunoResearch) was used as the negative confrol.
  • MafrigelTM Basement Membrane Matrix (BD Biosciences Discovery Labware, Bedford, MA) was mixed with growth medium (3:1) on ice and 0.5 ml liquid placed in 24-well plates. Incubation of plates at 37 °C for 15 min caused MatrigelTM polymerization. HUVEC or KS-SLK in exponential phase growth were freated with 2 or 8 ⁇ g/ml EphB4-ECD or PBS as confrol for 16 h prior to trypsinizing and plating on the MatrigelTM. Culture on MatrigelTM was continued in the presence of recombinant fusion proteins for 6 h. Cultures were fixed in 4%> parafomialdehyde for 30 min and evaluated by inverted phase-contrast photomicroscopy.
  • the SilencerTM siRNA construction kit (Ambion, Austin TX) was used to synthesize siRNA to ephrin B2 and EphB4. Briefly, three 21 bp target sequences comprising 19 bp downstream of a 5'-AA dinucleotide were identified in the ephrin B2 cDNA (Accession number NM_004093) that showed no significant homology to other sequences in the GenBank database. Sense and antisense siRNA 29-mer DNA oligonucleotide templates were synthesized at the USC Norris Microchemical Core Facility.
  • Antisense template conesponded to the target sequence followed by 8 bp addition (5'-CCTGTCTC-3') at the 3' end complementary to the T7 promoter primer provided with the Silencer SiRNA Construction Kit.
  • Sense template comprised 5'-AA followed by the complement ofthe target 19 bp, then the T7 8 bp sequence as above.
  • the two siRNA oligonucleotide templates were hybridized to a T7 promoter primer. The 3' ends ofthe hybridized oligonucleotides were extended by the Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase to create double-stranded siRNA transcription templates.
  • the sense and antisense siRNA templates were transcribed by T7 RNA polymerase and the resulting RNA transcripts were hybridized to create dsRNA.
  • the dsRNA consisted of 5' terminal single-stranded leader sequences, a 19 nt target specific dsRNA, and 3' terminal UUs.
  • the leader sequences were removed by digesting the dsRNA with a single-stranded specific ribonuclease.
  • the DNA template was removed at the same time by treatment with RNAse free deoxyribonuclease.
  • siRNAs were purified by glass fiber filter binding to remove excess nucleotides, short ohgomers, proteins, and salts in the reaction. End product double-sfranded 21mer siRNAs are shown in Table 5. Similarly, an EphB4 and green fluorescence protein (GFP) siRNAs were synthesized.
  • GFP green fluorescence protein
  • Table 5 siRNAs of ephrin B2 and EphB4.
  • HUVEC were seeded on eight-well chamber slides coated with fibronectin and grown overnight in EGM-2 (Cambrex, WalkersviUe, MD). 16 h later media was replaced either with EBM-2 supplemented with 5% fetal calf serum (FCS) and EGM-2 BulletKit supplements bFGF, hEGF and R 3 -IGF-I at the concenfrations provided by the manufacturer, or EBM-2 supplemented with 5% FCS and 10 ng/ml rhVEGF (R&D Systems).
  • FCS fetal calf serum
  • R&D Systems EBM-2 supplemented with 5% FCS and 10 ng/ml rhVEGF
  • the conect clone was designated pEFNB2 -2491/-11 luc Digestion of this clone with either Kpnl or Sacl followed by recircularization yielded pEFNB2 -1242/-1 iluc and pEFNB2. 57 /- ⁇ iluc, respectively. Plasmid DNAs used for fransient transfections were purified using a Mega Prep kit (QIAGEN, Valencia, CA).
  • HUVEC cells (0.8 x 10 4 cells/well in 24 well plates) maintained in EGM-2 media were fransiently co-transfected with 0.5 ⁇ g/well ephrin B2 promoter-luciferase constructs together with 50 ng/well either pCEFL or pKSvGPCR-CEFL, using Superfect reagent (QIAGEN) according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • Cells were harvested 48 h post-transfection and lysed with Luciferase cell lysis buffer (Promega). Luciferase activity was assayed using the Luciferase Assay System (Promega) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Luciferase was nonnalized to protein, because pCEFL-vGPCR induced the expression of ⁇ -galactosidase from pCMV-Sport- ⁇ gal (Invitrogen).
  • Example 7 Expression of EphB4 in Bladder cancer: a candidate target for therapy
  • Figure 51 shows expression of EPHB4 in bladder cancer cell lines (A), and regulation of EPHB4 expression by EGFR signaling pathway (B).
  • Figure 52 shows that transfection of p53 inhibit the expression of EPHB4 in 5637 cell.
  • Figure 53 shows growth inhibition of bladder cancer cell line (5637) upon treatment with EPHB4 siRNA 472.
  • Figure 54 shows results on apoptosis study of 5637 cells transfected with EPHB4 siRNA
  • Figure 55 shows effects of EPHB4 antisense probes on cell migration. 5637 cells were freated with EPHB4AS 10 (10 ⁇ M).
  • Figure 56 shows effects of EPHB4 siRNA on cell invasion.
  • 5637 cells were fransfected with siRNA 472 or confrol siRNA.
  • EphB4 were freated with the synthetic phosphorothioate modified oligonucleotides and harvested after 24 hr. Cell lysates were prepared and probed by western blot analysis for relative amounts of EphB4 compared to untreated confrol cells.
  • Eph B4 94 ACG TCT TCA GGA ACC GCA CG (1443-1462) ++++ 80
  • Eph B4 86 AGG TAC CTC TCG GTC AGT GG (1283-1302) ++ 50
  • Eph B4 82 CAG TGA CCT CAA AGG TAT AG (1203-1222) ++++ 70
  • Eph B4 78 GGG TCA AAA GTC AGG TCT CC (1123-1142) ++++ 70
  • Eph B4 76 CTC CGG GTC GGC ACT CCC GG (1083-1102) +++ 60
  • Eph B4 72 AGG TGC AGG GAG GAG CCG TT (1003-1022) ++++ 70
  • Eph B4 66 ACG GCT GAT CCA ATG GTG TT (883-902) ++ 50
  • Eph B4 65 AGA GTG GCT ATT GGC TGG GC (863-882 ( ++++ 60
  • Eph B4 45 ACA TC ACC TTC CCG GTG GC (463-482) +++ 50
  • Eph B4 39 TCC GCA TCG CTC TCA TAG TA (343-362) +++ 60
  • Eph B4 37 TGC AGG AGC GCC CAG CCC GA (303-322) +++ 50
  • Eph B4 30 CAC ACT TCG TAG GTG CGC AC (163-182) +++ 70
  • Eph B4 24 AGC AGG GTC CT CC AAA GC (43-62) ++++ 80
  • Eph B4 22 AGA GCA GCA CCC GGA GCT CC (3-22) +++ 50
  • EphB4 AS-2 AAG GAG GGG TGG TGC ACG GTG (952-972)
  • EphB4 AS-7 TGA AGG TCT CCT TGC AGG (316-333)
  • EphB4 AS-9 CTT CAG GGT CTT GAT TGC CAC (1929-1949)
  • EphB4 AS-10 ATG GAG GCC TCG CTC AGA AA (1980-1999)
  • Eph B4 1562 caucacagccagacccaacuu
  • KS SLK a cell line expressing endogenous high level of ephrin B2.
  • Cell viability was tested using fixed dose of each oligonuceotide (5UM).
  • Gene expression downregulation was done using cell line 293 engineered to stably express full-length ephrin B2.
  • KS SLK expressing EphrinB2 were also used to test the viability in response to RNAi probes tested at the fixed dose of 50 nM. Protein expression levels were measured using 293 cells stably expressing full-length EphrinB2, in cell lysates after 24 hr treatment with fixed 50 nM of RNAi probes.
  • Ephrin B2 antisense probes were summarized below in Table 8.
  • Tlie results on Ephrin B2 RNAi probes were summarized below in Table 9.
  • Ephrin AS-44 CAC TGG GCT CTG AGC CGT TG (843-862) 60 +++
  • Ephrin AS-34 AGG ATG TTG TTC CCC GAA TG (643-662) 50 +++
  • Ephrin AS-29 CAG CTT CTA GTT CTG GAC GT (543-562) 50 +++
  • Ephrin AS-19 AGG TTA GGG CTG AAT TCT TG (343-362) 75 +++
  • Ephrin AS-16 CAG TTG AGG AGA GGG GTA TT (283-302) 40 ++
  • Ephrin AS-5 TCG ATT TGG AAA TCG CAG TT (63-82) 50 +++
  • Ephrin AS-2 CGG AGT CCC TTC TCA CAG CC (3-22) 70 +++
  • Figure 57 shows results on comparison of EphB4 monoclonal antibodies by G250 and in Pull-down assay.
  • Figure 58 shows that EphB4 antibodies, in the presence of matrigel and growth factors, inhibit the in vivo tumor growth of SCCl 5 cells.
  • SCC15 is a head and neck squamous cell carcinoma line. Tumors were initiated in nu/nu mice by injecting 2.5-5xl0 6 cells premixed with matrigel and Growth factors, and Ab's subcutaneously to initiate tumor xenografts. Mice were opened 14 days after injections. SCCl 5 is a head and neck squamous cell carcinoma line, B16 is a melanoma cell line, and MCF-7 is a breast carcinoma line. The responses of tumors to these treatments were compared to control treated mice, which receive PBS injections. Animals were observed daily for tumor growth and subcutaneous tumors were measured using a caliper every 2 days. Antibodies #1 and #23 showed significant regression of SCCl 5 tumor size compared to control, especially with no additional growth factor added.
  • Figure 59 shows that EphB4 antibodies cause apoptosis, necrosis and decreased angiogenesis in SCCl 5, head and neck carcinoma tumor type.
  • Angiogenesis was assessed by CD-31 immunohistochemistry. Tumor tissue sections from treated and untreated mice were stained for CD31. Apoptosis was assessed by immunohistochemical TUNNEL, and proliferation by BrdU assay. Following surgical removal, tumors were immediately sliced into 2 mm serial sections and embedded in paraffin using standard procedures. Paraffin embedded tissue were sectioned at 5 ⁇ m, the wax removed and the tissue rehydrated. The rehydrated tissues were microwave irradiated in antigen retreival solution. .
  • the tumor gets blood support from tumor/skin, muscle boundary. As tumor grows, inner regions get depleted of nutrients. This leads to necrosis (cell death), preferably at the tumor center. After cells die, (tumor) tissue gets replaced with fibroblastic tissue. Slides were visualized under 20-fold magnification with digital images acquired. A different morphology was obtained on SCC tumors with each antibody administered. Ab #1 showed an increase in necrosis and fibrosis but not apoptosis. Ab #23 showed an increase in apoptosis, necrosis and fibrosis and a decrease in vessel infiltration. Ab #35 showed an increase in necrosis and fibrosis, and a small increase in apoptosis and a decrease in vessel infiltration.
  • Ab #79 showed a large increase in apoptosis, and necrossis and fibrosis.
  • Ab #91 showed no change in apoptosis but an increase in proliferation.
  • Ab #138 showed an increase in apoptosis, necrosis, fibrosis and a decrease in proliferation and vessel infiltration.
  • Tumors treated with control PBS displayed abundant tumor density and a robust angiogenic response.
  • Tumors treated with EphB4 antibodies displayed a decrease in tumor cell density and a marked inhibition of tumor angiogenesis in regions with viable tumor cells, as well as tumor necrosis and apoptosis.
  • Figure 60 shows that systemic administration of antibodies on xenografts leads to tumor regression in SCC 15 tumor xenografts.
  • EphB4 monoclonal antibody or an equal volume of PBS as control were initiated on day 4, after the tumors have established, and continued for 14 days. Systemic administration was administered either IP or SC with no significant difference. All the experiments were carried out in a double-blind manner to eliminate investigator bias. Mice were sacrificed at the conclusion ofthe two week treatment period. Tumors were harvested immediately postmortem and fixed and processed for irmnunohistochemistry. EphB4 antibodies 40 mg per kg body weight were administered. Treatment with EphB4 antibody significantly inhibited human SCC tumor growth compared with control-treated mice (p ⁇ 0.05). Treatment with EphB4 antibody significantly inhibited tumor weight compared with control-treated mice (p ⁇ 0.05).

Abstract

In certain embodiments, this present disclosure provides nucleic acid compounds, compositions, and methods for inhibiting Ephrin B2 or EphB4 expression. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods and compositions for treating cancer or for treating angiogenesis-associated diseases.

Description

NUCLEIC ACID COMPOUNDS FOR INHIBITING ANGIOGENESIS AND TUMOR GROWTH
RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims the benefit of priority of U.S. Provisional Application number 60/454,300 filed March 12, 2003 and U.S. Provisional Application number 60/454,432 filed March 12, 2003. The entire teachings of the referenced Provisional Applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Angiogenesis, the development of new blood vessels from the endothelium of a preexisting vasculature, is a critical process in the growth, progression, and metastasis of solid tumors within the host. During physiologically normal angiogenesis, the autocrine, paracrine, and amphicrine interactions ofthe vascular endothelium with its surrounding stromal components are tightly regulated both spatially and temporally. Additionally, the levels and activities of proangiogenic and angiostatic cytokines and growth factors are maintained in balance. In contrast, the pathological angiogenesis necessary for active tumor growth is sustained and persistent, representing a dysregulation ofthe normal angiogenic system. Solid and hematopoietic tumor types are particularly associated with a high level of abnormal angiogenesis.
It is generally thought that the development of tumor consists of sequential, and interrelated steps that lead to the generation of an autonomous clone with aggressive growth potential. These steps include sustained growth and unlimited self-renewal. Cell populations in a tumor are generally characterized by growth signal self-sufficiency, decreased sensitivity to growth suppressive signals, and resistance to apoptosis. Genetic or cytogenetic events that initiate aberrant growth sustain cells in a prolonged "ready" state by preventing apoptosis.
It is a goal ofthe present disclosure to provide agents and therapeutic treatments for inhibiting angiogenesis and tumor growth. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
In certain aspects, the disclosure provides nucleic acid compounds that decrease the expression of EphB4 or EphrinB2. As demonstrated herein, EphB4 and EphrinB2 participate in various disease states, including cancers and diseases related to unwanted or excessive angiogenesis. Accordingly, certain nucleic acid compounds disclosed herein may be used to treat such diseases, further aspects, the disclosure relates to the discovery that EphB4 and/or EphrinB2 are expressed, often at high levels, in a variety of tumors. Therefore, reagents that donwregulate EphB4 or EphrinB2 may affect tumors by a direct effect on the tumor cells as well as an indirect effect on the angiogenic processes recruited by the tumor, i certain embodiments, the disclosure provides the identity of tumor types particularly suited to treatment with an agent that downregulates EphB4 or EphrinB2, including agents that inhibit expression of EphB4 or EphrinB2.
In certain aspects, the disclosure provides isolated nucleic acid compounds comprising at least a portion that hybridizes to an EphB4 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphB4 in a cell. The EphB4 transcript may be any pre-splicing transcript (i.e., including introns), post-splicing transcript, as well as any splice variant. In certain embodiments, the EphB4 transcript has a sequence set forth in Figure 62. h certain aspects, the disclosure provides isolated nucleic acid compounds comprising at least a portion that hybridizes to an EphrinB2 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphrinB2 in a cell. The EphrinB2 transcript may be any pre-splicing transcript (i.e., including introns), post-splicing transcript, as well as any splice variant. In certain embodiments, the EphrinB2 transcript has a sequence set forth in Figure 64. Examples of categories of nucleic acid compounds include antisense nucleic acids, RNAi constructs and catalytic nucleic acid constructs. A nucleic acid compound may be single or double stranded. A double stranded compound may also mclude regions of overhang or non-complementarity, where one or the other ofthe strands is single stranded. A single stranded compound may include regions of self-complementarity, meaning that the compound forms a so-called "hairpin" or "stem-loop" structure, with a region of double helical structure. A nucleic acid compound may comprise a nucleotide sequence that is complementary to a region consisting of no more than 1000, no more than 500, no more than 250, no more than 100 or no more than 50 nucleotides of the EphB4 or EphrinB2 nucleic acid sequence as designated by Figure 62 and Figure 64, respectively. The region of complementarity will preferably be at least 8 nucleotides, and optionally at least 10 or at least 15 nucleotides. A region of complementarity may fall within an intron, a coding sequence or a noncoding sequence of an EphB4 or EphrinB2 transcript, such as the coding sequence portion ofthe sequences set forth in Figures 62 and 64, respectively. Generally, a nucleic acid compound will have a length of about 8 to about 500 nucleotides or base pairs in length, and optionally the length will be about 14 to about 50 nucleotides. A nucleic acid may be a DNA (particularly for use as an antisense), RNA or RNA:DNA hybrid. Any one strand may mclude a mixture of DNA and RNA, as well as modified forms tliat cannot readily be classified as either DNA or RNA. Likewise, a double stranded compound may be DNA:DNA, DNA-.RNA or RNA:RNA, and any one strand may also include a mixture of DNA and RNA, as well as modified forms that cannot readily be classified as either DNA or RNA. A nucleic acid compound may include any of a variety of modifications, including one or modifications to the backbone (the sugar-phosphate portion in a natural nucleic acid, including internucleotide linkages) or the base portion (the purine or pyrimidine portion of a natural nucleic acid). An antisense nucleic acid compound will preferably have a length of about 15 to about 30 nucleotides and will often contain one or more modifications to improve characteristics such as stability in the serum, in a cell or in a place where the compound is likely to be delivered, such as the stomach in the case of orally delivered compounds and the lung for inhaled compounds. Examples of various EphB4 and EphrinB2 antisense and RNAi constructs having differing levels of efficacy are presented in Tables 6-9. In the case of a RNAi construct, the strand complementary to the target transcript will generally be RNA or modifications thereof. The other strand may be RNA, DNA or any other variation. The duplex portion of double stranded or single stranded "hairpin" RNAi construct will preferably have a length of 18 to 25 nucleotides in length and optionally about 21 to 23 nucleotides in length. Catalytic or enzymatic nucleic acids may be ribozymes or DNA enzymes and may also contain modified forms.
Nucleic acid compounds may inhibit expression ofthe target by about 50%, 75%, 90% or more when contacted with cells under physiological conditions and at a concentration where a nonsense or sense control has little or no effect. Preferred concentrations for testing the effect of nucleic acid compounds are 1, 5 and 10 micromolar. Nucleic acid compounds may also be tested for effects on cellular phenotypes. In the case of certain cancer cell lines, cell death or decreased rate of expansion may be measured upon administration of EphB4 or EphrinB2 -targeted nucleic acid compounds. Preferably, cell expansion will be inhibited by greater than 50% at an experimentally meaningful concentration ofthe nucleic acid.
In certain aspects, the disclosure provides pharmaceutical compostions comprising any of the various EphB4 or EphrinB2-targeted nucleic acid compounds. A pharmaceutical composition will generally include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. A pharmaceutical composition may comprise a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphB4 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphB4 in a cell. A pharmaceutical composition may also comprise a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphrinB2 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphrinB2 in a cell.
In certain aspects the disclosure provides methods for inhibiting EphB4 expression in a cell, comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount of a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphB4 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphB4 in a cell. Any ofthe EphB4 targeted nucleic acid compounds disclosed may be used in such a method. In certain aspects the disclosure provides methods for inhibiting EphrinB2 expression in a cell, comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount of a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphrinB2 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases tl e expression of EphrinB2 in a cell. Any ofthe EphrinB2 targeted nucleic acid compounds disclosed may be used in such a method. In certain aspects, the disclosure provides methods for reducing the growth rate of a tumor in a subject, comprising administering an amount of a nucleic acid compound sufficient to reduce the growth rate of the tumor. In certain aspects, the disclosure provides methods for treating a patient suffering from a cancer, comprising administering to the patient a nucleic acid moclecule. The nucleic acid molecule may be, for example, selected from the group consisting of: (a) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphB4 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphB4 in a cell; and (b) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphrinB2 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphrinB2 in a cell. The nucleic acid compound may, for example, be an antisense or an RNAi nucleic acid compound, and may be formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Optionally, the tumor will comprise one or more cancer cells expressing EphB4 and/or EphrinB2. The EphB4 and/or EphrinB2 may be overexpressed relative to a cell from a comparable tissue. The tumor may also be a metastatic tumor, and angiogenesis-dependent tumor or an angiogenesis independent tumor. Optionally, the tumor is seleted from the group consisting of colon carcinoma, breast tumor, mesothelioma, prostate tumor, squamous cell carcinoma, Kaposi sarcoma, and leukemia. Such treatment may be combined with at least one additional anti-cancer chemotherapeutic agent that inhibits cancer cells in an additive or synergistic manner with the nucleic acid compound. The nucleic acid compound and the additional anticancer agent(s) may be formulated in advance as a combination formulation, or may be formulated independently and administered in such a manner (e.g., timing, dosage) so as to achieve the combined effect.
In certain aspects, the disclosure provides methods for treating a patient suffering from an unwanted angiogenesis-associated disease or process, comprising administering to the patient an amount of a nucleic acid compound sufficient to inhibit angiogenesis. The nucleic acid molecule may be, for example, selected from the group consistmg of: (a) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphB4 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphB4 in a cell; and (b) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphrinB2 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphrinB2 in a cell. The nucleic acid compound may, for example, be an antisense or an RNAi nucleic acid compound, and may be formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Examples of angiogenesis-associated diseases or processes are angiogenesis-dependent cancer, benign tumors, inflammatory disorders, chronic articular rheumatism and psoriasis, ocular angiogenic diseases, Osier- Webber Syndrome, myocardial angiogenesis, plaque neovascularization, telangiectasia, hemophiliac joints, angiofibroma, wound granulation, wound healing, telangiectasia psoriasis scleroderma, pyogenic granuloma, cororany collaterals, ischemic limb angiogenesis, rubeosis, arthritis and diabetic neovascularization. Such treatment may be combined with an additional anti-angiogenesis agent that inhibits angiogenesis in an additive or synergistic manner with the nucleic acid compound. The nucleic acid compound and the additional agent(s) may he formulated in advance as a combination formulation, or may be formulated independently and administered in such a manner (e.g., timing, dosage) so as to achieve the combined effect. In certain aspects, the disclosure provides for the use of a nucleic acid compound in the manufacture of a medicament. For example, the disclosure provides for the use of an EphB4 or EphrinB2 -targeted nucleic acid compound of in the manufacture of medicament for the treatment of cancer or the treatment of angiogenesis-associated diseases or processes. hi certain aspects, the disclosure provides methods for treating a patient suffering from a cancer, comprising: (a) identifying in the patient a tumor having a plurality of cancer cells that express EphB4 and/or EphrinB2; and (b) administering to the patient, as appropriate, an EphB4 or EphrinB2-targeted nucleic acid compound. For example, a nucleic acid compound may be selected from the group consisting of: (i) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphB4 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphB4 in a cell; and (ii) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphrinB2 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphrinB2 in a cell. A method may include, as a diagnostic part, identifying in the patient a tumor having a plurality of cancer cells having a gene amplification ofthe EphB4 and/or EphrinB2 gene. Gene amplifications may be detected in a variety of ways, including, for example, fluorescent in situ hybridization (FISH).
In certain aspects, the disclosure provides methods for identifying a tumor that is suitable for treatment with an inhibitor of EphrinB2 or EphB4 expression. A method may mclude detecting in the tumor a cell having one or more ofthe following characteristics: (a) expression of EphB4 protem and/or mRNA; (b) expression of EphrinB2 protein and/or mRNA; (c) gene amplification ofthe EphB4 gene; and (d) gene amplification ofthe EphrinB2 gene. A tumor comprising cells having one or more of characteristics (a)-(d) is likely to be sensitive to treatment with an inhibitor of EphrinB2 or EphB4 expression. It should be noted that tumors that do not directly express EphrinB2 or EphB4 may also be sensitive to treatments targeted at these proteins, as these proteins are known to be expressed in the vascular endothelium and to participate in the formation of new capillaries that service growing tumors. An inhibitor of EphrinB2 or EphB4 expression may be, for example, (i) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphB4 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphB4 in a cell; or (ii) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphrinB2 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphrinB2 in a cell.
One aspect ofthe present disclosure provides a method for reducing the growth rate of a tumor expressing Ephrin B2 and/or EphB4. Such method comprises administering an amount of an ephrin therapeutic agent that blocks signaling through the Ephrin B2/EphB4 pathway, sufficient to reduce the growth rate ofthe tumor. For example, the ephrin therapeutic agent may exert its inhibitory effect by inhibiting the interaction between Ephrin B2 and EphB4, inhibiting gene expression of Ephrin B2 or EphB4, inhibiting activity of Ephrin B2 or EphB4, inhibiting clustering of Ephrin B2 or EphB4, inhibiting phosphorylation of Ephrin B2 or EphB4, or inhibiting any downstream signaling event upon binding of Ephrin B2 to EphB4. Exemplary tumors include, but are not limited to, colon carcinoma, breast cancer, mesothelioma, prostate cancer (hormone refractory), squamous cell carcinoma, Kaposi sarcoma, and leukemia.
Another aspect ofthe present disclosure provides a packaged pharmaceutical. Such packaged pharmaceutical comprises: (i) a therapeutically effective amount of a nucleic acid compound disclosed herein; and (ii) instructions and/or a label for administration of compound for the treatment of patients having tumors that express Ephrin B2 and/or EphB4.
Another aspect ofthe present disclosure provides a method for treating a patient suffering from a cancer. Such method comprises: (i) assessing the Ephrin B2 and/or ephB4 status of a sample of tumor cells from said patient; and (ii) treating the patient with an therapeutic agent targeted to EphrinB2 or EphB4 if said tumor cells express Ephrin B2 and/or ephB4. Exemplary cancers include, but are not limited to, colon carcinoma, breast cancer, mesothelioma, prostate cancer (hormone refractory), squamous cell carcinoma, Kaposi sarcoma, and leukemia.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Figure 1 shows amino acid sequence ofthe B4ECv3 protein (predicted sequence ofthe precursor including uncleaved Eph B4 leader peptide is shown).
Figure 2 shows amino acid sequence ofthe B4ECv3NT protein (predicted sequence of the precursor including uncleaved Eph B4 leader peptide is shown).
Figure 3 shows amino acid sequence ofthe B2EC protein (predicted sequence of tl e precursor including uncleaved Ephrin B2 leader peptide is shown).
Figure 4 shows amino acid sequence ofthe B4ECv3-FC protein (predicted sequence of the precursor including uncleaved Eph B4 leader peptide is shown).
Figure 5 shows amino acid sequence ofthe B2EC-FC protein (predicted sequence ofthe precursor including uncleaved Ephrin B2 leader peptide is shown). Figure 6 shows B4EC-FC binding assay (Protein A-agarose based).
Figure 7 shows B4EC-FC inhibition assay (Inhibition in solution).
Figure 8 shows B2EC-FC binding assay (Protein- A-agarose based assay).
Figure 9 shows chemotaxis of HUAEC in response to B4Ecv3. Figure 10 shows chemotaxis of HHEC in response to B2EC-FC.
Figure 11 shows chemotaxis of HHAEC in response to B2EC.
Figure 12 shows effect of B4Ecv3 on HUAEC tubule formation.
Figure 13 shows effect of B2EC-FC on HUAEC tubule formation.
Figure 14 is a schematic representation of human Ephrin B2 constructs. Figure 15 is a schematic representation of human EphB4 constructs.
Figure 16 shows the domain structure ofthe recombinant soluble EphB4EC proteins. Designation ofthe domains are as follows: L - leader peptide, G - globular (ligand-binding domain), C - Cys-rich domain, FI, F2 - fibronectin type III repeats, H - 6 x His-tag.
Figure 17 shows purification and ligand binding properties ofthe EphB4EC proteins. A. SDS-PAAG gel electrophoresis of purified EphB4-derived recombinant soluble proteins (Coomassie-stained). B. Binding of Ephrin B2-AP fusion to EphB4-derived recombinant proteins immobilized on Ni-NT A-agarose beads. Results of three independent experiments are shown for each protein. Vertical axis - optical density at 420 nm.
Figure 18 shows that EphB4v3 inhibits chemotaxis. Figure 19 shows that EphB4v3 inhibits tubule formation on Matrigel. A displays the strong inhibition of tubule formation by B4v3 in a representative experiment. B shows a quantitation ofthe reduction of tube-length obtained with B4v3 at increasing concentrations as well as a reduction in the number of junctions, in comparison to cells with no protem. Results are displayed as mean values _ S.D. obtained from three independent experiments performed with duplicate wells.
Figure 20 shows that soluble EphB4 has no detectable cytotoxic effect as assessed by MTS assay. Figure 21 shows that B4v3 inhibits invasion and tubule formation by endothelial cells in the Matrigel assay. (A) to detect total invading cells, photographed at 20X magnification or with Masson's Trichrome Top left of A B displays section of a Matrigel plug with no GF , top right of A displays section with B4IgG containing GF and lower left section contains GF, and lower right shows GF in the presence of B4v3. Significant invasion of endothelial cells is only seenin GF containing Matrigel. Top right displays an area with a high number of invaded cells induced by B4IgG, which signifies the dimeric form of B4v3. The left upper parts ofthe pictures correspond to the cell layers formed around the Matrigel plug from which cells invade toward the center ofthe plug located in the direction ofthe right lower corner. Total cells in sections of the Matrigel plugs were quantitated with Scion Image software. Results obtained from two experiments with duplicate plugs are displayed as mean values _ S.D.
Figure 22 shows tyrosine phosphorylation of EphB4 receptor in PC3 cells in response to stimulation with EphrinB2-Fc fusion in presence or absence of EphB4-derived recombinant soluble proteins. Figure 23 shows effects of soluble EphB4ECD on viability and cell cycle. A) 3-day cell viability assay of two HNSCC cell lines. B) FACS analysis of cell cycle in HNSCC- 15 cells treated as in A. Treatment of these cells resulted in accumulation in subGO/Gl and S/G2 phases as indicated by the arrows.
Figure 24 shows that B4v3 inhibitis neovascular response in a murine corneal hydron micropocket assay.
Figure 25 shows that that SCC15, B16, and MCF-7 co-injected with sB4v3 in the presence of matrigel and growth factors, inhibits the in vivo tumor growth of these cells.
Figure 26 shows that soluble EphB4 causes apoptosis, necrosis and decreased angiogenesis in threee tumor types, B16 melanoma, SCC15, head and neck carcinoma, and MCF-7 Breast carcinoma. Tumors were injected premixed with Matrigel plus growth factors and soluble EphB4 subcutaneously. After 10 to 14 days, the mice were injected intravenously with fitc-lectin (green) to assess blood vessel perfusion. Tumors treated with control PBS displayed abundant tumor density and a robust angiogenic response Tumors treated with sEphB4 displayed a decrease in tumor cell density and a marked inhibition of tumor angiogenesis in regions with viable tumor cells, as well as tumor necrosis and apoptosis. Figure 27 shows expression of EphB4 in prostate cell lines. A) Western blot of total cell lysates of various prostate cancer cell lines, normal prostate gland derived cell line (MLC) and acute myeloblastic lymphoma cells (AML) probed with EphB4 monoclonal antibody. B) Phosphorylation of EphB4 in PC-3 cells determined by Western blot. Figure 28 shows expression of Epl B4 in prostate cancer tissue. Representative prostate cancer frozen section stained with EphB4 monoclonal antibody (top left) or isotype specific control (bottom left). Adjacent BPH tissue stained with EphB4 monoclonal antibody (top right). Positive signal is brown color in the tumor cells. Stro a and the normal epithelia are negative. Note membrane localization of stain in the tumor tissue, consistent with trans-membrane localization of EphB4. Representative QRT-PCR of RNA extracted from cancer specimens and adjacent BPH tissues (lower right).
Figure 29 shows downregulation of EphB4 in prostate cancer cells by tumor suppressors and RXR expression. A) PC3 cells were co-transfected with truncated CD4 and p53 or PTEN or vector only. 24 h later CD4-sorted cells were collected, lysed and analyzed sequentially by Western blot for the expression of EphB4 and β-actin, as a normalizer protein. B) Western blot as in (A) of various stable cell lines. LNCaP-FGF is a stable transfection clone of FGF-8, while CWR22R-RXR stably expresses the RXR receptor. BPH-1 was established from benign hypertrophic prostatic epithelium.
Figure 30 shows downregulation of EphB4 in prostate cancer cells by EGFR and IGFR-1. A) Western blot of PC3 cells treated with or without EGFR specific inhibitor AG1478 (1 nM) for 36 hours. Decreased EphB4 signal is observed after AG 1478 treatment. The membrane was stripped and reprobed with β-actin, which was unaffected. B) Western Blot of triplicate samples of PC3 cells treated with or without IGFR-1 specific neutralizing antibody MAB391 (2 μg/ml; overnight). The membrane was sequentially probed with EphB4, IGFR-1 and β-actin antibodies. IGFR-1 signal shows the expected repression of signal with MAB391 treatment.
Figure 31 shows effect of specific EphB4 AS-ODNs and siRNA on expression and prostate cell functions. A) 293 cells stably expressing full-length construct of EphB4 was used to evaluate the ability of siRNA 472 to inhibit EphB4 expression. Cells were transfected with 50 nM RNAi using Lipofectamine 2000. Western blot of cell lysates 40 h post transfection with control siRNA (green fluorescence protein; GFP siRNA) or EphB4 siRNA 472, probed with EphB4 monoclonal antibody, stripped and reprobed with β-actin monoclonal antibody. B) Effect of EphB4 AS-10 on expression in 293 transiently expressing full-length EphB4. Cells were exposed to AS-10 or sense ODN for 6 hours and analyzed by Western blot as in (A). C) 48 h viability assay of PC3 cells treated with siRNA as described in the Methods section. Shown is mean + s.e.m. of triplicate samples. D) 5-day viability assay of PC3 cells treated with ODNs as described in the Methods. Shown is mean + s.e.m. of triplicate samples. E) Scrape assay of migration of PC3 cells in the presence of 50 nM siRNAs transfected as in (A). Shown are photomicrographs of representative 20x fields taken immediately after the scrape was made in the monolayer (0 h) and after 20h continued culture. A large number of cells have filled in the scrape after 20 h with control siRNA, but not with EphB4 siRNA 472. F) Shown is a similar assay for cells treated with AS-10 or sense ODN (both 10 μM). G) Matrigel invasion assay of PC3 cells transfected with siRNA or control siRNA as described in the methods. Cells migrating to the underside ofthe Matrigel coated insert in response to 5 mg/ml fibronectin in the lower chamber were fixed and stained with Giemsa. Shown are representative photomicrographs of control siRNA and siRNA 472 treated cells. Cell numbers were counted in 5 individual high- powered fields and the average + s.e.m. is shown in the graph (bottom right).
Figure 32 shows effect of EphB4 siRNA 472 on cell cycle and apoptosis. A) PC3 cells transfected with siRNAs as indicated were analyzed 24 h post transfection for cell cycle status by flow cytometry as described in the Methods. Shown are the plots of cell number vs. propidium iodide fluorescence intensity. 7.9% ofthe cell population is apoptotic (in the Sub GO peak) when treated with siRNA 472 compared to 1% with control siRNA. B) Apoptosis of PC3 cells detected by Cell Death Detection ELISAplus kit as described in the Methods. Absorbance at 405 nm increases in proportion to the amount of histone and DNA-POD in the nuclei-free cell fraction. Shown is the mean + s.e.m. of triplicate samples at the indicated concentrations of siRNA 472 and GFP siRNA (control).
Figure 33 shows that EphB4 and EphrinB2 are expressed in mesothelioma cell lines as shown by RT-PCR (A) and Western Blot (B).
Figure 34 shows expression of ephrin B2 and EphB4 by in situ hybridization in mesothelioma cells. NCI H28 mesothelioma cell lines cultured in chamber slides hybridized with antisense probe to ephrin B2 or EphB4 (top row). Control for each hybridization was sense (bottom row). Positive reaction is dark blue cytoplasmic stain.
Figure 35 shows cellular expression of EphB4 and ephrin B2 in mesothelioma cultures. Immunofluorescence staining of primary cell isolate derived from pleural effusion of a patient with malignant mesothelioma and cell lines NCI H28, NCI H2373, and NCI H2052 for ephrin B2 and EphB4. Green color is positive signal for FITC labeled secondary antibody. Specificity of immunofluorescence staining was demonstrated by lack of signal with no primary antibody (first row). Cell nuclei were counterstained with DAPI (blue color) to reveal location of all cells. Shown are merged images of DAPI and FITC fluorescence. Original magnification 200X. Figure 36 shows expression of ephrin B2 and EphB4 in mesothelioma tumor. hrrmunohistochemistry of malignant mesothelioma biopsy. H&E stained section to reveals tumor architecture; bottom left panel is background control with no primary antibody. EphB4 and ephrin B2 specific staining is brown color. Original magnification 200X.
Figure 37 shows effects of EPHB4 antisense probes (A) and EPHB4 siRNAs (B) on the growth of H28 cells.
Figure 38 shows effects of EPHB4 antisense probes (A) and EPHB4 siRNAs (B) on cell migration.
Figure 39 shows that EphB4 is expressed in HNSCC primary tissues and metastases. A) Top: Immunohistochemistry of a representative archival section stained with EphB4 monoclonal antibody as described in the methods and visualized with DAB (brown color) localized to tumor cells. Bottom: Hematoxylin and Eosin (H&E) stain of an adjacent section. Dense purple staining indicates the presence of tumor cells. The right hand column are frozen sections of lymph node metastasis stained with EphB4 polyclonal antibody (top right) and visualized with DAB. Control (middle) was incubation with goat serum and H&E (bottom) reveals the location ofthe metastatic foci surrounded by stroma which does not stain. B) In situ hybridization of serial frozen sections of a HNSCC case probed with EphB4 (left column) and ephrin B2 (right column) DIG labeled antisense or sense probes generated by run-off transcription. Hybridization signal (dark blue) was detected using alkaline-phosphatase-conjugated anti-DIG antibodies and sections were counterstained with Nuclear Fast Red. A serial section stained with H&E is shown (bottom left) to illustrate tumor architecture. C) Western blot of protein extract of patient samples consisting of tumor (T), uninvolved normal tissue (N) and lymph node biopsies (LN). Samples were fractionated by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis in 4-20% Tris-glycine gels and subsequently electroblotted onto nylon membranes. Membranes were sequentially probed with EphB4 monoclonal antibody and β-actin MoAb. Chemiluminescent signal was detected on autoradiography film. Shown is the EphB4 specific band which migrated at 120 kD and β-actin which migrated at 40 kD. The β-actin signal was used to control for loading and transfer of each sample.
Figure 40 shows that EphB4 is expressed in HNSCC cell lines and is regulated by EGF: A) Survey of EphB4 expression in SCC cell lines. Western blot of total cell lysates sequentially probed with EphB4 monoclonal antibody, stripped and reprobed with β-actin monoclonal antibody as described for Fig. 39C. B) Effect ofthe specific EGFR inhibitor AG1478 on EphB4 expression: Western blot of crude cell lysates of SCC15 treated with 0-1000 nM AG 1478 for 24 h in media supplemented with 10% FCS (left) or with 1 mM AG 1478 for 4, 8, 12 or 24 h (right). Shown are membranes sequentially probed for EphB4 and β-actin. C) Effect of inhibition of EGFR signaling on EphB4 expression in SCC cell lines: Cells maintained in growth media containing 10% FCS were treated for 24 hr with 1 μM AG 1478, after which crude cell lysates were analyzed by Western blots of cell lysates sequentially probed with for EGFR, EphB4, ephrin B2 and β-actin antibodies. Specific signal for EGFR was detected at 170 kD and ephrin B2 at 37 kD in addition to EphB4 and β-actin as described in Fig. IC. β-actin serves as loading and transfer control.
Figure 41 shows mechanism of regulation of EphB4 by EGF: A) Schematic ofthe EGFR signaling pathways, showing in red the sites of action and names of specific kinase inhibitors used. B) SCC 15 cells were serum-starved for 24 h prior to an additional 24 incubation as indicated with or without EGF (10 ng/ml), 3 μM U73122, or 5 μM SH-5, 5 μM SP600125, 25 nM LY294002, - μM PD098095 or 5 μM SB203580. N/A indicates cultures that received equal volume of diluent (DMSO) only. Cell lysates were subjected to Western Blot with Epl B4 monoclonal antibody, β-actin signal serves as control of protein loading and transfer.
Figure 42 shows that specific EphB4 siRNAs inhibit EphB4 expression, cell viability and cause cell cycle arrest. A) 293 cells stably expressing full length EphB4 were transfected with 50 nM RNAi using LipofectamineTM2000. 40 h post-transfection cells were harvested, lysed and processed for Western blot. Membranes were probed with EphB4 monoclonal antibody, stripped and reprobed with β-actin monoclonal antibody as control for protein loading and transfer. Negative reagent control was RNAi to scrambled green fluorescence protein (GFP) sequence and control is transfection with LipofectamineTM2000 alone. B) MTT cell viability assays of SCC cell lines treated with siRNAs for 48 h as described in the Methods section. Shown is mean + s.e.m. of triplicate samples. C) SCC15 cells transfected with siRNAs as indicated were analyzed 24 h post transfection for cell cycle status by flow cytometry as described in the Methods. Shown are the plots of cell number vs. propidium iodide fluorescence intensity. Top and middle row show plots for cells 16 h after siRNA transfection, bottom row shows plots for cells 36 h post transfection. Specific siRNA and concentration are indicated for each plot. Lipo = LipofectamineTM200 mock transfection.
Figure 43 shows in vitro effects of specific EphB4 AS-ODNs on SCC cells. A) 293 cells transiently transfected with EphB4 full-length expression plasmid were treated 6 h post transfection with antisense ODNs as indicated. Cell lysates were collected 24 h after AS-ODN treatment and subjected to Western Blot. B) SCC25 cells were seeded on 48 well plates at equal densities and treated with EphB4 AS-ODNs at 1, 5, and 10 μM on days 2 and 4. Cell viability was measured by MTT assay on day 5. Shown is the mean + s.e.m. of triplicate samples. Note that AS-ODNs that were active in inhibiting EphB4 protein levels were also effective inhibitors of SCC15 cell viability. C) Cell cycle analysis of SCC15 cells treated for 36 h with AS-10 (bottom) compared to cells that were not treated (top). D) Confluent cultures of SCC 15 cells scraped with a plastic Pasteur pipette to produce 3 mm wide breaks in the monolayer. The ability ofthe cells to migrate and close the wound in the presence of inhibiting EphB4 AS-ODN (AS- 10) and non-inhibiting AS-ODN (AS-1) was assessed after 48 h. Scrambled ODN is included as a negative control ODN. Culture labeled no treatment was not exposed to ODN. At initiation of the experiment, all cultures showed scrapes of equal width and similar to that seen in 1 μM
EphB4 AS-10 after 48 h. The red brackets indicate the width ofthe original scrape. E) Migration of SCC15 cells in response to 20 mg/ml EGF in two-chamber assay as described in the Methods. Shown are representative photomicrographs of non-treated (NT), AS-6 and AS-10 treated cells and 10 ng/ml Taxol as positive control of migration inhibition. F) Cell numbers were counted in 5 individual high-powered fields and the average + s.e.m. is shown in the graph. Figure 44 shows that EphB4 AS-ODN inhibits tumor growth in vivo. Growth curves for SCC15 subcutaneous tumor xenografts in Balb/C nude mice treated with EphB4 AS-10 or scrambled ODN at 20 mg/kg/day starting the day following implantation of 5 x 106 cells. Control mice received and equal volume of diluent (PBS). Shown are the mean + s.e.m. of 6 mice/group. * P = 0.0001 by Student's t-test compared to scrambled ODN treated group.
Figure 45 shows that Ephrin B2, but not EphB4 is expressed in KS biopsy tissue. (A) In situ hybridization with antisense probes for ephrin B2 and EphB4 with corresponding H&E stained section to show tumor architecture. Dark blue color in the ISH indicates positive reaction for ephrin B2. No signal for EphB4 was detected in the Kaposi's sarcoma biopsy. For contrast, ISH signal for EphB4 is strong in squamous cell carcinoma tumor cells. Ephrin B2 was also detected in KS using EphB4-AP fusion protein (bottom left). (B) Detection of ephrin B2 with EphB4/Fc fusion protein. Adjacent sections were stained with H&E (left) to show tumor architecture, black rectangle indicates the area shown in the EphB4/Fc treated section (middle) detected with FITC-labeled anti-human Fc antibody as described in the methods section. As a control an adjacent section was treated with human Fc fragment (right). Specific signal arising from EphB4/Fc binding to the section is seen only in areas of tumor cells. (C) Co-expression of ephrin B2 and the HHV8 latency protein LANAl. Double-label confocal immunofluorescence microscopy with antibodies to ephrin B2 (red) LANAl (green), or EphB4 (red) of frozen KS biopsy material directly demonstrates co-expression of LANAl and ephrin B2 in KS biopsy. Coexpression is seen as yellow color. Double label confocal image of biopsy with antibodies to PECAM-1 (green) in cells with nuclear propidium iodide stain (red), demonstrating the vascular nature ofthe tumor.
Figure 46 shows that HHV-8 induces arterial marker expression in venous endothelial cells. (A) Immunofluorescence of cultures of HUVEC and HUVEC/BC-1 for artery/vein markers and viral proteins. Cultures were grown on chamber slides and processed for immunofluorescence detection of ephrin B2 (a, e, i), EphB4 (m, q, u), CD 148 (j, v), and the HHV-8 proteins LANAl (b, f, m) or ORF59 (r) as described in the Materials and Methods. Yellow color in the merged images ofthe same field demonstrate co-expression of ephrin B2 and LANA or eplirin B2 and CD 148. The positions of viable cells were revealed by nuclear staining with DAPI (blue) in the third column (c, g, k, o, s, w). Photomicrographs are of representative fields. (B) RT-PCR of HUVEC and two HHV-8 infected cultures (HUVEC/BC-1 and HUVEC/BC-3) for ephrin B2 and EphB4. Ephrin B2 product (200 bp) is seen in HUVEC/BC-1, HUVEC/BC-3 and EphB4 product (400 bp) is seen in HUVEC. Shown also is β-actin RT-PCR as a control for amount and integrity of input RNA.
Figure 47 shows that HHV-8 induces arterial marker expression in Kaposi's sarcoma cells. (A) Western blot for ephrin B2 on various cell lysates. SLK-vGPCR is a stable clone of SLK expressing the HHV-8 vGPCR, and SLK-pCEFL is control stable clone transfected with empty expression vector. SLK cells transfected with LANA or LANAΔ440 are SLK-LANA and SLK-Δ440 respectively. Quantity of protein loading and transfer was determined by reprobing the membranes with β-actin monoclonal antibody. (B) Transient transfection of KS-SLK cells with expression vector pvGPCR-CEFL resulted in the expression of ephrin B2 as shown by immunofluorescence staining with FITC (green), whereas the control vector pCEFL had no effect. KS-SLK cells (0.8 x 105/well) were transfected with 0.8 μg DNA using Lipofectamine 2000. 24 hr later cells were fixed and stained with ephrin B2 polyclonal antibody and FITC conjugated secondary antibody as described in the methods. (C) Transient transfection of HUVEC with vGPCR induces transcription from ephrin B2 luciferase constructs. 8 x 103
HUVEC in 24 well plates were transfected using Superfect with 0.8 μg/well eplirin B2 promoter constructs containing sequences from -2941 to -11 with respect to the translation start site, or two 5 '-deletions as indicated, together with 80 ng/well pCEFL or pvGPCR-CEFL. Luciferase was determined 48 h post transfection and induction ratios are shown to the right ofthe graph. pGL3Basic is promoterless luciferase control vector. Luciferase was normalized to protein since GPCR induced expression ofthe cotransfected β-galactosidase. Graphed is mean + SEM of 6 replicates. Shown is one of three similar experiments.
Figure 48 shows that VEGF and VEGF-C regulate ephrin B2 expression. A) Inhibition of ephrin B2 by neutralizing antibodies. Cells were cultured in full growth medium and exposed to antibody (100 ng/ml) for 36 hr before collection and lysis for Western blot. B) For induction of ephrin B2 expression cells were cultured in EBM growth medium containing 5% serum lacking growth factors. Individual growth factors were added as indicated and the cells harvested after 36 h. Quantity of protein loading and transfer was determined by reprobing the membranes β-actin monoclonal antibody. Figure 49 shows that Ephrin B2 knock-down with specific siRNA inhibits viability in KS cells and HUVEC grown in the presence of VEGF but not IGF, EGF or bFGF. A) KS-SLK cells were transfected with various siRNA to ephrin B2 and controls. After 48 hr the cells were harvested and crude cell lysates fractionated on 4-20% SDS-PAGE. Western blot was performed with monoclonal antibody to ephrin B2 generated in-house. The membrane was stripped and reprobed with β-actin monoclonal antibody (Sigma) to illustrate equivalent loading and transfer. B) 3 day cell viability assay of KS-SLK cultures in the presence of ephrin B2 and EphB4 siRNAs. 1 x 105 cells/well in 24-well plates were treated with 0, 10 and 100 ng/ml siRNAs as indicated on the graph. Viability of cultures was determined by MTT assay as described in the methods section. Shown are the mean + standard deviation of duplicate samples. C) HUVE cells were seeded on eight wells chamber slides coated with fibronectin. The HUVE cells were grown overnight in EGM-2 media, which contains all growth supplements. On the following day, the media was replaced with media containing VEGF (lOng/ml) or EGF, FGF and IGF as indicated. After 2 hrs of incubation at 37 °C, the cells were transfected using Lipofectamine 2000 (Invitrogen) in Opti-MEM medium containing 10 nM of siRNA to ephrin B2, Eph B4 or green fluorescence protein (GFP) as control. The cells were incubated for 2 hr and then the fresh media containing growth factors or VEGF alone was added to their respective wells. After 48 hrs, the cells were stained with crystal violet and the pictures were taken immediately by digital camera at 10X magnification. Figure 50 shows that soluble EphB4 inhibits KS and EC cord formation and in vivo angiogenesis. Cord formation assay of HUVEC in MatrigelTM (upper row). Cells in exponential growth phase were treated overnight with the indicated concentrations of EphB4 extracellular domain (ECD) prior to plating on MatrigelTM. Cells were trypsinized and plated (1 x 105 cells/well) in a 24-well plate containing 0.5 ml MatrigelTM. Shown are representative 20X phase contrast fields of cord formation after 8 hr plating on MatrigelTM in the continued presence of the test compounds as shown. Original magnification 200 X. KS-SLK cells treated in a similar manner (middle row) in a cord formation assay on MatrigelTM. Bottom row shows in vivo MatrigelTM assay: MatrigelTM plugs containing growth factors and EphB4 ECD or PBS were implanted subcutaneously in the mid- ventral region of mice. After 7 days the plugs were removed, sectioned and stained with H&E to visualize cells migrating into the matrix. Intact vessels with large lumens are observed in the control, whereas EphB4 ECD almost completely inhibited migration of cells into the Matrigel.
Figure 51 shows expression of EPHB4 in bladder cancer cell lines (A), and regulation of EPHB4 expression by EGFR signaling pathway (B). Figure 52 shows that transfection of p53 inhibit the expression of EPHB4 in 5637 cell.
Figure 53 shows growth inhibition of bladder cancer cell line (5637) upon treatment with EPHB4 siRNA 472.
Figure 54 shows results on apoptosis study of 5637 cells transfected with EPHB4 siRNA 472. Figure 55 shows effects of EPHB4 antisense probes on cell migration. 5637 cells were treated with EPHB4AS10 (10 μM).
Figure 56 shows effects of EPHB4 siRNA on cell invasion. 5637 cells were transfected with siRNA 472 or control siRNA.
Figure 57 shows comparison of EphB4 monoclonal antibodies by G250 and in pull-down assay.
Figure 58 shows that EphB4 antibodies inhibit the growth of SCC15 xenograft tumors.
Figure 59 shows that EphB4 antibodies cause apoptosis, necrosis and decreased angiogenesis in SCC 15, head and neck carcinoma tumor type.
Figure 60 shows that systemic administration of EphB4 antibodies leads to tumor regression.
Figure 61 shows a genomic nucleotide sequence of human EphB4.
Figure 62 shows a cDNA nucleotide sequence of human EphB4.
Figure 63 shows a genomic nucleotide sequence of human Ephrin B2.
Figure 64 shows a cDNA nucleotide sequence of human Ephrin B2.
Figure 65 shows an amino acid sequence of human EphB4.
Figure 66 shows an amino acid sequence of human Ephrin B2.
- U DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION I. Overview
The current disclosure is based in part on the discovery that signaling through the ephrin/ephrin receptor pathway contributes to tumorigenesis. Applicants detected expression of ephrin B2 and EphB4 in tumor tissues and developed anti-tumor therapeutic agents for blocking signaling through the ephrin ephrin receptor. In addition, the disclosure provides nucleic acids and methods for antisense or RNAi-based inlribition ofthe expression of EphB4 and EphrinB2. Accordingly, in certain aspects, the disclosure provides a large number of nucleic acid compounds that may be used to treat cancer as well as angiogenesis related disorders and unwanted angiogenesis related processes.
As used herein, the terms Ephrin and Eph are used to refer, respectively, to ligands and receptors. They can be from any of a variety of animals (e.g., mammals/non-mammals, vertebrates/non- vertebrates, including humans). The nomenclature in this area has changed rapidly and the teπninology used herein is that proposed as a result of work by the Eph
Nomenclature Committee, which can be accessed, along with previously-used names at web site http://www.eph-nomenclature.com.
The work described herein, particularly in the examples, refers to Ephrin B2 and EphB4. However, the present invention contemplates any ephrin ligand and/or Eph receptor within their respective family, which is expressed in a tumor. The ephrins (ligands) are of two structural types, which can be further subdivided on the basis of sequence relationships and, functionally, on the basis ofthe preferential binding they exhibit for two corresponding receptor subgroups. Structurally, there are two types of ephrins: those which are membrane-anchored by a glycerophosphatidylinositol (GPI) linkage and those anchored through a transmembrane domain. Conventionally, the ligands are divided into the Ephrin-A subclass, which are GPI-linked proteins which bind preferentially to EphA receptors, and the Ephrin-B subclass, which are transmembrane proteins which generally bind preferentially to EphB receptors.
The Eph family receptors are a family of receptor protein-tyrosine kinases which are related to Eph, a receptor named for its expression in an erythropoietin-producing human hepatocellular carcinoma cell line. They are divided into two subgroups on the basis ofthe relatedness of their extracellular domain sequences and their ability to bind preferentially to Ephrin-A proteins or Ephrin-B proteins. Receptors which interact preferentially with Ephrin-A proteins are EphA receptors and those which interact preferentially with Ephrin-B proteins are EphB receptors. Eph receptors have an extracellular domain, composed ofthe ligand-binding globular domain, a cysteine rich region followed by a pair of fibronectin type III repeats (e.g., see Figure 16). The cytoplasmic domain consists of a juxtamembrane region containing two conserved tyrosine residues; a protein tyrosine kinase domain; a sterile α-motif (SAM) and a PDZ-domain binding motif. EphB4 is specific for the membrane-bound ligand Ephrin B2 (Sakano, S. et al 1996; Brambilla R. et al 1995). Ephrin B2 belongs to the class of Eph ligands that have a transmembrane domain and cytoplasmic region with five conserved tyrosine residues and PDZ domain. Eph receptors are activated by binding of clustered, membrane attached ephrins (Davis S et al, 1994), indicating that contact between cells expressing the receptors and cells expressing the ligands is required for Eph activation. Upon ligand binding, an Eph receptor dimerizes and autophosphorylate the juxtamembrane tyrosine residues to acquire full activation (Kalo MS et al, 1999, Binns KS, 2000). In addition to forward signaling through the Eph receptor, reverse signaling can occur through the ephrin Bs. Eph engagement of ephrins results in rapid phosphorylation of the conserved intracellular tyrosines (Bruckner K, 1997) and somewhat slower recruitment of PDZ binding proteins (Palmer A 2002). Recently, several studies have shown that high expression of Eph/ephrins may be associated with increased potentials for tumor growth, tumorigenicity, and metastasis (Easty DJ, 1999; Kiyokawa E, 1994; Tang XX, 1999; Vogt T, 1998; Liu W, 2002; Stephenson SA, 2001; Steube KG 1999; Berclaz G, 1996).
One aspect ofthe present disclosure provides a method for reducing the growth rate of a tumor expressing Ephrin B2 and or EphB4. Such method comprises administering an amount of a nucleic acid therapeutic agent that inhibits gene expression of Ephrin B2, EphB4, or both.
II. Nucleic Acid Therapeutic Agents This disclosure relates to nucleic acid therapeutic agents and methods for inhibiting or reducing gene expression of ephrin and/or ephrin receptor (Eph). By "inhibit" or "reduce," it is meant that the expression ofthe gene, or level of nucleic acids or equivalent nucleic acids encoding one or more proteins or protein subunits, such as Ephrin B2 and/or EphB4, is reduced below that observed in the absence ofthe nucleic acid therapeutic agents ofthe disclosure. By "gene," it is meant a nucleic acid that encodes a RNA, for example, nucleic acid sequences including but not limited to structural genes encoding a polypeptide.
As used herein, the term "nucleic acid therapeutic agent" or "nucleic acid agent" or "nucleic acid compound" refers to any nucleic acid-based compound that contains nucleotides and has a desired effect on a target gene. The nucleic acid therapeutic agents can be single-, double-, or multiple-stranded, and can comprise modified or unmodified nucleotides or non- nucleotides or various mixtures, and combinations thereof. Examples of nucleic acid therapeutic agents ofthe disclosure include, but are not limited to, antisense nucleic acids, dsRNA, siRNA, and enzymatic nucleic acid compounds. In one embodiment, the disclosure features one or more nucleic acid therapeutic agents that independently or in combination modulate expression ofthe Ephrin B2 gene encoding an Ephrin B2 protein (e.g., Genbank Accession No.: NP_004084) or the EphB4 receptor gene which encodes an EphB4 protein (e.g., Genbank Accession No.: NP_004435).
A. Antisense nucleic acids
In certain embodiments, the disclosure relates to antisense nucleic acids. By "antisense nucleic acid," it is meant a non-enzymatic nucleic acid compound that binds to a target nucleic acid by means of RNA-RNA, RNA-DNA or RNA-PNA (protein nucleic acid) interactions and alters the activity ofthe target nucleic acid (for a review, see Stein and Cheng, 1993 Science 261, 1004 and Woolf et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,849,902). Typically, antisense molecules are complementary to a target sequence along a single contiguous sequence ofthe antisense molecule. However, in certain embodiments, an antisense molecule can form a loop and binds to a substrate nucleic acid which forms a loop. Thus, an antisense molecule can be complementary to two (or more) non-contiguous substrate sequences, or two (or more) non-contiguous sequence portions of an antisense molecule can be complementary to a target sequence, or both. For a review of current antisense strategies, see Schmajuk et al., 1999, J. Biol. Chem., 274, 21783- 21789, Delihas et al., 1997, Nature, 15, 751-753, Stein et al., 1997, Antisense N. A. Drug Dev., 7, 151, Crooke, 2000, Methods Enzymol., 313, 3-45; Crooke, 1998, Biotech. Genet. Eng. Rev., 15, 121-157, Crooke, 1997, Ad. Pharmacol., 40, 1-49. In addition, antisense DNA can be used to target nucleic acid by means of DNA-RNA interactions, thereby activating RNase H, which digests the target nucleic acid in the duplex. The antisense oligonucleotides can comprise one or more RNAse H activating region, which is capable of activating RNAse H to cleave a target nucleic acid. Antisense DNA can be synthesized chemically or expressed via the use of a single stranded DNA expression vector or equivalent thereof. By "RNase H activating region" is meant a region (generally greater than or equal to 4-25 nucleotides in length, preferably from 5-11 nucleotides in length) of a nucleic acid compound capable of binding to a target nucleic acid to form a non-covalent complex that is recognized by cellular RNase H enzyme (see for example Arrow et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,849,902; Arrow et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,989,912). The RNase H enzyme binds to a nucleic acid compound- target nucleic acid complex and cleaves the target nucleic acid sequence.
The RNase H activating region comprises, for example, phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, 5'-thiophosphate, phosphoramidate or methylphosphonate backbone chemistry, or a combination thereof. In addition to one or more backbone chemistries described above, the RNase H activating region can also comprise a variety of sugar chemistries. For example, the RNase H activating region can comprise deoxyribose, arabino, fluoroarabino or a combination thereof, nucleotide sugar chemistry. Those skilled in the art will recognize that the foregoing are non-limiting examples and that any combination of phosphate, sugar and base chemistry of a nucleic acid that supports the activity of RNase H enzyme is within the scope of the definition ofthe RNase H activating region and the instant disclosure. Thus, the antisense nucleic acids ofthe disclosure include natural-type oligonucleotides and modified oligonucleotides including phosphorothioate-type oligodeoxyribonucleotides, phosphorodithioate-type oligodeoxyribonucleotides, methylphosphonate-type oligodeoxyribonucleotides, phosphoramidate-type oligodeoxyribonucleotides, H-phosphonate- type oligodeoxyribonucleotides, triester-type oligodeoxyribonucleotides, alpha-anomer-type oligodeoxyribonucleotides, peptide nucleic acids, other artificial nucleic acids, and nucleic acid- modified compounds.
Other modifications include those which are internal or at the end(s) ofthe oligonucleotide molecule and include additions to tlie molecule ofthe internucleoside phosphate linkages, such as cholesterol, cholesteryl, or diamine compounds with varying numbers of carbon residues between the amino groups and terminal ribose, deoxyribose and phosphate modifications which cleave, or crosslink to the opposite chains or to associated enzymes or other proteins which bind to the genome. Examples of such modified oligonucleotides include oligonucleotides with a modified base and/or sugar such as arabinose instead of ribose, or a 3', 5'-substituted oligonucleotide having a sugar which, at both its 3' and 5' positions is attached to a chemical group other than a hydroxyl group (at its 3' position) and other than a phosphate group (at its 5' position).
Other examples of modifications to sugars include modifications to the 2' position ofthe ribose moiety which include but are not limited to 2'-O-substituted with an ~O— lower alkyl group containing 1-6 saturated or unsaturated carbon atoms, or with an —O-aryl, or allyl group having 2-6 carbon atoms wherein such --O-alkyl, aryl or allyl group may be unsubstituted or may be substituted, (e.g., with halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl cyano, nitro acyl acyloxy, alkoxy, carboxy, carbalkoxyl, or amino groups), or with an amino, or halo group. Nonlimiting examples of particularly useful oligonucleotides ofthe disclosure have 2'-O-alkylated ribonucleotides at their 3', 5', or 31 and 5' termini, with at least four or five contiguous nucleotides being so modified. Examples of 2'-O-alkylated groups include, but are not limited to, 2'-O-methyl, 2'-O- ethyl, 2'-O-propyl, and 2'-O-butyls. h certain cases, the synthesis ofthe natural-type and modified antisense nucleic acids can be carried out with, for example, a 381A DNA synthesizer or 394 DNA/RNA synthesizer manufactured by ABI (Applied Biosystems Inc.) in accordance with the phosphoramidite method (see instructions available from ABI, or F. Eckstein, Oligonucleotides and Analogues: A Practical Approach, IRL Press (1991)). In the phosphoramidite method, a nucleic acid-related molecule is synthesized by condensation between the 3'-terminus of a modified deoxyribonucleoside or modified ribonucleoside and the 5'-terminus of another modified deoxyribonucleoside, modified ribonucleoside, oligo-modified deoxyribonucleotide or oligo- modified-ribonucleotide by use of a reagent containing phosphoramidite protected with a group such as cyanoethyl group. The final cycle of this synthesis is finished to give a product with a protective group (e.g., dimethoxytrityl group) bound to a hydroxyl group at the 5'-terminus ofthe sugar moiety. The oligomer thus synthesized at room temperature is cleaved off from the support, and its nucleotide and phosphate moieties are deprotected. In this manner, the natural- type oligonucleic acid compound is obtained in a crude form. The phosphorothioate-type nucleic acids can also be synthesized in a similar manner to the above natural type by the phosphoramidite method with the synthesizer from ABI. The procedure after the final cycle of the synthesis is also the same as with the natural type. The crude nucleic acids (natural type or modified) thus obtained can be purified in a usual manner e.g., ethanol precipitation, or reverse phase cliromatography, ion-exchange chromatography and gel filtration chromatography in high performance liquid cliromatography (HPLC), supercritical fluid chromatography, and it may be further purified by electrophoresis. A cartridge for reverse phase chromatography, such as tC18-packed SepPak Plus (long body/ENV) (Waters), can also be used. The purity ofthe natural-type and modified (e.g., phosphorothioate- type) nucleic acids can be analyzed by HPLC.
In certain embodiments, the antisense nucleic acids ofthe disclosure can be delivered, for example, as an expression plasmid which, when transcribed in the cell, produces RNA which is complementary to at least a unique portion ofthe cellular mRNA which encodes an ephrin B2 or EphB4 polypeptide. Alternatively, the construct is an oligonucleotide wliich is generated ex vivo and which, when introduced into the cell causes inhibition of expression by hybridizing with the mRNA and/or genomic sequences encoding an ephrin B2 or EphB4 polypeptide. Such oligonucleotide probes are optionally modified oligonucleotide which are resistant to endogenous nucleases, e.g., exonucleases and/or endonucleases, and are therefore stable in vivo. Exemplary nucleic acid compounds for use as antisense oligonucleotides are phosphoramidate, phosphothioate and methylphosphonate analogs of DNA (see also U.S. Patent Nos. 5,176,996; 5,264,564; and 5,256,775). Additionally, general approaches to constructing oligomers useful in nucleic acid therapy have been reviewed, for example, by van der Krol et al., (1988) Biotechniques 6:958-976; and Stein et al., (1988) Cancer Res 48:2659-2668. B. dsRNA and RNAi Constructss
In certain embodiments, the disclosure relates to double stranded RNA (dsRNA) and RNAi constructs. The term "dsRNA" as used herein refers to a double stranded RNA molecule capable of RNA interference (RNAi), including siRNA (see for example, Bass, 2001, Nature, 411, 428-429; Elbasbir et al., 2001 , Nature, 411 , 494-498; and Kreutzer et al., PCT Publication No. WO 00/44895; Zernicka-Goetz et al., PCT Publication No. WO 01/36646; Fire, PCT Publication No. WO 99/32619; Plaetinck et al., PCT Publication No. WO 00/01846; Mello and Fire, PCT Publication No. WO 01/29058; Deschamps-Depaillette, PCT Publication No. WO 99/07409; and Li et al., PCT Publication No. WO 00/44914). In addition, RNAi is a term initially applied to a phenomenon observed in plants and worms where double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) blocks gene expression in a specific and post-transcriptional manner. RNAi provides a useful method of inhibiting gene expression in vitro or in vivo.
The term "short interfering RNA," "siRNA," or "short interfering nucleic acid," as used herein, refers to any nucleic acid compound capable of mediating RNAi or gene silencing when processed appropriately be a cell. For example, the siRNA can be a double-stranded polynucleotide molecule comprising self-complementary sense and antisense regions, wherein the antisense region comprises complementarity to a target nucleic acid compound (e.g., Ephrin B2 or EphB4). The siRNA can be a single-stranded hairpin polynucleotide having self- complementary sense and antisense regions, wherein the antisense region comprises complementarity to a target nucleic acid compound. The siRNA can be a circular single- stranded polynucleotide having two or more loop structures and a stem comprising self- complementary sense and antisense regions, wherein the antisense region comprises complementarity to a target nucleic acid compound, and wherein the circular polynucleotide can be processed either in vivo or in vitro to generate an active siRNA capable of mediating RNAi. The siRNA can also comprise a single stranded polynucleotide having complementarity to a target nucleic acid compound, wherein the single stranded polynucleotide can further comprise a terminal phosphate group, such as a 5'-phosphate (see for example Martinez et al., 2002, Cell., 110, 563-574), or 5',3'-diphosphate.
Optionally, the siRNAs ofthe disclosure contain a nucleotide sequence that hybridizes under physiologic conditions of the cell to the nucleotide sequence of at least a portion of the mRNA transcript for the gene to be inhibited (the "target" gene). The double-stranded RNA need only be sufficiently similar to natural RNA that it has the ability to mediate RNAi. Thus, the disclosure has the advantage of being able to tolerate sequence variations that might be expected due to genetic mutation, strain polymorphism or evolutionary divergence. The number of tolerated nucleotide mismatches between the target sequence and the siRNA sequence is no more than 1 in 5 basepairs, or 1 in 10 basepairs, or 1 in 20 basepairs, or 1 in 50 basepairs. Mismatches in the center ofthe siRNA duplex are most critical and may essentially abolish cleavage ofthe target RNA. In contrast, nucleotides at the 3' end ofthe siRNA strand that is complementary to the target RNA do not significantly contribute to specificity ofthe target recognition. Sequence identity may be optimized by sequence comparison and alignment algorithms known in the art (see Gribskov and Devereux, Sequence Analysis Primer, Stockton Press, 1991, and references cited therein) and calculating the percent difference between the nucleotide sequences by, for example, the Smith-Waterman algorithm as implemented in the BESTFIT software program using default parameters (e.g., University of Wisconsin Genetic Computing Group). Greater than 90% sequence identity, or even 100% sequence identity, between the siRNA and the portion ofthe target gene is preferred. Alternatively, the duplex region ofthe RNA maybe defined functionally as a nucleotide sequence that is capable of hybridizing with a portion ofthe target gene transcript (e.g., 400 mM NaCl, 40 mM PIPES pH 6.4, 1 mM EDTA, 50 °C or 70 °C hybridization for 12-16 hours; followed by washing). The double-stranded structure of dsRNA may be formed by a single self-complementary
RNA strand, two complementary RNA strands, or a DNA strand and a complementary RNA strand. Optionally, RNA duplex formation may be initiated either inside or outside the cell. The RNA may be introduced in an amount which allows delivery of at least one copy per cell. Higher doses (e.g., at least 5, 10, 100, 500 or 1000 copies per cell) of double-stranded material may yield more effective inhibition, while lower doses may also be useful for specific applications. Inhibition is sequence-specific in that nucleotide sequences corresponding to the duplex region ofthe RNA are targeted for genetic inhibition.
As described herein, the subject siRNAs are around 19-30 nucleotides in length, and even more preferably 21-23 nucleotides in length. The siRNAs are understood to recruit nuclease complexes and guide the complexes to the target mRNA by pairing to the specific sequences. As a result, the target mRNA is degraded by the nucleases in the protein complex. In a particular embodiment, the 21-23 nucleotides siRNA molecules comprise a 3' hydroxyl group. In certain embodiments, the siRNA constructs can be generated by processing of longer double-stranded RNAs, for example, in the presence ofthe enzyme dicer. In one embodiment, the Drosophila in vitro system is used. In this embodiment, dsRNA is combined with a soluble extract derived from Drosophila embryo, thereby producing a combination. The combination is maintained under conditions in which the dsRNA is processed to RNA molecules of about 21 to about 23 nucleotides. The siRNA molecules can be purified using a number of techniques known to those of skill in the art. For example, gel electrophoresis can be used to purify siRNAs. Alternatively, non-denaturing methods, such as non-denaturing column chromatography, can be used to purify the siRNA. In addition, chromatography (e.g., size exclusion chromatography), glycerol gradient centrifugation, affinity purification with antibody can be used to purify siRNAs.
Production ofthe subject dsRNAs (e.g., siRNAs) can be carried out by chemical synthetic methods or by recombinant nucleic acid teclmiques. Endogenous RNA polymerase of the treated cell may mediate transcription in vivo, or cloned RNA polymerase can be used for transcription in vitro. As used herein, dsRNA or siRNA molecules ofthe disclosure need not be limited to those molecules containing only RNA, but further encompasses chemically-modified nucleotides and non-nucleotides. For example, the dsRNAs may include modifications to either the phosphate-sugar backbone or the nucleoside, e.g., to reduce susceptibility to cellular nucleases, improve bioavailability, improve formulation characteristics, and/or change other pharmacokinetic properties. To illustrate, the phosphodiester linkages of natural RNA may be modified to include at least one of a nitrogen or sulfur heteroatom. Modifications in RNA structure may be tailored to allow specific genetic inhibition while avoiding a general response to dsRNA. Likewise, bases may be modified to block the activity of adenosine deaminase. The dsRNAs may be produced enzymatically or by partial/total organic synthesis, any modified ribonucleotide can be introduced by in vitro enzymatic or organic synthesis. Methods of chemically modifying RNA molecules can be adapted for modifying dsRNAs (see, e.g., Heidenreich et al. (1997) Nucleic Acids Res, 25:776-780; Wilson et al. (1994) J Mol Recog 7:89-98; Chen et al. (1995) Nucleic Acids Res 23:2661-2668; Hirschbein et al. (1997) Antisense Nucleic Acid Drug Dev 7:55-61). Merely to illustrate, the backbone of an dsRNA can be modified with phosphorothioates, phosphoramidate, phosphodithioates, chimeric methylphosphonate-phosphodiesters, peptide nucleic acids, 5-propynyl-pyrimidine containing ohgomers or sugar modifications (e.g., 2 '-substituted ribonucleosides, a-configuration). In certain cases, the dsRNAs ofthe disclosure lack 2'-hydroxy (2'-OH) containing nucleotides.
In a specific embodiment, at least one strand ofthe siRNA molecules has a 3' overhang from about 1 to about 6 nucleotides in length, though may be from 2 to 4 nucleotides in length. More preferably, the 3' overhangs are 1-3 nucleotides in length. In certain embodiments, one strand having a 3' overhang and the other strand being blunt-ended or also having an overhang. The length ofthe overhangs may be the same or different for each strand. In order to further enhance the stability ofthe siRNA, the 3' overhangs can be stabilized against degradation. In one embodiment, the RNA is stabilized by including purine nucleotides, such as adenosine or guanosine nucleotides. Alternatively, substitution of pyrimidine nucleotides by modified analogues, e.g., substitution of uridine nucleotide 3' overhangs by 2'-deoxythyinidine is tolerated and does not affect the efficiency of RNAi. The absence of a hydroxyl significantly enhances the nuclease resistance ofthe overhang in tissue culture medium and may be beneficial in vivo.
In another specific embodiment, the subject dsRNA can also be in the form of a long double-stranded RNA. For example, the dsRNA is at least 25, 50, 100, 200, 300 or 400 bases. In some cases, the dsRNA is 400-800 bases in length. Optionally, the dsRNAs are digested intracellularly, e.g., to produce siRNA sequences in the cell. However, use of long double- stranded RNAs in vivo is not always practical, presumably because of deleterious effects which may be caused by the sequence-independent dsRNA response. In such embodiments, the use of local delivery systems and/or agents which reduce the effects of interferon or PICR are preferred.
In a further specific embodiment, the dsRNA is in the form of a hairpin structure (named as hairpin RNA). The hairpin RNAs can be synthesized exogenously or can be formed by transcribing from RNA polymerase III promoters in vivo. Examples of making and using such hairpin RNAs for gene silencing in mammalian cells are described in, for example, Paddison et al, Genes Dev, 2002, 16:948-58; McCaffrey et al., Nature, 2002, 418:38-9; McManus et al.,
RNA, 2002, 8:842-50; Yu et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 2002, 99:6047-52). Preferably, such hairpin RNAs are engineered in cells or in an animal to ensure continuous and stable suppression of a desired gene. It is known in the art that siRNAs can be produced by processing a hairpin RNA in the cell. PCT application WO 01/77350 describes an exemplary vector for bi-directional transcription of a transgene to yield both sense and antisense RNA transcripts ofthe same transgene in a eukaryotic cell. Accordingly, in certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides a recombinant vector having the following unique characteristics: it comprises a viral replicon having two overlapping transcription units arranged in an opposing orientation and flanking a transgene for a dsRNA of interest, wherein the two overlapping transcription units yield both sense and antisense RNA transcripts from the same transgene fragment in a host cell.
C. Enzymatic Nucleic Acid Compounds In certain embodiments, the disclosure relates to enzymatic nucleic acid compounds. By
"enzymatic nucleic acid compound," it is meant a nucleic acid compound which has complementarity in a substrate binding region to a specified target gene, and also has an enzymatic activity which is active to specifically cleave a target nucleic acid. It is understood that the enzymatic nucleic acid compound is able to intermolecularly cleave a nucleic acid and thereby inactivate a target nucleic acid compound. These complementary regions allow sufficient hybridization ofthe enzymatic nucleic acid compound to the target nucleic acid and thus pennit cleavage. One hundred percent complementarity (identity) is preferred, but complementarity as low as 50-75% can also be useful in this disclosure (see for example Werner andUhlenbeck, 1995, Nucleic Acids Research, 23, 2092-2096; Hammann et al., 1999, Antisense and Nucleic Acid Drug Dev., 9, 25-31). The enzymatic nucleic acids can be modified at the base, sugar, and/or phosphate groups. As described herein, the term "enzymatic nucleic acid" is used interchangeably with phrases such as ribozymes, catalytic RNA, enzymatic RNA, catalytic DNA, aptazyme or aptamer-binding ribozyme, regulatable ribozyme, catalytic oligonucleotides, nucleozyme, DNAzyme, RNA enzyme, endoribonuclease, endonuclease, minizyme, leadzyme, " oligozyme or DNA enzyme. All of these terminologies describe nucleic acid compounds with enzymatic activity. The specific enzymatic nucleic acid compounds described in the instant application are not limiting in the disclosure and those skilled in the art will recognize that all that is important in an enzymatic nucleic acid compound of this disclosure is that it has a specific substrate binding site which is complementary to one or more ofthe target nucleic acid regions, and that it have nucleotide sequences within or surrounding that substrate binding site which impart a nucleic acid cleaving and/or ligation activity to the molecule (Cech et al., U.S. Pat. No. 4,987,071; Cech et al., 1988, 260 JAMA 3030).
Several varieties of naturally-occurring enzymatic nucleic acids are currently known. Each can catalyze the hydrolysis of nucleic acid phosphodiester bonds in trans (and thus can cleave other nucleic acid compounds) under physiological conditions. In general, enzymatic nucleic acids act by first binding to a target nucleic acid. Such binding occurs through the target binding portion of a enzymatic nucleic acid which is held in close proximity to an enzymatic portion ofthe molecule that acts to cleave the target nucleic acid. Thus, the enzymatic nucleic acid first recognizes and then binds a target nucleic acid through complementary base-pairing, and once bound to the correct site, acts enzymatically to cut the target nucleic acid. Strategic cleavage of such a target nucleic acid will destroy its ability to direct synthesis of an encoded protein. After an enzymatic nucleic acid has bound and cleaved its nucleic acid target, it is released from that nucleic acid to search for another target and can repeatedly bind and cleave new targets. In a specific embodiment, the subject enzymatic nucleic acid is a ribozyme designed to catalytically cleave an mRNA transcripts to prevent translation of mRNA (see, e.g., PCT International Publication WO90/11364, published October 4, 1990; Sarver et al., 1990, Science 247:1222-1225; and U.S. Patent No. 5,093,246). While ribozymes that cleave mRNA at site- specific recognition sequences can be used to destroy particular mRNAs, the use of hammerhead ribozymes is preferred. Hammerhead ribozymes cleave mRNAs at locations dictated by flanking regions that form complementary base pairs with the target mRNA. The sole requirement is that the target mRNAs have the following sequence of two bases: 5'-UG-3'. The construction and production of hammerhead ribozymes is well known in the art and is described more fully in Haseloff and Gerlach, 1988, Nature, 334:585-591. The ribozymes ofthe present disclosure also include RNA endoribonucleases (hereinafter "Cech-type ribozymes") such as the one which occurs naturally in Tetrahymena thermophila (known as the IVS or L-19 IVS RNA) and which has been extensively described (see, e.g., Zaug, et al., 1984, Science, 224:574-578; Zaug and Cech, 1986, Science, 231:470-475; Zaug, et al., 1986, Nature, 324:429-433; published International patent application No. WO88/04300 by University Patents Inc.; Been and Cech, 1986, Cell, 47:207-216). In another specific embodiment, the subject enzymatic nucleic acid is a DNA enzyme. DNA enzymes incorporate some of the mechanistic features of both antisense and ribozyme technologies. DNA enzymes are designed so that they recognize a particular target nucleic acid sequence, much like an antisense oligonucleotide, however much like a ribozyme they are catalytic and specifically cleave the target nucleic acid. Briefly, to design an ideal DNA enzyme that specifically recognizes and cleaves a target nucleic acid, one of skill in the art must first identify the unique target sequence. Preferably, the unique or substantially sequence is a G/C rich of approximately 18 to 22 nucleotides. High G/C content helps insure a stronger interaction between the DNA enzyme and the target sequence. When synthesizing the DNA enzyme, the specific antisense recognition sequence that will target the enzyme to the message is divided so that it comprises the two arms ofthe DNA enzyme, and the DNA enzyme loop is placed between the two specific arms. Methods of making and administering DNA enzymes can be found, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 6,110,462.
In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid therapeutic agents ofthe disclosure can be between 12 and 200 nucleotides in length. In one embodiment, exemplary enzymatic nucleic acid compounds ofthe disclosure are between 15 and 50 nucleotides in length, including, for example, between 25 and 40 nucleotides in length (for example see Jarvis et al., 1996, J. Biol. Chem., 271, 29107-29112). In another embodiment, exemplary antisense molecules ofthe disclosure are between 15 and 75 nucleotides in length, including, for example, between 20 and 35 nucleotides in length (see for example Woolf et al., 1992, PNAS., 89, 7305-7309; Milner et al., 1997, Nature Biotechnology, 15, 537-541). In another embodiment, exemplary siRNAs of the disclosure are between 20 and 27 nucleotides in length, including, for example, between 21 and 23 nucleotides in length. Those skilled in the art will recognize that all that is required is that the subject nucleic acid therapeutic agent be of length and conformation sufficient and suitable for catalyzing a reaction contemplated herein. The length ofthe nucleic acid therapeutic agents ofthe instant disclosure is not limiting within the general limits stated.
III. Target Sites
Targets for useful nucleic acid compounds ofthe disclosure (e.g., antisense nucleic acids, dsRNA, and enzymatic nucleic acid compounds) can be determined as disclosed in Draper et al., 30 WO 93/23569; Sullivan et al, WO 93/23057; Thompson et al., WO 94/02595; Draper et al., WO 95/04818; McSwiggen et al, U.S. Pat. No. 5,525,468. Other examples include the following PCT applications inactivation of expression of disease-related genes: WO 95/23225, WO 95/13380, WO 94/02595. Rather than repeat the guidance provided in those documents here, below are provided specific examples of such methods, not limiting to those in the art.
Enzymatic nucleic acid compounds, siRNA and antisense to such targets are designed as described in those applications and synthesized to be tested in vitro and in vivo, as also described. For examples, the sequences of human Ephrin B2 and/or EphB4 RNAs are screened for optimal nucleic acid target sites using a computer-folding algorithm. Potential nucleic acid binding/cleavage sites are identified. For example, for enzymatic nucleic acid compounds ofthe disclosure, the nucleic acid compounds are individually analyzed by computer folding (Jaeger et al., 1989 Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA, 86, 7706) to assess whether the sequences fold into the appropriate secondary structure. Those nucleic acid compounds with unfavorable intramolecular interactions such as between the binding arms and the catalytic core can be eliminated from consideration.
The subject nucleic acid (e.g., antisense, RNAi, and/or enzymatic nucleic acid compound) binding/cleavage sites are identified and are designed to anneal to various sites in the nucleic acid target (e.g., Ephrin B2 and/or EphB4). The binding arms of enzymatic nucleic acid compounds ofthe disclosure are complementary to tl e target site sequences described above. Antisense and RNAi sequences are designed to have partial or complete complementarity to the nucleic acid target. The nucleic acid compounds can be chemically synthesized. The method of synthesis used follows the procedure for normal DNA/RNA synthesis as described below and in Usman et al., 1987 J Am. Chem. Soc, 109, 7845; Scaringe et al., 1990 Nucleic Acids Res., 18,
5433; and Wincott et al, 1995 Nucleic Acids Res. 23, 2677-2684; Caruthers et al, 1992, Methods in Enzymology 211,3-19.
Additionally, it is expected that nucleic acid therapeutic agents having a CpG motif are at an increased likelihood of causing a non-specific immune response. Generally, CpG motifs include a CG (Cytosine-Guanosine) sequence adjacent to one or more purines in the 5' direction and one or more pyrimidines in the 3' direction. Lists of known CpG motifs are available in the art. Preferred nucleic acid therapeutics will be selected so as to have a selective effect on the target gene (possibly affecting other closely related genes) without triggering a generalized immune response. By avoiding nucleic acid therapeutics having a CpG motif, it is possible to decrease the likelihood that a particular nucleic acid will trigger an immune response.
IV. Synthesis of Nucleic acid Therapeutic Agents
Synthesis of nucleic acids greater than 100 nucleotides in length is difficult using automated methods, and the therapeutic cost of such molecules is prohibitive. In this disclosure, small nucleic acid motifs (small refers to nucleic acid motifs less than about 100 nucleotides in length, preferably less than about 80 nucleotides in length, and more preferably less than about 50 nucleotides in length (e.g., antisense oligonucleotides, enzymatic nucleic acids, and RNAi constructs) are preferably used for exogenous delivery. The simple structure of these molecules increases the ability ofthe nucleic acid to invade targeted regions of RNA structure.
Exemplary molecules ofthe instant disclosure are chemically synthesized, and others can similarly be synthesized. To illustrate, oligonucleotides (e.g., DNA) are synthesized using protocols known in the art as described in Caruthers et al., 1992, Methods in Enzymology 211, 3- 19, Thompson et al., International PCT Publication No. WO 99/54459, Wincott et al, 1995, Nucleic Acids Res. 23, 2677-2684, Wincott et al, 1997, Methods Mol. Bio., 74, 59, Brennan et al., 1998, Biotechnol Bioeng., 61, 33-45, and Brennan, U.S. Pat. No. 6,001,311. The synthesis of oligonucleotides makes use of common nucleic acid protecting and coupling groups, such as dimethoxytrityl at the 5 '-end, and phosphoramidites at the 3 '-end. In a non-limiting example, small scale syntheses are conducted on a 394 Applied Biosystems, Inc. synthesizer with a 2.5 min coupling step for 2'-O-methylated nucleotides and a 45 sec coupling step for 2'-deoxy nucleotides. Alternatively, syntheses can be performed on a 96-well plate synthesizer, such as the instrument produced by Protogene (Palo Alto, CA) with minimal modification to the cycle. Optionally, the nucleic acid compounds ofthe present disclosure can be synthesized separately and joined together post-synthetically, for example by ligation (Moore et al., 1992, Science 256, 9923; Draper et al, International PCT publication No. WO 93/23569; Shabarova et al., 1991, Nucleic Acids Research 19, 4247; Bellon et al., 1997, Nucleosides & Nucleotides, 16, 951; Bellon et al., 1997, Bioconjugate Chem. 8, 204). Preferably, the nucleic acid compounds ofthe present disclosure are modified extensively to enhance stability by modification with nuclease resistant groups, for example, 2'-amino, 2'-C- allyl, 2'-flouro, 2'-O-methyl, 2'-H (for a review see Usman and Cedergren, 1992, TIBS 17, 34; Usman et al., 1994, Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 31, 163). Ribozymes are purified by gel electrophoresis using general methods or are purified by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC; See Wincott et al., Supra, the totality of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference) and are re-suspended in water
V. Optimizing Activity ofthe Nucleic acid compounds Nucleic acid compounds with modifications (e.g., base, sugar and/or phosphate) can prevent their degradation by serum ribonucleases and thereby increase their potency. There are several examples in the art describing sugar, base and phosphate modifications that can be introduced into nucleic acid compounds with significant enhancement in their nuclease stability and efficacy. For example, oligonucleotides are modified to enhance stability and/or enhance biological activity by modification with nuclease resistant groups, for example, 2,-amino, 2'-C- allyl, 2'-flouro, 2'-O-methyl, 2'-H, nucleotide base modifications (for a review see Usman and Cedergren, 1992, TIBS. 17, 34; Usman et al, 1994, Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 31, 163; Burgin et al., 1996, Biochemistry, 35, 14090). Sugar modification of nucleic acid compounds have been extensively described in the art (see Eckstein et al., PCT Publication No. WO 92/07065; Perrault et al. Nature, 1990, 344, 565-568; Pieken et al. Science, 1991, 253, 314-317; Usman and
Cedergren, Trends in Biochem. Sci., 1992, 17, 334-339; Usman et al. PCT Publication No. WO 93/15187; Sproat, U.S. Pat. No. 5,334,711 and Beigelman et al., 1995, J. Biol. Chem., 270, 25702; Beigelman et al., PCT publication No. WO 97/26270; Beigelman et al, U.S. Pat. No. 5,716,824; Usman et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,627,053; Woolf et al, PCT Publication No. WO 98/13526; Thompson et al., U.S. S No. 60/082,404 which was filed on Apr. 20, 1998; Karpeisky et al., 1998, Tetrahedron Lett., 39, 1131; Earnshaw and Gait, 1998, Biopolymers (Nucleic acid Sciences), 48, 39-55; Verma and Eckstein, 1998, Annu. Rev. Biochem., 67, 99-134; and Burlina et al., 1997, Bioorg. Med. Chem., 5, 1999-2010). Similar modifications can be used to modify the nucleic acid compounds ofthe instant disclosure. While chemical modification of oligonucleotide internucleotide linkages with phosphorothioate, phosphorothioate, and/or 5 '-methylphosphonate linkages improves stability, an over-abundance of these modifications can cause toxicity. Therefore, the amount of these internucleotide linkages should be evaluated and appropriately minimized when designing the nucleic acid compounds. The reduction in the concentration of these linkages should lower toxicity resulting in increased efficacy and higher specificity of these molecules.
In one embodiment, nucleic acid compounds ofthe disclosure include one or more G- clamp nucleotides. A G-clamp nucleotide is a modified cytosine analog wherein the modifications confer the ability to hydrogen bond both Watson-Crick and Hoogsteen faces of a complementary guanine within a duplex, see for example, Lin and Matteucci, 1998, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 120, 8531-8532. A single G-clamp analog substitution within an oligonucleotide can result in substantially enhanced helical thermal stability and mismatch discrimination when hybridized to complementary oligonucleotides. The inclusion of such nucleotides in nucleic acid compounds ofthe disclosure results in both enhanced affinity and specificity to nucleic acid targets. In another embodiment, nucleic acid compounds ofthe disclosure include one or more LNA (locked nucleic acid) nucleotides such as a 2', 4'-C mythylene bicyclo nucleotide (see for example Wengel et al, PCT Publication Nos. WO 00/66604 and WO 99/14226).
In another embodiment, the disclosure features conjugates and/or complexes of nucleic acid compounds targeting Ephrin B2 and/or EphB4. Such conjugates and/or complexes can be used to facilitate delivery of nucleic acid compounds into a biological system, such as cells. The conjugates and complexes provided by the instant disclosure can impart therapeutic activity by transferring therapeutic compounds across cellular membranes, altering the pharmacokinetics, and/or modulating the localization of nucleic acid compounds ofthe disclosure.
The present disclosure encompasses the design and synthesis of novel conjugates and complexes for the delivery of molecules, including, but not limited to, small molecules, lipids, phospholipids, nucleosides, nucleotides, nucleic acids, antibodies, toxins, negatively charged polymers and other polymers, for example proteins, peptides, hormones, carbohydrates, polyethylene glycols, or polyamines, across cellular membranes. In general, the transporters described are designed to be used either individually or as part of a multi-component system, with or without degradable linkers. These compounds are expected to improve delivery and/or localization of nucleic acid compounds ofthe disclosure into a number of cell types originating from different tissues, in the presence or absence of serum (see Sullenger and Cech, U.S. Pat. No. 5,854,038). Conjugates ofthe molecules described herein can be attached to biologically active molecules via linkers that are biodegradable, such as biodegradable nucleic acid linker molecules.
The term "biodegradable nucleic acid linlcer molecule" as used herein, refers to a nucleic acid compound that is designed as a biodegradable linker to connect one molecule to another molecule, for example, a biologically active molecule. The stability ofthe biodegradable nucleic acid linker molecule can be modulated by using various combinations of ribonucleotides, deoxyribonucleotides, and chemically modified nucleotides, for example, 2'-O-methyl, 2'-fluoro, 2'-amino, 2'-O-amino, 2'-C-allyl, 2'-O-allyl, and other 2'-modified or base modified nucleotides. The biodegradable nucleic acid linker molecule can be a dimer, trimer, tetramer or longer nucleic acid compound, for example, an oligonucleotide of about 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 nucleotides in length, or can comprise a single nucleotide with a phosphorus based linkage, for example, a phosphoramidate or phosphodiester linkage. The biodegradable nucleic acid linker molecule can also comprise nucleic acid backbone, nucleic acid sugar, or nucleic acid base modifications. The term "biodegradable" as used herein, refers to degradation in a biological system, for example enzymatic degradation or chemical degradation. Therapeutic nucleic acid compounds, such as the molecules described herein, delivered exogenously are optimally stable within cells until translation ofthe target RNA has been inhibited long enough to reduce the levels ofthe undesirable protein. This period of time varies between hours to days depending upon the disease state. These nucleic acid compounds should be resistant to nucleases in order to function as effective intracellular therapeutic agents. ' Improvements in the chemical synthesis of nucleic acid compounds described in the instant disclosure and in the art have expanded the ability to modify nucleic acid compounds by introducing nucleotide modifications to enhance their nuclease stability as described above.
In another aspect the nucleic acid compounds comprise a 5' and/or a 3'-cap structure. By "cap structure," it is meant chemical modifications, which have been incorporated at either terminus ofthe oligonucleotide (see for example Wincott et al., WO 97/26270). These terminal modifications protect the nucleic acid compound from exonuclease degradation, and can help in delivery and/or localization within a cell. The cap can be present at the 5'-terminus (5'-cap) or at the 3'-terminus (3'-cap) or can be present on both terminus. In non-limiting examples, the 5'-cap includes inverted abasic residue (moiety), 4',5'-methylene nucleotide; l-(beta-D- erythrofuranosyl) nucleotide, 4'-thio nucleotide, carbocyclic nucleotide; 1,5-anhydrohexitol nucleotide; L-nucleotides; alpha-nucleotides; modified base nucleotide; phosphorodithioate linkage; threo-pentofuranosyl nucleotide; acyclic 3',4'-seco nucleotide; acyclic 3,4- dihydroxybutyl nucleotide; acyclic 3,5-dihydroxypentyl nucleotide, 3 '-3 '-inverted nucleotide moiety; 3'-3'-inverted abasic moiety; 3 '-2'-inverted nucleotide moiety; 3'-2'-inverted abasic moiety; 1,4-butanediol phosphate; 3 '-phosphoramidate; hexylphosphate; aminohexyl phosphate; 3'-phosphate; 3 '-phosphorothioate; phosphorodithioate; or bridging or non-bridging methylphosphonate moiety (for more details see Wincott et al, PCT publication No. WO 97/26270). hi other non-limiting examples, the 3'-cap includes, for example, 4',5'-methylene nucleotide; l-(bela-D-erythrofuranosyl) nucleotide; 4'-thio nucleotide, carbocyclic nucleotide; 5'- amino-alkyl phosphate; l,3-diamino-2-propyl phosphate, 3-aminopropyl phosphate; 6- aminohexyl phosphate; 1,2-aminododecyl phosphate; hydroxypropyl phosphate; 1,5- anhydrohexitol nucleotide; L-nucleotide; alpha-nucleotide; modified base nucleotide; phosphorodithioate; threopentofuranosy nucleotide; acyclic 3',4'-seco nucleotide; 3,4- dihydroxybutyl nucleotide; 3,5-dihydroxypentyl nucleotide, 5'-5'-inverted nucleotide moiety; 5'- 5'-inverted abasic moiety; 5'-phosphoramidate; 5'-phosphorothioate; 1,4-butanediol phosphate; 5'-amino; bridging and/or non-bridging 5'-phosphoramidate, phosphorothioate and/or phosphorodithioate, bridging or non bridging methylphosphonate and 5 '-mercapto moieties (for more details see Beaucage and Iyer, 1993, Tetrahedron 49, 1925).
VI. Methods of Treatment
In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods of inhibiting angiogenesis and methods of treating angiogenesis-associated diseases. In other embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods of inhibiting or reducing tumor growth and methods of treating an individual suffering from cancer. These methods involve administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of one or more nucleic acid therapeutic agent as described above. These methods are particularly aimed at therapeutic and prophylactic treatments of animals, and more particularly, humans.
As described herein, angiogenesis-associated diseases include, but are not limited to, angiogenesis-dependent cancer, including, for example, solid tumors, blood born tumors such as leukemias, and tumor metastases; benign tumors, for example hemangiomas, acoustic neuromas, neurofibromas, trachomas, and pyogenic granulomas; inflammatory disorders such as immune and non-immune inflammation; chronic articular rheumatism and psoriasis; ocular angiogenic diseases, for example, diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, macular degeneration, corneal graft rejection, neovascular glaucoma, retrolental fibroplasia, rubeosis; Osier- Webber Syndrome; myocardial angiogenesis; plaque neovascularization; telangiectasia; hemophiliac joints; angiofibroma; and wound granulation and wound healing; telangiectasia psoriasis scleroderma, pyogenic granuloma, cororany collaterals, ischemic limb angiogenesis, corneal diseases, rubeosis, arthritis, diabetic neovascularization, fractures, vasculogenesis, hematopoiesis. It is understood that methods and compositions ofthe disclosure are also useful for treating any angiogenesis-independent cancers (tumors). As used herein, the term "angiogenesis-independent cancer" refers to a cancer (tumor) where there is no or little neovascularization in the tumor tissue.
As described herein, the tumor includes a tumor inside an individual, a tumor xenograft, or a tumor cultured in vitro. In particular, nucleic acid therapeutic agents ofthe present disclosure are useful for treating or preventing a cancer (tumor), including, but not limited to, colon carcinoma, breast cancer, mesothelioma, prostate cancer, bladder cancer, squamous cell carcinoma ofthe head and neck (HNSCC), Kaposi sarcoma, and leukemia.
In certain embodiments of such methods, one or more nucleic acid therapeutic agents can be administered, together (simultaneously) or at different times (sequentially). In addition, nucleic acid therapeutic agents can be administered with another type of compounds for treating cancer or for inhibiting angiogenesis.
In certain embodiments, the subject methods ofthe disclosure can be used alone. Alternatively, the subject methods may be used in combination with other conventional anti- cancer therapeutic approaches directed to treatment or prevention of proliferative disorders (e.g., tumor). For example, such methods can be used in prophylactic cancer prevention, prevention of cancer recurrence and metastases after surgery, and as an adjuvant of other conventional cancer therapy. The present disclosure recognizes that the effectiveness of conventional cancer therapies (e.g., chemotherapy, radiation therapy, phototherapy, immunotherapy, and surgery) can be enhanced through the use of a subject nucleic acid therapeutic agent.
A wide array of conventional compounds have been shown to have anti-neoplastic activities. These compounds have been used as pharmaceuticalal agents in chemotherapy to shrink solid tumors, prevent metastases and further growth, or decrease the number of malignant cells in leukemic or bone marrow malignancies. Although chemotherapy has been effective in treating various types of malignancies, many anti-neoplastic compounds induce undesirable side effects. It has been shown that when two or more different treatments are combined, the treatments may work synergistically and allow reduction of dosage of each ofthe treatments, thereby reducing the detrimental side effects exerted by each compound at higher dosages. In other instances, malignancies that are refractory to a treatment may respond to a combination therapy of two or more different treatments .
When a nucleic acid therapeutic agent ofthe present disclosure is administered in combination with another conventional anti-neoplastic agent, either concomitantly or sequentially, such therapeutic agent is shown to enhance the therapeutic effect ofthe antineoplastic agent or overcome cellular resistance to such anti-neoplastic agent. This allows decrease of dosage of an anti-neoplastic agent, thereby reducing the undesirable side effects, or restores the effectiveness of an anti-neoplastic agent in resistant cells.
Pharmaceutical compounds that may be used for combinatory anti-tumor therapy include, merely to illustrate: aminoglutethimide, amsacrine, anastrozole, asparaginase, beg, bicalutamide, bleomycin, buserelin, busulfan, campothecin, capecitabine, carboplatin, carmustine, chlorambucil, cisplatin, cladribine, clodronate, colchicine, cyclophosphamide, cyproterone, cytarabine, dacarbazine, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, dienestrol, diethylstilbestrol, docetaxel, doxorubicin, epirubicin, estradiol, estramustine, etoposide, exemestane, filgrastim, fludarabine, fludrocortisone, fluorouracil, fluoxymesterone, flutamide, gemcitabine, genistein, goserelin, hydroxyurea, idarubicin, ifosfamide, imatinib, interferon, irinotecan, ironotecan, letrozole, leucovorin, leuprolide, levamisole, lomustine, mechlorethamine, medroxyprogesterone, megestrol, melphalan, mercaptopurine, mesna, methotrexate, mitomycin, mitotane, mitoxantrone, nilutamide, nocodazole, octreotide, oxaliplatin, paclitaxel, pamidronate, pentostatin, plicamycin, porfimer, procarbazine, raltitrexed, rituximab, streptozocin, suramin, tamoxifen, temozolomide, teniposide, testosterone, thioguanine, thiotepa, titanocene dichloride, topotecan, trastuzumab, tretinoin, vinblastine, vincristine, vindesine, and vinorelbine.
These chemotherapeutic anti-tumor compounds may be categorized by their mechanism of action mto, for example, following groups: anti-metabolites/anti-cancer agents, such as pyrimidine analogs (5-fluorouracil, floxuridine, capecitabine, gemcitabine and cytarabine) and purine analogs, folate antagonists and related inhibitors (mercaptopurine, thioguanine, pentostatin and 2-chlorodeoxyadenosine (cladribine)); antiproliferative/antimitotic agents including natural products such as vinca alkaloids (vinblastine, vincristine, and vinorelbine), microtubule disruptors such as taxane (paclitaxel, docetaxel), vincristin, vinblastin, nocodazole, epothilones and navelbine, epidipodophyllotoxins (etoposide, teniposide), DNA damaging agents (actinomycin, amsacrine, anthracychnes, bleomycin, busulfan, camptothecin, carboplatin, chlorambucil, cisplatin, cyclophosphamide, cytoxan, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, epirubicin, hexamethylmelamineoxaliplatin, iphosphamide, melphalan, merchlorehtamine, mitomycin, mitoxantrone, nitrosourea, plicamycin, procarbazine, taxol, taxotere, teniposide, triethylenethiophosphoramide and etoposide (VP16)); antibiotics such as dactinomycin (actinomycin D), daunorubicin, doxorubicin (adriamycin), idarubicin, anthracychnes, mitoxantrone, bleomycins, plicamycin (mithramycin) and mitomycin; enzymes (L-asparaginase which systemically metabolizes L-asparagine and deprives cells which do not have the capacity to synthesize their own asparagine); antiplatelet agents; antiproliferative/antimitotic alkylating agents such as nitrogen mustards (mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide and analogs, melphalan, chlorambucil), ethylenimines and methylmelamines (hexamethylmelamine and thiotepa), alkyl sulfonates-busulfan, nitrosoureas (carmustine (BCNU) and analogs, streptozocin), trazenes - dacarbazinine (DTIC); antiproliferative/antimitotic antimetabolites such as fol acid analogs (methotrexate); platinum coordination complexes (cisplatin, carboplatin), procarbazine, hydroxyurea, mitotane, aminoglutethimide; hormones, hormone analogs (estrogen, tamoxifen, goserelin, bicalutamide, nilutamide) and aromatase inhibitors (letrozole, anastrozole); anticoagulants (heparin, synthetic heparin salts and other inhibitors of thrombin); fibrinolytic agents (such as tissue plasminogen activator, streptokinase and urokinase), aspirin, dipyridamole, ticlopidine, clopidogrel, abciximab; antimigratory agents; antisecretory agents (breveldin); immunosuppressives (cyclosporine, tacrolimus (FK-506), sirolimus (rapamycin), azathioprine, mycophenolate mofetil); anti-angiogenic compounds (TNP-470, genistein) and growth factor inhibitors (vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) inhibitors, fibroblast growth factor (FGF) inhibitors); angiotensin receptor blocker; nitric oxide donors; anti-sense oligonucleotides; antibodies (trastuzumab); cell cycle inhibitors and differentiation inducers (tretinoin); mTOR inhibitors, topoisomerase inhibitors (doxorubicin (adriamycin), amsacrine, camptothecin, daunorubicin, dactinomycin, eniposide, epirubicin, etoposide, idarubicin and mitoxantrone, topotecan, irinotecan), corticosteroids (cortisone, dexamethasone, hydrocortisone, methylpednisolone, prednisone, and prenisolone); growth factor signal transduction kinase inhibitors; mitochondrial dysfunction inducers and caspase activators; and chromatin disrupters.
In certain embodiments, pharmaceuticalal compounds that may be used for combinatory anti-angiogenesis therapy include: (1) inhibitors of release of "angiogenic molecules," such as bFGF (basic fibroblast growth factor); (2) neutralizers of angiogenic molecules, such as an anti- βbFGF antibodies; and (3) inhibitors of endothelial cell response to angiogenic stimuli, including collagenase inhibitor, basement membrane turnover inhibitors, angiostatic steroids, fungal- derived angiogenesis inhibitors, platelet factor 4, thrombospondin, arthritis drugs such as D- penicillamine and gold thiomalate, vitamin D3 analogs, alpha-interferon, and the like. For additional proposed inhibitors of angiogenesis, see Blood et al., Bioch. Biophys. Acta., 1032:89- 118 (1990), Moses et al., Science, 248:1408-1410 (1990), Ingber et al., Lab. Invest., 59:44-51 (1988), and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,092,885, 5,112,946, 5,192,744, 5,202,352, and 6573256. In addition, there are a wide variety of compounds that can be used to inhibit angiogenesis, for example, peptides or agents that block the VEGF-mediated angiogenesis pathway, endostatin protein or derivatives, lysine binding fragments of angiostatin, melanin or melanin-promoting compounds, plasminogen fragments (e.g., Kringles 1-3 of plasminogen), tropoin subunits, antagonists of vitronectin αvβ3, peptides derived from Saposin B, antibiotics or analogs (e.g., tetracycline, or neomycin), dienogest-containing compositions, compounds comprising a MetAP-2 inhibitory core coupled to a peptide, the compound EM-138, chalcone and its analogs, andnaaladase inhibitors. See, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,395,718, 6,462,075, 6,465,431, 6,475,784, 6,482,802, 6,482,810, 6,500,431, 6,500,924, 6,518,298, 6,521,439, 6,525,019, 6,538,103, 6,544,758, 6,544,947, 6,548,477, 6,559,126, and 6,569,845. Depending on the nature ofthe combinatory therapy, administration ofthe nucleic acid therapeutic agents ofthe disclosure may be continued while the other therapy is being administered and/or thereafter. Administration ofthe nucleic acid therapeutic agents may be made in a single dose, or in multiple doses. In some instances, administration ofthe nucleic acid therapeutic agents is commenced at least several days prior to the conventional therapy, while in other instances, administration is begun either immediately before or at the time ofthe administration ofthe conventional therapy.
VII. Methods of Administration and Pharmaceutical Compositions Methods for delivering the subject nucleic acid compounds are known in the art (see, e.g.,
Akhtar et al., 1992, Trends Cell Bio., 2, 139; and Delivery Strategies for Antisense Oligonucleotide Therapeutics, ed. Akhtar, 1995; Sullivan et al., PCT Publication No. WO 94/02595). These protocols can be utilized for the delivery of virtually any nucleic acid compound. Nucleic acid compounds can be administered to cells by a variety of methods known to those familiar to the art, including, but not restricted to, encapsulation in liposomes, by iontophoresis, or by incorporation into other vehicles, such as hydrogels, cyclodextrins, biodegradable nanocapsules, and bioadhesive microspheres. Alternatively, the nucleic acid vehicle combination is locally delivered by direct injection or by use of an infusion pump. Other routes of delivery include, but are not limited to, oral (tablet or pill fonn) and/or intrathecal delivery (Gold, 1997, Neuroscience, 76, 1153-1158). Other approaches include the use of various transport and carrier systems, for example though the use of conjugates and biodegradable polymers. For a comprehensive review on drug delivery strategies, see Ho et al., 1999, CuiT. Opin. Mol. Ther., 1, 336-343 and Jain, Drug Delivery Systems: Technologies and Commercial Opportunities, Decision Resources, 1998 and Groothuis et al., 1997, J. Neuro Virol., 3, 387-400. More detailed descriptions of nucleic acid delivery and administration are provided in Sullivan et al., supra, Draper et al, PCT WO93/23569, Beigelman et al, PCT Publication No. WO99/05094, and Klimuk et al., PCT Publication No. WO99/04819.
In certain embodiments, the subject nucleic acids (e.g., antisense nucleic acids, RNAi constructs, and enzymatic nucleic acids) ofthe present disclosure are formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Such therapeutic agents can be administered alone or as a component of a pharmaceuticalal formulation (composition). The compounds may be formulated for administration in any convenient way for use in human or veterinary medicine. Wetting agents, emulsifiers and lubricants, such as sodium lauryl sulfate and magnesium stearate, as well as coloring agents, release agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents, preservatives and antioxidants can also be present in the compositions.
Formulations ofthe subject nucleic acids include those suitable for oral/ nasal, topical, parenteral, rectal, and/or intravaginal administration. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. The amount of active ingredient which can be combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host being treated, the particular mode of administration. The amount of active ingredient which can be combined with a canier material to produce a single dosage form will generally be that amount ofthe compound which produces a therapeutic effect.
In certain embodiments, methods of preparing these formulations or compositions include combining another type of anti-tumor or anti-angiogenesis therapeutic agent and a carrier and, optionally, one or more accessory ingredients. In general, tl e formulations can be prepared with a liquid carrier, or a finely divided solid carrier, or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
Formulations for oral administration maybe in the form of capsules, cachets, pills, tablets, lozenges (using a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth), powders, granules, or as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, or as an oil-in- water or water-in-oil liquid emulsion, or as an elixir or syrup, or as pastilles (using an inert base, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia) and/or as mouth washes and the like, each containing a predetermined amount of a subject nucleic acid therapeutic agent as an active ingredient.
In solid dosage forms for oral administration (capsules, tablets, pills, dragees, powders, granules, and the like), one or more nucleic acid therapeutic agents ofthe present disclosure may be mixed with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate, and/or any ofthe following: (1) fillers or extenders, such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and/or silicic acid; (2) binders, such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sucrose, and/or acacia; (3) humectants, such as glycerol; (4) disintegrating agents, such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate; (5) solution retarding agents, such as paraffin; (6) absorption accelerators, such as quaternary ammonium compounds; (7) wetting agents, such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate; (8) absorbents, such as kaolin and bentonite clay; (9) lubricants, such a talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof; and (10) coloring agents. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the pharmaceuticalal compositions may also comprise buffering agents. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugars, as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups, and elixirs, hi addition to the active ingredient, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3- butylene glycol, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, co , genn, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydro furyl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof. Besides inert diluents, the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, coloring, perfuming, and preservative agents.
Suspensions, in addition to the active compounds, may contain suspending agents such as ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, poiyoxyethylene sorbitol, and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof. In particular, methods ofthe disclosure can be administered topically, either to skin or to mucosal membranes such as those on the cervix and vagina. This offers the greatest opportunity for direct delivery to tumor with the lowest chance of inducing side effects. The topical formulations may further include one or more ofthe wide variety of agents known to be effective as skin or stratum corneum penetration enhancers. Examples of these are 2-pyrcolidone, N- methyl-2 -pyrrolidone, dimethylacetamide, dimethylformamide, propylene glycol, methyl or isopropyl alcohol, dimethyl sulfoxide, and azone. Additional agents may further be included to make the formulation cosmetically acceptable. Examples of these are fats, waxes, oils, dyes, fragrances, preservatives, stabilizers, and surface active agents. Keratolytic agents such as those known in the art may also be included. Examples are salicylic acid and sulfur. Dosage forms for the topical or transdermal administration include powders, sprays, ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, solutions, patches, and inhalants. The subject nucleic acids may be mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and with any preservatives, buffers, or propellants which may be required. The ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain, in addition to a subject nucleic acid molecule, excipients, such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
Powders and sprays can contain, in addition to a subject nucleic acid therapeutic agent, excipients such as lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicates, and polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances. Sprays can additionally contain customary propellants, such as chlorofluorohydrocarbons and volatile unsubstituted hydrocarbons, such as butane and propane.
Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for parenteral administration may comprise one or more nucleic acid therapeutic agents in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable sterile isotonic aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, or sterile powders which may be reconstituted into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use, which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood ofthe intended recipient or suspending or thickening agents. Examples of suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers wliich may be employed in the pharmaceuticalal compositions ofthe disclosure include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils, such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters, such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials, such as lecithin, by the maintenance ofthe required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants. These compositions may also contain adjuvants, such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents. Prevention ofthe action of microorganisms maybe ensured by tlie inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like into the compositions. In addition, prolonged absorption ofthe injectable pharmaceuticalal form maybe brought about by the inclusion of agents which delay absorption, such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of one or more nucleic acid therapeutic agents in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending on the ratio of drug to polymer, and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) andpoly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissue.
Formulations for intravaginal or rectally administration may be presented as a suppository, which may be prepared by mixing one or more compounds of the disclosure with one or more suitable nonirritating excipients or carriers comprising, for example, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, a suppository wax or a salicylate, and which is solid at room temperature, but liquid at body temperature and, therefore, will melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound. In certain embodiments, the nucleic acids ofthe instant disclosure are formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable agent that allows for the effective distribution ofthe nucleic acid compounds ofthe instant disclosure in the physical location most suitable for their desired activity. Non-limiting examples of such pharmaceutically acceptable agents include: PEG, phospholipids, phosphorothioates, P-glycoprotein inhibitors (such as Pluronic P85) which can enhance entry of drugs into various tissues, biodegradable polymers, such as poly (DL-lactide- coglycolide) microspheres for sustained release delivery after implantation (Emerich, DF et al, 1999, Cell Transplant, 8, 47-58), and loaded nanoparticles such as those made of polybutylcyanoacrylate, which can deliver drugs across the blood brain barrier and can alter neuronal uptake mechanisms (Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry, 23, 941-949, 1999). In other embodiments, certain ofthe nucleic acid compounds ofthe instant disclosure can be expressed within cells from eukaryotic promoters (e.g., Izant and Weintraub, 1985, Science, 229, 345; McGarry and Lindquist, 1986, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA 83, 399; Scanlon et al, 1991, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 88, 10591-5; Kashani-Sabet et al., 1992, Antisense Res. Dev., 2, 3-15; Dropulic et al., 1992, J. Virol., 66, 1432-41; Weerasinghe et al., 1991, J. Virol, 65,
5531-4; Ojwang et al, 1992, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89, 10802-6; Chen et al, 1992, Nucleic Acids Res., 20, 4581-9; Sarver et al., 1990 Science, 247, 1222-1225; Thompson et al., 1995, Nucleic Acids Res., 23, 2259; Good et al., 1997, Gene Therapy, 4, 45). Those skilled in the art realize that any nucleic acid can be expressed in eukaryotic cells from the appropriate DNA/RNA vector. The activity of such nucleic acids can be augmented by their release from the primary transcript by an enzymatic nucleic acid (Draper et al, PCT WO 93/23569, and Sullivan et al., PCT WO 94/02595; Ohkawa et al., 1992, Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser., 27, 15-6; Taira et al., 1991, Nucleic Acids Res., 19, 5125-30; Ventura et al., 1993, Nucleic Acids Res., 21, 3249-55; Chowrira et al., 1994, J. Biol. Chem., 269, 25856; all of these references are hereby incorporated in their totalities by reference herein). Gene therapy approaches specific to the CNS are described by Blesch et al., 2000, Drug News Perspect, 13, 269-280; Peterson et al., 2000, Cent. Nerv.,Syst. Dis., 485-508; Peel and Klein, 2000, J. Neurosci. Methods, 98, 95-104; Hagihara et al., 2000, Gene Ther., 7, 759-763; andHeπlinger et al., 2000, Methods Mol. Med., 35, 287-312. AAV-mediated delivery of nucleic acid to cells ofthe nervous system is further described by Kaplitt et al., U.S. Pat. No. 6,180,613.
In another aspect ofthe disclosure, RNA molecules ofthe present disclosure are preferably expressed from transcription units (see for example Couture et al., 1996, TIG., 12, 510) inserted into DNA or RNA vectors. The recombinant vectors are preferably DNA plasmids or viral vectors. Ribozyme expressing viral vectors can be constructed based on, but not limited to, adeno-associated virus, retrovirus, adenovirus, or alphaviras. Preferably, the recombinant vectors capable of expressing the nucleic acid compounds are delivered as described above, and persist in target cells. Alternatively, viral vectors can be used that provide for transient expression of nucleic acid compounds. Such vectors can be repeatedly administered as necessary. Once expressed, the nucleic acid compound binds to the target mRNA. Delivery of nucleic acid compound expressing vectors can be systemic, such as by intravenous or intramuscular administration, by administration to target cells ex-planted from the patient followed by reintroduction into the patient, or by any other means that would allow for introduction into the desired target cell (for a review see Couture et al., 1996, TIG., 12, 510).
In one aspect, the disclosure contemplates an expression vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding at least one ofthe nucleic acid compounds ofthe instant disclosure. The nucleic acid sequence is operably linked in a manner which allows expression ofthe nucleic acid compound ofthe disclosure. For example, the disclosure features an expression vector comprising: a) a transcription initiation region (e.g., eukaryotic pol I, II or III initiation region); b) a transcription termination region (e.g., eukaryotic pol I, II or III termination region); c) a nucleic acid sequence encoding at least one ofthe nucleic acid catalyst ofthe instant disclosure; and wherein said sequence is operably linked to said initiation region and said termination region, in a manner which allows expression and/or delivery of said nucleic acid compound. The vector can optionally include an open reading frame (ORF) for a protein operably linked on the 5' side or the 3'-side ofthe sequence encoding the nucleic acid catalyst ofthe disclosure; and/or an intron (intervening sequences).
EXEMPLIFICATION
The disclosure now being generally described, it will be more readily understood by reference to the following examples, which are included merely for purposes of illustration of certain aspects and embodiments ofthe present disclosure, and are not intended to limit the disclosure.
Example 1. Soluble derivatives ofthe extracellular domains of human Ephrin B2 and EphB4 proteins
Soluble derivatives ofthe extracellular domains of human Ephrin B2 and EphB4 proteins represent either truncated full-length predicted extracellular domains of Ephrin B2 (B4ECv3, B2EC) or translational fusions of the domains with constant region of human immunoglobulins
(IgGl Fc fragment), such as B2EC-FC, B4ECv2-FC and B4ECv3-FC. Representative human
Ephrin B2 constructs and human EphB4 constructs are shown Figures 14 and 15.
The cDNA fragments encoding these recombinant proteins were subcloned into mammalian expression vectors, expressed in transiently or stably transfected mammalian cell lines and purified to homogeneity as described in detail in Materials and Methods section (see below). Predicted amino acid sequences ofthe proteins are shown in Figures 1-5. High purity of the isolated proteins and their recognition by the conesponding anti-Ephrin B2 and anti-EphB4 monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies were confirmed. The recombinant proteins exhibit the expected high-affinity binding, binding competition and specificity properties with their conesponding binding partners as conoborated by the biochemical assays (see e.g., Figures 6-8).
Such soluble derivative proteins human Ephrin B2 and EphB4 exhibit potent biological activity in several cell-based assays and in vivo assays which measure angiogenesis or anti- cancer activities, and are therefore perspective drug candidates for anti-angiogenic and anti- cancer therapy. B4ECv3 as well as B2EC and B2EC-FC proteins blocked chemotaxis of human endothelial cells (as tested with umbilical cord and hepatic AECs or VECs), with a decrease in degradation ofthe extracellular matrix, Matrigel, and a decrease in migration in response to growth factor stimuli (Figures 9-11). B4ECv3 and B2EC-FC proteins have potent anti- angiogenic effect as demonstrated by their inhibition of endothelial cell tube formation (Figures 12-13).
Materials and Methods
1) Mammalian expression vectors for producing recombinant soluble derivatives of Ephrin B2 and Eph B4
Plasmids vectors for expressing recombinant soluble derivatives of Ephrin B2 and EphB4 were based on pEF6/V5-His-TOPO vector (Invitrogen), pIG (Novagen) or pRK5. pEF6/V5-His- TOPO contains human elongation factor la enhancer/promoter and blasticidin resistance marker. pIG vector is designed for high-level expression of protein fusions with Fc portion of human IgGlunder CMV promoter control and pRK5 is a general purpose CMV promoter-containing mammalian expression vector. To generate plasmid construct pEF6-B4EC-NT, cDNA fragment of human EphB4 was amplified by PCR using oligo primers 5 ' -GGATCCGCC ATGGAGCTC CGGGTGCTGCT-3' and 5'-TGGATCCCT GCTCCCGC CAGCCCTCG CTCTCATCCA-3', and TOPO-cloned into pEF6/V5-His-TOPO vector. pEF6-hB4ECv3 was derived frompEFδ- B4ECNT by digesting the plasmid DNA with EcoRV and BstBI, filling-in the ends with Klenow enzyme and religating tl e vector. Recombinant EphB4 derivative encoded by pEF6-B4EC-NT does not contain epitope- or purification tags, while the similar B4ECv3 protein encoded by pEF6-hB4ECv3 contains V5 epitope tag and 6xHis tag on its C-terminus to facilitate purification from conditioned media. Plasmid construct pEF6-hB2EC was created by PCR amplification of Ephrin B2 cDNA using oligo primers 5'- TGGATCCAC CATGGCTGT GAGAAGGGAC-3' plus 5 '-ATTAATGGTGATGGT GAT GATGACTAC CCACTTCGG
AACCGAGGATGTTGTTC-3' and TOPO-cloning into pEF6/V5-His-TOPO vector. Plasmid construct pIG-hB2EC-FC was created by PCR amplification of Ephrin B2 cDNA with oligo primers 5'-TAAAGCTTCCGCCATGG CTGTGAGAAGGGAC-3' and 5'- TAGGATCCACTTCGGA ACCGAGGATGTTGTT CCC-3' , followed by TOPO-cloning and sequencing the resulting PCR fragment with consecutive subcloning in pIG hlgGl Fc fusion expression vector cut with Bam HI and Hind III. Similarly, pIG-hB2EC and pIG-hB4ECv3 were generated by PCR amplifying portions of EphB4 ECD cDNA using oligo primers 5'- ATAAGCTTCC GCCATGGAGC TCCGGGTGCTG-3' plus 5'-TTGGATCCTGCTCCCG CCAGCCCTCGC TCTCATC-3' with consecutive subcloning into pIG hlgGl Fc fusion expression vector cut with Bam HI and Hind III. Predicted sequences of the proteins encoded by the vectors described above are shown in Figures 1-5.
2) Mammalian cell culture and transfections
HEK293T (human embryonic kidney line) cells were maintained in DMEM with 10%) dialyzed fetal calf serum and 1% penicillin/streptomycin/neomycin antibiotics. Cells were maintained at 37 °C in a humidified atmosphere of 5% CO2/95% air. Transfections were performed using Lipofectamine 2000 reagent (Invitrogen) according to the manufacturer's protocol. One day before transfections, 293T cells were seeded at a high density to reach 80% confluence at the time of transfection. Plasmid DNA and Lipofectamine reagent at 1:3 ratio were diluted in Opti-MEM I reduced serum medium (Invitrogen) for 5 min and mixed together to form DNA:Lipofectamine complex. For each 10 cm culture dish, 10 μg of plasmid DNA was used. After 20 min, above complex was added directly to cells in culture medium. After 16 hours of transfection, medium was aspirated, washed once with serum free DMEM and replaced with serum free DMEM. Secreted proteins were harvested after 48 hours by collecting conditional medium. Conditional medium was clarified by centrifugation at 10,000 g for 20 min, filtered through 0.2 μm filter and used for purification. 3) Generating stable cell lines
To create stable cell lines producing EphB4ECv3 and EphB4ECnt HEK293 or HEK293T cells were transfected with either pEF6-B4ECv3 or pEF6-B4EC-NT plasmid constructs as described above and selected using antibiotic Blasticidin. After 24 hours of transfection, cells were seeded at low density. Next day, cells were freated with 10 μg/ml of Blasticidin. After two weeks of drug selection, surviving cells were pooled and selected further for single cell clone expansion. After establishing stable cells, they were maintained at 4 μg/ml Blasticidin. Conditioned media were tested to confirm expression and secretion ofthe respective recombinant proteins. Specificity of expression was confirmed by Western blot with anti-B4 mono- or polyclonal ABs and B2EC-AP reagent binding and competition assays.
4) Protein purification
HEK293 cells were transiently transfected with a plasmid encoding secreted form of EphB4ectodomain (B4ECv3). Conditional media was harvested and supplemented with 10 mM imidazole, 0.3 M NaCl and centrifuged at 20,000g for 30 min to remove cell debris and insoluble particles. 80 ml of obtained supernatant were applied onto the pre-equilibrated column with 1 ml of Ni-NT A-agarose (Qiagen) at the flow rate of 10 ml/h. After washing the column with 10 ml of 50 mM Tris-HCl, 0.3 M NaCl and 10 mM imidazole, pH 8, remaining proteins were eluted with 3 ml of 0.25 M imidazole. Eluted proteins were dialyzed against 20 mM Tris-HCl, 0.15 M NaCl, pH 8 overnight. Purity and identity of B4ECv3 was verified by PAGE/Coomassie G-250 and Western blot with anti-Eph.B4 antibody. Finally, the concenfration of B4ECv3 was measured, and the protein was aliquoted and stored at -70 °C.
B4EC-FC protein and B2EC-FC protein were similarly purified.
5) Biochemical Assays
A. binding assay
10 μl of Ni-NT A- Agarose were incubated in microcentrifuge tubes with 50 μl of indicated amount of B4ECv3 diluted in binding buffer BB (20 mM Tris-HCl, 0.15 M NaCl, 0.1%) bovine serum albumin pH 8) After incubation for 30 min on shaking platform, Ni-NTA beads were washed twice with 1.4 ml of BB, followed by application of 50 μl of B2-AP in the final concentration of 50 nM. Binding was perfonned for 30 min on shaking platform, and then tubes were centrifuged and washed one time with 1.4 ml of BB. Amount of precipitated AP was measured colorimetrically after application of PNPP.
B. Iinhibition assay
Inhibition in solution. Different amounts of B4ECv3 diluted in 50 μl of BB were pre- incubated with 50 μl of 5 nM B2EC-AP reagent (protein fusion of Ephrin B2 ectodomain with placental alkaline phosphatase). After incubation for 1 h, unbound B2EC-AP was precipitated with 5,000 HEK293 cells expressing membrane-associated full-length EphB4 for 20 min. Binding reaction was stopped by dilution with 1.2 ml of BB, followed by centrifugation for 10 min. Supematants were discarded and alkaline phosphatase activities associated with collected cells were measured by adding para-nifrophenyl phosphate (PNPP) substrate.
Cell based inhibition. B4ECv3 was serially diluted in 20 mM Tris-HCl, 0.15 M NaCl, 0.1%) BSA, pH 8 and mixed with 5,000 HEK293 cells expressing membrane-associated full- length Ephrin B2. After incubation for 1 h, 50 μl of 5 nM B4EC-AP reagent (protein fusion of EphB4 ectodomain with placental alkaline phosphatase were added into each tube for 30 min to detect unoccupied Ephrin B2 binding sites. Binding reactions were stopped by dilution with 1.2 ml of BB and centrifugation. Colorimetric reaction of cell-precipitated AP was developed with PNPP substrate.
C. B4EC-FC binding assay
Protein A-agarose based assay. 10 μl of Protein A-agarose were incubated in Eppendorf tubes with 50 μl of indicated amount of B4EC-FC diluted in binding buffer BB (20 mM Tris- HCl, 0.15 M NaCl, 0.1% BSA pH 8). After incubation for 30 min on shaking platform, Protein AAagarose beads were washed twice with 1.4 ml of BB, followed by application of 50 μl of B2ECAP reagent at the final concentration of 50 nM. Binding was performed for 30 min on shaking platform, and then tubes were centrifuged and washed once with 1.4 ml of BB. Colorimetric reaction of precipitated AP was measured after application of PNPP (Fig. 6). Nitrocellulose based assay. B4EC-FC was serially diluted in 20 mM Tris-HCl, 0.15 M NaCl, 50 μg/ml BSA, pH 8. 2 μl of each fraction were applied onto nitrocellulose strip and spots were dried out for 3 min. Nifrocellulose strip was blocked with 5% non-fat milk for 30 min, followed by incubation with 5 nM B2EC-AP reagent. After 45 min incubation for binding, nifrocellulose was washed twice with 20 mM Tris-HCl, 0.15 M NaCl, 50 μg/ml BSA, pH 8 and color was developed by application of alkaline phosphatase substrate Sigma Fast (Sigma).
P. B4EC-FC inliibition assay
Inhibition in solution. See above, for B4ECv3. The results were shown in Figure 7.
Cell based inhibition. See above, for B4ECv3.
E. B2EC-FC binding assay
Protein-A-agarose based assay. See above, for B4EC-FC. The results were shown in Figure 8.
Nitrocellulose based assay. See above, for B4EC-FC.
6) Cell-Based Assays
A. Growth Inhibition Assay
Human umbilical cord vein endothelial cells (HUVEC) (1.5x103) are plated in a 96-well plate in 100 μl of EBM-2 (Clonetic # CC3162). After 24 hours (day 0), the test recombinant protein (100 μl) is added to each well at 2X the desired concenfration (5-7 concenfration levels) in EBM-2 medium. On day 0, one plate is stained with 0.5% crystal violet in 20% methanol for 10 minutes, rinsed with water, and air-dried. The remaining plates are incubated for 72 h at 37 °C. After 72 h, plates are stained with 0.5% crystal violet in 20%> methanol, rinsed with water and airdried. The stain is eluted with 1:1 solution of ethanol: 0.1 M sodium citrate (including day 0 plate), and absorbance is measured at 540 nm with an ELISA reader (Dynatech Laboratories). Day 0 absorbance is subtracted from the 72 h plates and data is plotted as percentage of confrol proliferation (vehicle freated cells). IC50 (drag concentration causing 50%> inhibition) is calculated from the plotted data. B. Cord Formation Assay (Endothelial Cell Tube Formation Assay)
Matrigel (60 μl of 10 mg/ml; Collaborative Lab # 35423) is placed in each well of an ice- cold 96-well plate. The plate is allowed to sit at room temperature for 15 minutes then incubated at 37 °C for 30 minutes to permit the matrigel to polymerize. In the mean time, HUVECs are prepared in EGM-2 (Clonetic # CC3162) at a concentration of 2X105 cells/ml. The test compound is prepared at 2X the desired concenfration (5 concentration levels) in the same medium. Cells (500 μl) and 2X drug (500 μl) is mixed and 200 μl of this suspension are placed in duplicate on the polymerized matrigel. After 24 h incubation, triplicate pictures are taken for each concenfration using a Bioquant Image Analysis system. Drug effect (IC50) is assessed compared to untreated confrols by measuring the length of cords formed and number of junctions.
C. Cell Migration Assay
Migration is assessed using the 48-well Boyden chamber and 8 μmpore size collagen- coated (10 μg/ml rat tail collagen; Collaborative Laboratories) polycarbonate filters (Osmonics, Inc.). The bottom chamber wells receive 27-29 μl of DMEM medium alone (baseline) or medium containing chemo-atfractant (bFGF, VEGF or Swiss 3T3 cell conditioned medium). The top chambers receive 45 μl of HUVEC cell suspension (1X106 cells/ml) prepared in DMEM+1% BSA with or without test compound. After 5 h incubation at 37 °C, the membrane is rinsed in PBS, fixed and stained in Diff-Quick solutions. The filter is placed on a glass slide with the migrated cells facing down and cells on top are removed using a Kimwipe. The testing is performed in 4-6 replicates and five fields are counted from each well. Negative unstimulated confrol values are subtracted from stimulated control and drug freated values and data is plotted as mean migrated cell ± S.D. IC50 is calculated from the plotted data.
Example 2. Exfracellular domain fragments of EphB4 receptor inhibit angiogenesis and tumor growth.
A. Globular domain of EphB4 is required for EphrinB2 binding and for the activity of EphB4- derived soluble proteins in endothelial tube formation assay. To identify subdomain(s) ofthe ectopic part of EphB4 necessary and sufficient for the anti-angiogenic activity ofthe soluble recombinant derivatives ofthe receptor, four recombinant deletion variants of EphB4EC were produced and tested (Fig. 16). Exfracellular part of EphB4, similarly to the other members of EphB and EphA receptor family, contains N-terminal ligand- binding globular domain followed by cysteine-rich domain and two fibronectin type III repeats (FNIII). In addition to the recombinant B4-GCF2 protein containing the complete ectopic part of EphB4, we constracted three deletion variants of EphB4EC containing globular domain and Cys- rich domain (B4-GC); globular, Cys-rich and the first FNIII domain (GCF1) as well as the ECD version with deleted globular domain (CF2). Our attempts to produce several versions of truncated EphB4EC protein containing the globular domain alone were not successful due to the lack of secretion of proteins expressed from all these constructs and absence of ligand binding by the infracellularly expressed recombinant proteins. In addition, a non-tagged version of B4- GCF2, called GCF2-F, containing complete exfracellular domain of EphB4 with no additional fused amino acids was expressed, purified and used in some ofthe experiments described here. All four C-terminally 6xHis tagged recombinant proteins were preparatively expressed in transiently transfected cultured mammalian cells and affinity purified to homogeneity from the conditioned growth media using chromatography on Ni2+-chelate resin (Fig. 17). Apparently due to their glycosylation, the proteins migrate on SDS-PAAG somewhat higher than suggested by their predicted molecular weights of 34.7 kDa (GC), 41.5 (CF2), 45.6 kDa (GCF1) and 57.8 kDa (GCF2). Sequence of the extracellular domain of human EphB4 contains three predicted N- glycosylation sites (NXS/T) which are located in the Cys-rich domain, within the first fibronectin type III repeat and between the first and the second fibronectin repeats.
To confirm ability ofthe purified recombinant proteins to bind Ephrin B2, they were tested in an in vitro binding assay. As expected, GC, GCF1 and GCF2, but not CF2 are binding the cognate ligand Ephrin B2 as confirmed by interaction between Ephrin B2 - alkaline phosphatase (Ephrin B2-AP) fusion protein with the B4 proteins immobilized on Ni2+"resin or on nifrocellulose membrane (Fig. 17).
All four proteins were also tested for their ability to block ligand-dependent dimerization and activation of Eph B4 receptor kinase in PC3 cells. The PC3 human prostate cancer cell line is known to express elevated levels of human Eph B4. Stimulation of PC3 cells with Ephrin B2 IgG Fc fusion protein leads to a rapid induction of tyrosine phosphorylation ofthe receptor. However, preincubation ofthe ligand with GCF2, GCF1 or GC, but not CF2 proteins suppresses subsequent EphB4 autophosphorylation. Addition ofthe proteins alone to the PC3 cells or preincubation ofthe cells with the proteins followed by changing media and adding the ligand does not affect EphB4 phosphorylation status.
Further, we found that globular domain of EphB4 is required for the activity of EphB4- derived soluble proteins in endothelial tube formation assay.
B. Effects of soluble EphB4 on HUV/AEC in vitro.
Initial experiments were performed to determine whether soluble EphB4 affected the three main stages in the angiogenesis pathway. These were carried out by establishing the effects of soluble EphB 4 on migration / invasion, proliferation and tubule formation by HUV/AEC in vitro. Exposure to soluble EphB4 significantly inhibited both bFGF and VEGF-induced migration in the Boyden chamber assay in a dose-dependent manner, achieving significance at nM (Fig. 18). Tubule formation by HUV/AECS on wells coated with Matrigel was significantly inhibited by soluble EphB4 in a dose-dependent manner in both the absence and presence of bFGF and VEGF (Fig. 19). We also assessed in vitro, whether nM of soluble EphB4 was cytotoxic for HUVECS. Soluble EphB4 was found to have no detectable cytotoxic effect at these doses, as assessed by MTS assay (Fig. 20).
C. Soluble EphB4 receptor Inhibits Vascularization of Matrigel Plugs, in vivo To demonstrate that soluble EphB4 can directly inhibit angiogenesis in vivo, we performed a murine matrigel plug experiment. Matrigel supplemented with bFGF and VEGF with and without soluble EphB4 was injected s.c. into Balb/C nu/numice, forming semi-solid plugs, for six days. Plugs without growth factors had virtually no vascularization or vessel stractures after 6 days (Fig. 21). In contrast, plugs supplemented with bFGF and VEGF had extensive vascularization and vessels throughout the plug. Plugs taken from mice freated with μg of soluble EphB4 had markedly reduced vascularization of plugs, comparable to plugs without growth factor (Fig. 21). Furthermore, histological examination of plugs showed decreased vessel staining (Fig. 21). Treatment at 0 μg/dose significantly inhibited the amount of infiltration in Matrigel plugs compared to control (Fig. 21). We examined EphB4 receptor phosphorylation in HUVECs by performing Western blot analyses with lysates from soluble EphB4-freated cells and antibodies against phosphor-tyrosine. We found that soluble EphB4 freatment of serum-starved HUVECs stimulated a rapid and transient decrease in the level of phosphorylated EphB4, in the presence of EphrinB2Fc, EphB4 ligand dimer. Ephrin B2Fc without the soluble EphB4 protein induced phosphorylation of EphB4 receptor (Fig. 22).
D. Effects of soluble EphB4 on tumor growth, in vitro.
We found that soluble EphB4 inhibits the growth of SCC 15 tumors grown in Balb/C Nu/Nu mice (Fig. 23). E. Soluble EphB4 inhibited corneal neovascularization
To further investigate the antiangiogenic activity of soluble EphB4 in vivo, we studied the inhibitory effect of adminisfration of soluble EphB4 on neovascularization in the mouse cornea induced by bFGF. Hydron Pellets implanted into corneal micropocket could induce angiogenesis, in the presence of growth factors, in a typically avascular area. The angiogenesis response in mice cornea was moderate, the appearance of vascular buds was delayed and the new capillaries were sparse and grew slowly. Compared with the confrol group, on day 7 of implantation, the neovascularization induced by bFGF in mice cornea was markedly inhibited in soluble EphB4-treated group (Fig. 24).
F. Effects of soluble EphB4 on tumor growth, in vivo. The same model was used to determine the effects of soluble EphB4 in vivo. SCC15 tumors implanted subcutaneously, pre-incubated with mafrigel and with or w/o growth factors, as well as implanted sc alone, and mice freated sc or ip daily with l-5ug of soluble EphB4 were carried out.
Tumors in the confrol group continued to grow steadily over the treatment period, reaching a final tumor volume of mm3. However, animals injected with soluble EphB4 exhibited a significantly (p<0.0/) reduced growth rate, reaching a final tumor volume of only mm3 (Fig. 25). Similar results were obtained in two further cohorts of such tumor-bearing mice. Soluble EphB4 administration appeared to be well tolerated in vivo, with no significant effect on body weight or the general well-being ofthe animals (as determined by the absence of lethargy, intermittent hunching, tremors or disturbed breathing patterns).
G. Effects of soluble EphB4 on tumor histology.
Histological analysis revealed the presence of a cenfral area of necrosis in all SCC15 tumors, which was usually surrounded by a viable rim of tumor cells um in width. The central necrotic areas were frequently large and confluent and showed loss of cellular detail. Necrosis, assessed as a percentage of tumor section area, was significantly (p<0.02) more extensive in the soluble EphB4-treated group (% necrosis in freated vs. confrol). To determine whether the reduced volume of soluble EphB4 freated tumors was due to an effect of this protein on the tumor vascular supply, endothelial cells in blood vessels were identified in tumor sections using immunostaining with an anti-platelet cell adhesion molecule (PECAM-1; CD31) antibody (Fig. 26) and the density of microvessels was assessed. Microvessel density was similar in the outer viable rim of tumor cells (the uniform layer of cells adjacent to the tumor periphery with well defined nuclei) in confrol and soluble EphB4-freated tumors. Microvessel density was significantly in the inner, less viable region of tumor cells abutting the necrotic cenfral areas in soluble EphB4-treated than confrol tumors. Fibrin deposition, as identified by Masson's Trichrome staining, was increased in and around blood vessels in the inner viable rim and the central necrotic core of soluble EphB4 treated than control tumors. In the outer viable rim of soluble EphB4 freated tumors, although the vessel lumen remained patent and contained red blood cells, fibrin deposition was evident around many vessels. Soluble EphB4 was found to have no such effects on the endothelium in the normal tissues examined (lungs, liver and kidneys).
H. Materials and Methods
1) Expression constructs To construct expression vectors for producing soluble, 6xHis-tagged EphB4-ECD variants, cloned full-length human EphB4 cDNA was amplified by PCR using the following oligo primers: TACTAGTCCGCCATGGAGCTCCGGGTGCTGCT (common EphB4 N- terminal primer) and GCGGCCGCTTAATGGTGATGGTGA TGATGAGCCGAAGGA GGGGTGGTGCA (B4-GC), AGCGGCCGCTTAATGGTGATGGTGAT GATGGACATTGA CAGGCTCAAATGGGA (B4-GCF1) or TGCGGCCGCTTAATGGTGATGGTGATGAT GCTGCTCCCGCCAGCCCTCGCTCTCAT (B4-GCF2). The resulting PCR fragments were TA-cloned into mammalian expression vector pEF6/V5-His-TOPO (Invitrogen) under EF-lα promoter confrol. The expressed recombinant proteins encode the following fragments ofthe mature exfracellular part of human EphB4: amino acid positions 1-522 (GCF2), 1-412 (GCFl) and 1-312 (GC). To generate the B4-CF2 deletion (δ amino acids 13-183) PCR fragment for pEF6 cloning, EphB4 cDNA was amplified by two-step overlap PCR using oligo primers TACTAGTCCGCCATGGAGCTCCGGGTGCTGCT, CAGCTGAGTTTCCAATTTTGTGTTC, GAACACAAAATTGGAAACTCAGCTGACTGTGAACCTGAC and GCGGCCGCCCTG CTCCCGCCAGCCCTCGCT.
Vector for producing secreted human EphrinB2-alkaline phosphatase (B2-AP) reagent was constructed by PCR amplification of human Ephrin B2 cDNA using primers TAAAGCTTCCGCCATGGCTGTGAGAAGGGAC and TAGGATCCTTCGGAACCG AGGATGTTGTTCCC and cloning the resulting fragment, digested with Hind III and Bam HI, into Hind III-Bgl II digested pAPTag2 vector (GenHunter, Inc.). In each case, inserts in expression vectors were verified by complete sequencing.
2) Antibodies and other reagents
Anti-Eph B4 monoclonal antibodies mAB79 and mAB23 were raised in mice against the GCF2 protem containing amino acids 1-522 of mature human EphB4 and purified from hybridoma supematants by Protein A chromatography. The anti-phosphotyrosine antibody 4G10 was from UBI (Lake Placid, NY). Protein G-HRP conjugate was purchased from Bio-Rad.
3) Expression and purification of EphB4-derived recombinant proteins
To produce the EphB4-ECD soluble proteins, cultured human embryonic kidney cells HEK293T were transfected with the conesponding plasmid constructs using standard calcium phosphate or Lipofectamin 2000 reagent (Invitrogen) protocols. Twelve to sixteen hours post- transfection, the growth medium (DMEM+10%> fetal bovine serum) was aspirated, cells washed once with serum free DMEM and replaced with serum free DMEM. Conditioned media containing the secreted proteins were harvested 72-96 hours later, clarified by centrifugation and used for purification of His-tagged proteins using Ni-NTA Agarose (Qiagen). The purity and quantity ofthe recombinant proteins was tested by SDS-PAAG electrophoresis with Coomassie Blue or silver staining, Western blotting and UV spectroscopy. Purified proteins were dialyzed against 20 mM Tris-HCl, 0.15 M NaCl, pH 8 and stored at -70 °C.
To test ligand binding properties ofthe proteins, 10 μl of Ni-NT A- Agarose (Qiagen) were incubated in microcentrifuge tubes with 10-500 ng sample of a B4-ECD protein diluted in 0.5 ml of binding buffer BB (20 mM Tris-HCl, 0.15 M NaCl, 0.1% bovine serum albumin, pH 8). After incubation for 30 min on shaking platform, Ni-NTA beads were washed twice with 1.4 ml of BB, followed by addition of B2-AP fusion protein at concenfration of 50 nM. Binding was performed for 30 min on a shaking platform. Tubes were centrifuged and washed once with 1.4 ml of BB. Amount of precipitated AP was measured colorimetrically at 420 nm after application of p-nifrophenyl phosphate (PNPP) and incubation for 5-30 min.
4) hnmunoprecipitation
All lysates were processed at 4 °C. Cells were lysed in 1 ml of buffer containing 20 mM Hepes at pH 7.4, 100 mM sodium chloride, 50 mM sodium fluoride, 2 mM EDTA, 2 mM EGTA, 1 mM sodium orthovanadate, 1%>(V/V) NP-40, 0.5% (w/v) sodium deoxycholate, 1 mM phenyl methylsulphonyl fluoride (added freshly) and 100U Trasylol. Lysates were scraped into Eppendorf tubes and 50 μl of boiled, formalin-fixed Staphylococcus aureus was added (Calbiochem, San Diego). After 30 min of mixing, the lysates were centrifuged for 5 min at 25,000g in a minifuge and the supematants transfened to new tubes containing the appropriate antibody. Lysates were mixed with antibodies for 1 h, after which time 50 μl of protein A- Sepharose beads were added and the contents ofthe tubes mixed for 1 h to collect the immunoprecipitates. Protein A beads were collected by centrifugation at 25,000g for 30 s. The supematants were discarded and the beads washed three times with 1 ml lysis buffer minus deoxycholate.
5) Cell-based EphB4 tyrosine kinase assay
The human prostate carcinoma cell line PC3 cells were maintained in RPMI medium with 10%) dialyzed fetal calf serum and 1% penicillin streptomycin/neomycin antibiotics mix. Cells were maintained at 37 °C in a humidified atmosphere of 5% CO2/95% air. Typically, cells were grown in 60 mm dishes until confluency and were either freated with mouse Ephrin B2-Fc fusion at 1 μg/ml in RPMI for 10 min to activate EphB4 receptor or plain medium as a control. To study the effect of different derivatives of soluble EphB4 ECD proteins on EphB4 receptor activation, three sets of cells were used. In the first set, cells were treated with various proteins (5 proteins; GC, GCFl, GCF2, GCF2-F, CF2) at 5 μg/ml for 20 min. In the second set of cells, prior to application, proteins were premixed with ephrinB2-Fc at 1:5 (EphB4 protein: B2-Fc) molar ratio, incubated for 20 min and applied on cells for 10 min. hi the third set of cells, cells were first treated with the proteins for 20 min at 5 μg/ml, media was replaced with fresh media containing 1 μg/ml of EphrinB2-Fc and incubated for another 10 min.
After the stimulation, cells were immediately harvested with protein extraction buffer containing 20 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCl, 1% (v/v) Triton XI 00, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM PMSF, 1 mM Sodium vanadate. Protein extracts were clarified by centrifugation at 14,000 rpm for 20 min at 4 °C. Clarified protein samples were incubated overnight with protein A/G coupled agarose beads pre-coated with anti-EphB4 monoclonal antibodies. The IP complexes were washed twice with the same extraction buffer containing 0.1 % Triton XI 00. The immunoprecipitated proteins were solubilized in IX SDS-PAGE sample loading buffer and separated on 10%> SDS-PAGE. For EphB4 receptor activation studies, electroblotted membrane was probed with anti-pTyr specific antibody 4G 10 at 1 : 1000 dilution followed by Protein G- HRP conjugate at 1:5000 dilutions.
6) Cell Culture
Normal HUVECs were obtained from Cambrex (BioWhittaker) and maintained in EBM2 medium supplemented with 0.1 mg/ml endothelial growth supplement (crude extract from bovine brain), penicillin (50 U/ml), streptomycin (50 U/ml), 2 mmol/1 glutamine and 0.1 mg/ml sodium heparin. Aliquots of cells were preserved frozen between passages 1 and 3. For all experiments, HUVECs were used at passages 4 or below and collected from a confluent dish.
7) Endothelial Cell Tube Formation Assay Matrigel (60 μl of lOmg/ml; Collaborative Lab, Cat. No. 35423) was placed in each well of an ice-cold 96-well plate. The plate was allowed to sit at room temperature for 15 minutes then incubated at 37 °C for 30 minutes to permit Matrigel to polymerize. In the mean time, human umbilical vein endothelial cells were prepared in EGM-2 (Clonetic, Cat. No. CC3162) at a concentration of 2x105 cells/ml. The test protein was prepared at 2x the desired concentration (5 concenfration levels) in the same medium. Cells (500 μl) and 2x protein (500 μl) were mixed and 200 μl of this suspension were placed in duplicate on the polymerized Matrigel. After 24 h incubation, triplicate pictures were taken for each concenfration using a Bioquant Image Analysis system. Protein addition effect (IC50) was assessed compared to untreated controls by measuring the length of cords formed and number of junctions.
8) Cell Migration Assay
Chemotaxis of HUVECs to VEGF was assessed using a modified Boyden chamber, franswell membrane filter inserts in 24 well plates, 6.5 mm diam, 8 μm pore size, 10 μm thick matrigel coated, polycarbonate membranes (BD Biosciences). The cell suspensions of HUVECs (2x 105 cells/ml) in 200 μl of EBM were seeded in the upper chamber and the soluble EphB4 protein were added simultaneously with stimulant (VEGF or bFGF) to the lower compartment of the chamber and their migration across a polycarbonate filter in response to 10- 20 ng/ml of VEGF with or without 100 nM-1 μM test compound was investigated. After incubation for 4-24 h at 37 °C, the upper surface ofthe filter was scraped with swab and filters were fixed and stained with Diff Quick. Ten random fields at 200x mag were counted and the results expressed as mean # per field. Negative unstimulated confrol values were subtracted from stimulated confrol and protein freated sample values and the data was plotted as mean migrated cell ± S.D. IC50 was calculated from the plotted data.
9) Growth Inhibition Assay HUVEC (1.5xl03 cells) were plated in a 96-well plate in 100 μl of EBM-2 (Clonetic, Cat.
No. CC3162). After 24 hours (day 0), the test recombinant protein (100 μl) is added to each well at 2x the desired concentration (5-7 concentration levels) in EBM-2 medium. On day 0, one plate was stained with 0.5% crystal violet in 20% methanol for 10 minutes, rinsed with water, and air- dried. The remaining plates were incubated for 72 h at 37 °C. After 72 h, plates were stained with 0.5%) crystal violet in 20%> methanol, rinsed with water and air-dried. The stain was eluted with 1:1 solution of ethanol: 0.1M sodium citrate (including day 0 plate), and absorbance measured at 540 nm with an ELISA reader (Dynatech Laboratories). Day 0 absorbance was subtracted from the 72 h plates and data is plotted as percentage of control proliferation (vehicle freated cells). IC50 value was calculated from the plotted data. 10) Murine Matrigel Plug Angiogenesis Assay In vivo angiogenesis was assayed in mice as growth of blood vessels from subcutaneous tissue into a Matrigel plug containing the test sample. Matrigel rapidly forms a solid gel at body temperature, trapping the factors to allow slow release and prolonged exposure to surrounding tissues. Matrigel (8.13 mg/ml, 0.5 ml) in liquid form at 4 °C was mixed with Endothelial Cell Growth Supplement (ECGS), test proteins plus ECGS or Matrigel plus vehicle alone (PBS containing 0.25%> BSA). Matrigel (0.5ml) was injected into the abdominal subcutaneous tissue of female nu/nu mice (6 wks old) along the peritoneal mid line. There were 3 mice in each group. The animals were cared for in accordance with institutional and NIH guidelines. At day 6, mice were sacrificed and plugs were recovered and processed for histology. Typically the overlying skin was removed, and gels were cut out by retaining the peritoneal lining for support, fixed in 10%> buffered fonnalin in PBS and embedded in paraffin. Sections of 3 μm were cut and stained with H&E or Masson's trichrome stain and examined under light microscope
11) Mouse Comeal Micropocket assay
Mouse comeal micropocket assay was performed according to that detailed by Kenyon et al, 1996. Briefly, hydron pellets (polyhydroxyethylmethacrylate [polyHEMA], Interferon Sciences, New Brunswick, NJ, U.S.A.) containing either 90 ng of bFGF (R&D) or 180 ng of VEGF (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, MN, U.S.A.) and 40 μg of sucrose aluminium sulfate (Sigma) were prepared. Using an operating microscope, a stromal linear keratotomy was made with a surgical blade (Bard-Parker no. 15) parallel to the insertion ofthe lateral rectus muscle in an anesthetized animal. An infrasfromal micropocket was dissected using a modified von Graefe knife (2"30 mm). A single pellet was implanted and advanced toward the temporal co eal limbus (within 0±7±1±0 mm for bFGF pellets and 0±5 mm for VEGF pellets). The difference in pellet location for each growth factor was determined to be necessary given the relatively weaker angiogenic stimulation of VEGF in this model. Antibiotic ointment (erythromycin.) was then applied to the operated eye to prevent infection and to decrease surface irregularities. The subsequent vascular response was measured extending from the limbal vasculature toward the pellet and the contiguous circumferential zone of neovascularization Data and climcal photos presented here were obtained on day 6 after pellet implantation, which was found to be the day of maximal angiogenic response.
12) In vitro invasion assay "Matrigel" matrix-coated 9-mm cell culture inserts (pore size, 8 μm; Becton Dickinson, Franklin Lakes, NJ) were set in a 24-well plate. The HUVEC cells were seeded at a density of 5x103 cells per well into the upper layer ofthe culture insert and cultured with serum-free EBM in the presence of EphB4 ECD for 24 h. The confrol group was cultured in the same media without EphB4. Then 0.5 ml ofthe human SCC15 cell line, conditioned medium was filled into the lower layer ofthe culture insert as a chemo-atfractant. The cells were incubated for 24 h, then the remaining cells in the upper layer were swabbed with cotton and penetrating cells in the lower layer were fixed with 5%> glutaraldehyde and stained with Diff Quick. The total number of cells passing through the Matrigel matrix and each 8 μm pore ofthe culture insert wascounted using optical microscopy and designated as an invasion index (cell number/area).
13) SCC 15 tumor growth in mice
Subcutaneously inject logarithmically growing SCC15, head and neck squamous cell carcinoma cell line, at 5X106 cell density; with or without EphB4 ECD in the presence or absence of human bFGF, into athymic Balb/c nude mice, along with Matrigel (BD Bioscience) synthetic basement membrane (1:1 v/v), and examine tumors within 2 weeks. Tumor volumes in the EphB4 ECD group, in the presence and absence of growth factor after implantation were three-fold smaller than those in the vehicle groups. There was no difference in body weight between the groups. Immunohistochemical examination of cross-sections of resected tumors and TUNEL-positive apoptosis or necrosis, CD34 immunostaining, and BrdU proliferation rate will be performed, after deparaffinized, rehydrated, and quenched for endogenous peroxidase activity, and after 10 min permeabilization with proteinase K. Quantitative assessment of vascular densities will also be performed. Local infratumoral delivery or IV delivery of EphB4 ECD will also be performed twice a week.
30 athymic nude mice, BALB/c (nu/nu), were each injected with 1 x 106 B16 melanoma cells with 0.1 ml PBS mixed with 0.1 ml matrigel or 1.5 x 106 SCC15 cells resuspended in 200 μl of DMEM serum-free medium and injected subcutaneously on day 0 on the right shoulder region of mice. Proteins were injected intravenously or subcutaneously, around the tumor beginning on day 1 at a loading dose of 4 μg mg, with weekly injections of 2ug/mg. (10 μg/g, 50 μg/kg/day), and at 2 weeks post-inoculation. Mice are sacrificed on Day 14. Confrol mice received PBS 50 μl each day. 14) Tumor formation in nude mice
All animals were treated under protocols approved by the institutional animal care committees. Cancer cells (5x106) were subcutaneously inoculated into the dorsal skin of nude mice. When the tumor had grown to a size of about 100 mm3 (usually it took 12 days), sEphB4 was either infraperitoneally or subcutaneously injected once/day, and tumorigenesis was monitored for 2 weeks. Tumor volume was calculated according to the formula a2xb, where a and b are the smallest and largest diameters, respectively. A Student's t test was used to compare tumor volumes, with P<.05 being considered significant.
15) Quantification of microvessel density Tumors were fixed in 4%> formaldehyde, embedded in paraffin, sectioned by 5 μm, and stained with hematoxylineosin. Vessel density was semi-quantitated using a computer-based image analyzer (five fields per section from three mice in each group).
Example 3. EphB4 Is Upregulated and Imparts Growth Advantage in Prostate Cancer A. Expression of EphB4 in prostate cancer cell lines
We first examined the expression of EphB4 protein in a variety of prostate cancer cell lines by Western blot. We found that prostate cancer cell lines show marked variation in the abundance ofthe 120 kD EphB4. The levels were relatively high in PC3 and even higher in PC3M, a metastatic clone of PC3, while normal prostate gland derived cell lines (MLC) showed low or no expression of EphB4 (Fig. 27 A). We next checked the activation status of EphB4 in PC3 cells by phosphorylation study. We found that even under normal culture conditions, EphB4 is phosphorylated though it can be further induced by its ligand, ephrin B2 (Fig. 27B).
B. Expression of EphB4 in clinical prostate cancer samples
To determine whether EphB4 is expressed in clinical prostate samples, tumor tissues and adjacent normal tissue from prostate cancer surgical specimens were examined. The histological distribution of EphB4 in the prostate specimens was determined by immunohistochemistry. Clearly, EphB4 expression is confined to the neoplastic epithelium (Fig. 28, top left), and is absent in stromal and normal prostate epithelium (Fig. 28, top right). In prostate tissue anay, 24 ofthe 32 prostate cancers examined were positive. We found EphB4 mRNA is expressed both in the normal and tumor tissues of clinical samples by quantitative RT-PCR. However, tumor EphB4 mRNA levels were at least 3 times higher than in the normal in this case (Fig. 28, lower right).
C. p53 and PTEN inhibited the expression of EphB4 in PC3 cells PC3 cells are known to lack PTEN expression (Davis, et al., 1994, Science. 266:816-819) and wild-type p53 function (Gale, et al., 1997, Cell Tissue Res. 290:227-241). We investigated whether the relatively high expression of EphB4 is related to p53 and/or PTEN by re-introducing wild-type p53 and/or PTEN into PC3 cells. To compensate for the transfection efficiency and the dilution effect, transfected cells were sorted for the cotransfected truncated CD4 marker. We found that the expression of EphB4 in PC3 cells was reduced by the re-introduction of either wild-type p53 or PTEN. The co-transfection of p53 and PTEN did not further inhibit the expression of EphB4 (Fig. 29 A).
D. Retinoid X receptor (RXR α ) regulates the expression of EphB4
We previously found that RXRα was down-regulated in prostate cancer cell lines (Zhong, et al., 2003, Cancer Biol Ther. 2:179-184) and here we found EphB4 expression has the reverse expression pattern when we looked at "normal" prostate (MLC), prostate cancer (PC3), and metastatic prostate cancer (PC3M) (Fig. 27 A), we considered whether RXRα regulates the expression of EphB4. To confirm the relationship, the expression of EphB4 was compared between CWR22R and CWR22R-RXRα, which constitutively expresses RXRα. We found a modest decrease in EphB4 expression in the RXRα overexpressing cell line, while FGF8 has no effect on EphB4 expression. Consistent with initial results, EphB4 was not found in "normal" benign prostate hypertrophic cell line BPH-1 (Fig. 29B).
E. Growth factor signaling pathway of EGFR and IGF-IR regulates EphB4 expression
EGFR and IGF-IR have both been shown to have autocrine and paracrine action on PC3 cell growth. Because we found that EphB4 expression is higher in the more aggressive cell lines, we postulated that EphB4 expression might conelate with these pro-survival growth factors. We tested the relationship by independently blocking EGFR and IGF-IR signaling. EphB4 was down-regulated after blocking the EGFR signaling using EGFR kinase inhibitor AG 1478 (Fig. 30A) or upon blockade ofthe IGF-IR signaling pathway using IGF-IR neutralizing antibody (Fig. 30B).
F. EρhB4 siRNA and antisense ODNs inhibit PC3 cell viability
To define the significance of this EphB4 overexpression in our prostate cancer model, we concenfrated our study on PC3 cells, which have a relatively high expression of EphB4. The two approaches to decreasing EphB4 expression were siRNA and AS-ODNs. A number of different phosphorothioate-modified AS-ODNs complementary to different segments ofthe EphB4 coding region were tested for specificity and efficacy of EphB4 inhibition. Using 293 cells transiently transfected with full-length EphB4 expression vector AS-10 was found to be the most effective (Fig. 3 IB). A Similar approach was applied to the selection of specific siRNA. EphB4 siRNA 472 effectively knocks down EphB4 protein expression (Fig. 31 A). Both siRNA 472 and antisense AS-10 ODN reduced the viability of PC3 cells in a dose dependent manner (Fig. 31C, D). Unrelated siRNA or sense oligonucleotide had no effect on viability.
G. EphB4 siRNA and antisense ODNs inhibit the mobility of PC3 Cells PC3 cells can grow aggressively locally and can fonn lymph node metastases when injected orthotopically into mice. In an effort to study the role of EphB4 on migration of PC3 cells in vitro, we performed a wound-healing assay. When a wound was introduced into a monolayer of PC3 cells, over the course ofthe next 20 hours cells progressively migrated into the cleared area. However, when cells were transfected with siRNA 472 and the wound was infroduced, this migration was significantly inhibited (Fig. 3 IE). Prefreatment of PC3 cells with 10 μM EphB4 AS-10 for 12 hours generated the same effect (Fig. 31F). In addition, knock-down of EphB4 expression in PC3 cells with siRNA 472 severely reduced the ability of these cells to invade Mafrigel as assessed by a double-chamber invasion assay (Fig. 31G), compared to the confrol siRNA. H. EphB4 siRNA induces cell cycle arrest and apoptosis in PC3 cells
Since knock-down of EphB4 resulted in decreased cell viability (Fig. 31C) we sought to determine whether this was due to effects on the cell cycle. In comparison to confrol siRNA transfected cells, siRNA 472 resulted in an accumulation of cells in the sub GO and S phase fractions compared to cells treated with control siRNA. The sub GO fraction increased from 1 %> to 7.9%, and the S phase fraction from 14.9 % to 20.8 % in siRNA 472 freated cells compared to confrol siRNA freated cells (Fig. 32 A). Cell cycle anest at sub GO and G2 is indicative of apoptosis. Apoptosis as a result of EphB4 knock-down was confirmed by ELISA assay. A dose- dependent increase in apoptosis was observed when PC3 cells were transfected with siRNA 472, but not with confrol siRNA (Fig. 32B). At 100 nM there was 15 times more apoptosis in siRNA 472 transfected than control siRNA transfected PC3 cells.
I. Materials and Methods
1) Reagents
Neutralizing IGF-IR antibody was from R&D Systems (Minneapolis MN). Anti-IGF- lR(β), -EGFR, -EphB4(C-16) were from Santa Cruz Biotech (Santa Craz, CA). β-actin monoclonal antibody was purchased from Sigma Chemical Co. (St Louis, MO). Media and fetal bovine serum (FBS) were from Invitrogen (Carlsbad, CA). AG 1478(4-(3'-Chloroanilino)-6,7- dimethoxy-quinazoline) was from Calbiochem (San Diego, CA).
2) Antisense oligodeoxynucleotides and EphB4 siRNAs EphB4 specific antisense phosphorothioate-modified oligodeoxynucleotide (ODN) and sense ODN were synthesized and purified by Qiagen (Alameda CA). The sequences are: Sense, 5'-TCC-TGC-AAG-GAG-ACC-TTC-AC-3'; AS1 : 5'-GTG-CAG-GGA-TAG-CAG-GGC-CAT- 3'; AS10: 5'-ATG-GAG-GCC-TCG-CTC-AGA-AA-3'. siRNAs were synthesized at the USC/Nonis Comprehensive Cancer Center Microchemical Core laboratory. Sequences of EphB4 siRNAs are siRNA 472 5 '-GGU-GAA-UGU-CAA-GAC-GCU-GUU-3 ' and siRNA 2303 5 '- cuc-uuc-cga-ucc-cac-cua-cuu-3'. Negative confrol siRNA to scrambled GAPDH was from Ambion (Austin, TX)
3) Cell lines and culture
The prostate cancer cell lines, PC3, PC3M, DU145, ALVA31, LAPC-4, LNCaP, CWR22R and adult human normal prostate epithelial cell line MLC SV40, and BPH-1 were obtained and cultured as described previously (7). Stable cell line CWR22R-RXR, LNCaP-FGF8 were established and cultured as described before (7, 33).
4) Generation of EphB4 monoclonal antibody The exfracellular domain (ECD) of EphB4 was cloned into pGEX-4T-l to generate GST- fused ECD (GST-ECD). EphB4ECD expressed as a GST fusion protein in BL21 E. coli was purified by affinity chromatography and the GST domain was cleaved by thrombin. Monoclonal antibody was generated and the sensitivity and specificity ofthe antibody was reconfirmed by Western blot with whole cell lysate of 293 cells stably transfected with EphB4.
5) One-Step RT-PCR and Quantitative RT-PCR
Total RNA was extracted using RNA STAT-60 (Tel-Test, Inc. Friendswood TX) from prostate cancer specimens and adjacent normal specimens. For quantitative RT-PCR first sfrand cDNA was synthesized from 5 μg of total RNA using Superscript III (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA). Quantitative RT-PCR was performed on the Sfratagene MX3000P system (Sfratagene, La Jolla CA) using SYBR Green I Brilliant Mastermix (Sfragene) according to the manufacture's instructions. Optimized reactions for EphB4 and β-actin (used as the normalizer gene) were 150 nM each ofthe forward primer (β-actin, 5'-GGA-CCT-GAC-TGA-CTA-CCT-A-3'; EphB4, 5'- AAG-GAG-ACC-TTC-ACC-GTC-TT-3') and reverse primer (β-actin 5'-TTG-AAG-GTA- GTT-TCG-TGG-AT-3'; EphB4, 5'-TCG-AGT-CAG-GTT-CAC-AGT-CA-3') with DNA denaturation/activation of polymerase at 95 °C for 10 min followed by 40 cycles of 95 °C for 30s, 60 °C for lmin, 72 °C for lmin. The specificity of the gene-specific amplification was confirmed by the presence of a single dissociation peak. All reactions were performed in triplicate with RT and no template negative controls. 6) hmnunohistochemistry
OCT-embedded tissues were sectioned at 5 μm and fixed in phosphate-buffered 4%> paraformaldehyde. Sections were washed for 3 x 5 min in PBS and endogenous peroxidase was blocked by incubation in 0.3% H2O2 in PBS for 10 min at room temperature. Sections were incubated with Eph4 (C-l 6) antibody (1:50) for 1 h at room temperature followed by three washes in PBS and incubation with donkey anti-goat secondary antibody (Santa Craz Biotech.) for 1 h at room temperature. After three washes in PBS, peroxidase activity was localized by incubation in DAB substrate solution (Vector Laboratories, Inc. Burlingame CA) for 10 min at room temperature. Sections were counterstained with Hematoxylin for 20 s, dehydrated and mounted. Negative control for staining was substitution of normal goat serum for primary antibody. Immunohistochemical staining on prostate anay (BioMeda, Foster City, CA) was done using goat ABC Staining System (Santa Cruz Biotech.) according to the manufacturer's instructions.
7) Western blot
Whole cell lysates were prepared using Cell Lysis Buffer (GeneHunter, Basgvukke TN) supplemented with protease inhibitor cocktail (Pierce, Rockford IL), unless otherwise noted. Total protein was determined using the DC reagent system (Bio-Rad, Hercules CA). Typically, 20 μg whole cell lysate was ran on 4-20% Tris-Glycine gradient gel. The samples were elecfro- fransfened to PVDF membrane and the non-specific binding was blocked in TBST buffer (0.5 mM Tris-HCl, 45 mM NaCl, 0.05% Tween-20, pH 7.4) containing 5% non-fat milk. Membranes were first probed with primary antibody overnight, stripped with Restore™ Western Blot stripping buffer (Pierce, Rockford IL) and reprobed with β-actin to confirm equivalent loading and transfer of protein. Signal was detected using SuperSignal West Femto Maximum Sensitivity Substrate (Pierce).
8) Phosphorylation analysis Cells growing in 60 mm dishes were either seram starved (1%> FBS supplemented RPMI
1640, 24 hours) or cultured in normal conditions (10%> FBS) and then freated with or without 1 μg/ml mouse ephrin B2/Fc for 10 min to activate EphB4 receptor Cleared cell lysates were incubated with EphB4 monoclonal antibody overnight at 4 °C. Antigen-antibody complex was immunoprecipitated by the addition of 100 μl of Protein G-Sepharose in 20 mM sodium phosphate, pH 7.0 with incubation overnight at 4 °C. hnmunoprecipitates were analyzed by
Western blot with pTyr specific antibody (Upstate, clone 4G10) at 1 : 1000 dilution followed by incubation with protein G-HRP (Bio-Rad) at 1:5000 dilution. To monitor immunoprecipitation efficiency, a duplicate membrane was probed with EphB4 specific monoclonal antibody.
9) Transient transfection and sorting of transfected cells PC3 cells were cofransfected with pMACS 4.1 coding for CD4 and wild type p53 (pC53-
SN3) or PTEN vector or both using Lipofectamine 2000 (Invitrogen) according to the manufacturer's instructions. The molar ratio of CD4 to p53 or PTEN or vector was 1:3 and total plasmid was 24 μg for a 10 cm2 dish of 90%> confluent cells using 60 μl of Lipofectamine 2000. 24 hours after transfection, a single cell suspension was made and sorted using truncated CD4 as a surface marker according to the manufacturer's protocol (Miltenyi Biotec, Germany). Sorted cells were lysed in 1 x SDS sampling buffer and analyzed by Western blot.
10) Study of IGF and EGF signaling pathway on the expression of EphB4
PC3 cells were seeded into 6-well plates and cultured until 80%> confluent and freated with 2 μg ml neutralizing IGF-IR monoclonal antibody, MAB391 (Hailey, et al., 2002, Mol Cancer Ther. 1:1349-1353), or with 1 nM AG 1478, a strong EGFR inhibitor (Liu, et al., 1999, J Cell Sci. 112 (Pt 14):2409-2417) for 24 h. Crude cell lysates were analyzed by Western blot. Band density was quantified with the Bio-Rad QuantityOne System software.
11) Cell viability assay PC3 cells were seeded on 48-well plates at a density of approximately 1 104 cells/well in a total volume of 200 ml. Media was changed after the cells were attached and the cells were freated with various concenfrations (1-10 μM) of EphB4 antisense ODN or sense ODN as confrol. After three days media was changed and fresh ODNs added. Following a further 48 h incubation, cell viability was assessed by MTT as described previously (36). EphB4 siRNAs (10- , 100 nM) were infroduced into 2 x 104 PC3 cells/well of a 48-well plate using 2 μl of
Lipofectamine™ 2000 according to the manufacturer's instructions. 4 h post-transfection the cells were returned to growth media (RPMI 1640 supplemented with 10 % FBS). Viability was assayed by MTT 48 h following transfection.
12) Wound healing migration assay PC3 cells were seeded into 6-well plates and cultured until confluent. 10 μM AS-10 or sense ODN as control were infroduced to the wells as described for the viability assay 12 hours before wounding the monolayer by scraping it with a sterile pipette tip. Medium was changed to RPMI 1640 supplemented with 5%> FBS and fresh ODNs. Confluent cultures fransfected with 50 nM siRNA 472 or GAPDH negative confrol siRNA 12 hours prior to wounding were also examined. The healing process was examined dynamically and recorded with a Nikon Coolpix 5000 digital camera with microscope adapter.
13) Invasion assay
PC3 cells were transfected with siRNA 472 or confrol siRNA using Lipofectamine™ 2000 and 6 hours later 0.5 x 105 cells were transfened into 8 μm Matrigel-precoated inserts (BD Bioscience, Palo Alto, CA). The inserts were placed in companion wells containing RPMI supplemented with 5 % FBS and 5 μg/ml fibronectin as a chemoatfractant. Following 22 h incubation the inserts were removed and the noninvading cells on the upper surface were removed by with a cotton swab. The cells on the lower surface ofthe membrane were fixed in 100% methanol for 15 min, air dried and stained with Giemsa stain for 2 min. The cells were counted in five individual high-powered fields for each membrane under a light microscope. Assays were performed in triplicate for each treatment group.
14) Cell cycle analysis
80% confluent cultures of PC3 cells in 6-well plates were fransfected with siRNA472 (100 nM) using Lipofectamine™ 2000. 24 hours after transfection, cells were trypsinized, washed in PBS and incubated for 1 h at 4oC in 1 ml of hypotonic solution containing 50 μg/ml propidium iodide, 0.1% sodium citrate, 0.1 Triton X-100 and 20 μg/ml Dnase-free RnaseA. Cells were analyzed in linear mode at the USC Flow cytometry facility. Results were expressed as percentages of elements detected in the different phases ofthe cell cycle, namely Sub GO peak (apoptosis), G0/G1 (no DNA synthesis), S (active DNA systhesis), G2 (premitosis) and M (mitosis).
15) Apoptosis ELISA
Apoptosis was studied using the Cell Death Detection ELISAplus Kit (Roche, Piscataway, NJ) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Briefly, PC3 80%> confluent cultures in 24-well plates were transfected using Lipofectamine™ 2000 with various concenfrations (0-100 nM) of siRNA 472 or 100 nM control siRNA. 16 hours later, cells were detached and 1 x 104 cells were incubated in 200 μl lysis buffer. Nuclei were pelleted by centrifugation and 20 μl of supernatant containing the mono- or ohgonucleosomes was taken for ELISA analysis. Briefly, the supernatant was incubated with anti-histone-biotin and anti-DNA- POD in streptavidin-coated 96-well plate for 2 hours at room temperature. The color was developed with ABST and absorbance at 405 nm was read in a microplate reader (Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, CA).
Example 4. Expression of EPHB4 in Mesothelioma: a candidate target for therapy Malignant mesothelioma (MM) is a rare neoplasm that most often arises from the pleural and peritoneal cavity serous surface. The pleural cavity is by far the most frequent site affected (> 90%), followed by the peritoneum (6-10%) (Carbone et al., 2002, Semin Oncol. 29:2-17). There is a strong association with asbestos exposure, about 80%> of malignant mesothelioma cases occur in individuals who have ingested or inhaled asbestos. This tumor is particularly resistant to the current therapies and, up to now, the prognosis of these patients is dramatically poor (Lee et al, 2000, Cun Opin Pulm Med. 6:267-74).
Several clinical problems regarding the diagnosis and treatment of malignant mesothelioma remain unsolved. Making a diagnosis of mesothelioma from pleural or abdominal fluid is notoriously difficult and often requires a thoracoscopic or laproscopic or open biopsy and Immunohistochemical staining for certain markers such as meosthelin expressed preferentially in this tumor. Until now, no intervention has proven to be curative, despite aggressive chemotherapeutic regimens and prolonged radiotherapy. The median survival in most cases is only 12-18 months after diagnosis. In order to identify new diagnostic markers and targets to be used for novel diagnostic and therapeutic approaches, we assessed the expression of EPHB4 and its ligand EphrinB2 in mesothelioma cell lines and clinical samples.
A. EPHB4 and EphrinB2 is expressed in mesothelioma cell lines
The expression of Ephrin B2 and EphB4 in malignant mesothelioma cell lines was determined at the RNA and protein level by a variety of methods. RT-PCR showed that all of the four cell lines express EphrinB2 and EPHB4 (fig. 33A). Protein expression was determined by Western blot in these cell lines. Specific bands for EphB4 were seen at 120 kD. In addition, Ephrin B2 was detected in all cell lines tested as a 37 kD band on Western blot (fig. 33B). No specific band for Ephrin B2 was observed in 293 human embryonic kidney cells, which were included as a negative confrol.
To confirm the presence of EphB4 transcription in mesothelioma cells, in situ hybridization was carried out on NCI H28 cell lines cultured on chamber slides. Specific signal for EphB4 was detected using antisense probe Ephrin B2 transcripts were also detected in the same cell line. Sense probes for both EphB4 and Ephrin B2 served as negative confrols and did not hybridize to the cells (figure 34). Expression of EphB4 and Ephrin B2 proteins was confirmed in the cell lines by immunofluorescence analysis (fig. 35). Three cell lines showed strong expression of EphB4, whereas expression of Ephrin B2 was present in H28 and H2052, and weakly detectable in H2373.
B. Evidence of Expression of EPHB4 and EphrinB2 in clinical samples Tumor cells cultured from the pleural effusion of a patient diagnosed with pleural malignant mesothelioma were isolated and showed positive staining for both EphB4 and Ephrin B2 at passage 1 (figure 35, bottom row). These results confirm co-expression of EphB4 and Ephrin B2 in mesothelioma cell lines. To determine whether these results seen in tumor cell lines were a real reflection of expression in the disease state, tumor biopsy samples were subjected to immunohistochemical staining for EphB4 and Ephrin B2. Antibodies to both proteins revealed positive stain in the tumor cells. Representative data is shown in figure 36.
C. EPHB4 is involved in the cell growth and migration of mesothelioma
The role of EphB4 in cell proliferation was tested using EPHB4 specific antisepses oligonucleotides and siRNA. The freatment of cultured H28 with EPHB4 antisense reduced cell viability. One ofthe most active inhibitor of EphB4 expression is EPHB4AS-10 (fig. 37A). Transfection of EPHB4 siRNA 472 generated the same effect (fig. 37B).
MM is a locally advancing disease with frequent extension and growth into adjacent vital structures such as the chest wall, heart, and esophagus. In an effort to study this process in vitro, we perform wound healing assay using previously described techniques (3:36). When a wound was infroduced into sub confluent H28 cells, over the course ofthe next 28 hours cells would progressively migrate into the area ofthe wound. However, when cells were prefreated with EPHB4AS-10 for 24 hours, and the wound was introduced, this migration was virtually completely prevented (fig. 38A). The migration study with Boyden Chamber assay with EPHB4 siRNA showed that cell migration was greatly inhibited with the inhibition of EPHB4 expression (Fig. 38B).
D. Materials and Methods
1) Cell lines and reagents
NCI H28, NCI H2052, NCI H2373, MSTO 21 IH mesothelioma cell lines and 293 human embryonic kidney cells were obtained from the ATCC (Manassas, VA). Cells were maintained in RPMI 1640 media supplemented with 10 % heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum (FBS; Life Technologies, Gaithersburg, MD) and antibiotics. Primary cells were obtained from pleural effusion of patients with mesothelioma. A large number of EPHB4 phosphorothioate modified antisense oligonucleotides were synthesized. Similarly a number of EphB4 specific siRNAs were generated. Monoclonal antibody produced against EPHB4 was used for western blot. Polyclonal antibody against EphrinB2 and EPHB4 (C-l 6) (for immunohistochemical staining) was from Santa Cruz.
2) RT-PCR
Total RNA was reversed transcribed by use of random hexamers (Invitrogen). Primers for EphB4 and EphrinB2 were designed with Primer 3 software. The sequences for all primers are as follows: EPHB4 forward primer and EPHB4 reverse primer (see, e.g., in Example 2); EphrinB2 forward primer and EphrinB2 reverse primer (see, e.g., in Example 6); G3PDH forward primer, 5'-GGAGCCAAAAGGGTCATCAT-3'; G3PDH reverse primer, 5'- GGCATTGCTGCAAAGAAAGAG-3'; Clonetics kit was used for PCR. PCRs were performed with the ABI PCR System 2700 (Applied Biosystem). The PCR conditions were 95 °C for 5 min, followed by 35 cycles of 95 °C for 30 seconds, 60 °C for 30 seconds and 72 °C for lmin.
3) Preparation of digoxigenin-labeled RNA probes
Ephrin-B2 and EphB4 PCR products were cloned using the pGEM-T Easy System (Promega, Madison WI) according to the manufacturer's description. The primers and PCR products were 5'-tccgtgtggaagtactgctg-3' (forward), 5'-tctggtttggcacagttgag-3' (reverse), for ephrin-B2 that yielded a 296-bp product and 5'-ctttggaagagaccctgctg-3' (forward), 5'- agacggtgaaggtctccttg-3', for EphB4 that yielded a 297-bp product. The authenticity and insert orientation were confirmed by DNA sequencing.
The pGEM-T Easy plasmids containing the PCR product ofthe human ephrin-B2 or EphB4 gene were linearized with Spe I or Nco I. Antisense or sense digoxigenin (DIG)-labeled RNA probes were transcribed from T7 or SP6 promoters by run-off transcription using a DIG RNA labeling kit (Roche, Indianapolis IN). RNA probes were quantitated by spot assay as described in the DIG RNA labeling kit instructions.
4) In situ hybridization Cells were cultured in Labtech II 4-well chamber slides (Nalge Nunc International, Naperville, IL). Cells were washed in PBS (37 °C), then fixed for 30 min at 25 °C in a solution of 4% (w/v) formaldehyde, 5% (v/v) acetic acid, and 0.9%> (w/v) NaCl. After fixation, slides were rinsed with PBS and stored in 70% ethanol at 4 °C until further use. Before in situ hybridization, cells were dehydrated, washed in 100% xyleήe to remove residual lipid and then rehydrated, finally in PBS. Cells were permeabihzed by incubating at 37 °C with 0.1%> (w/v) pepsin in 0.1 N HCl for 20 min and post-fixed in 1% formaldehyde for 10 min. Prehybridization was performed for 30 min at 37 °C in a solution of 4 X SSC containing 50%(v/v) deionized formamide. Slides were hybridized overnight at 42 °C with 25 ng antisense or sense RNA probes in 40%> deionized formamide, 10% dexfran sulfate, IX Denhardt's solution, 4 X SSC, 10 mM DTT, 1 mg/ml yeast t-RNA and lmg/ml denatured and sheared salmon sperm DNA in a total volume of 40 μl. Slides were then washed at 37 °C as follows: 2 X 15 min with 2 X SSC, 2 X 15min with 1 X SSC, 2 X 15 min with 0.5 X SSC and 2 X 30 min with 0.2 X SSC. Hybridization signal was detected using alkaline-phosphatase-conjugated anti-DIG antibodies (Roche) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Color development was stopped by two washes in 0.1 M Tris-HCl, ImM EDTA, pH 8.0 for 10 min. Cells were visualized by counterstaining of nucleic acids with Nuclear Fast Red (Vector Laboratories, Burlingame, CA) and the slides were mounted with IMMU-MOUNT (Shandon, Astmoor UK).
5) Western Blot Crude cell lysates were prepared by incubation in cell lysis buffer (10 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 1 mM EDTA, 150 mM NaCl, 1 % Triton X-100, 1 mM DTT, 10 % glycerol). Lysates were cleared by centrifugation at 10,000 x g for 10 min. Total protein was determined by Bradford assay (Bio- Rad). Samples (20 μg protein) were fractionated on a 4-20 %> Tris-glycine polyacrylamide gel and transfened to polyvinylidene difluoride (PVDT) membrane (Bio-Rad) by elecfroblotting. Membranes were blocked with 5 % non-fat milk prior to incubation with antibody to EphB4 (1:5000 dilution) at 4° C, for 16 h. Secondary antibody (1:100,000 dilution) conjugated with horseradish peroxidase was applied for 1 h at 25 °C. The membranes were developed using the SuperSignal West Femto Maximum sensitivity chemiluminescent substrate (Pierce, Rockford, IL) according to the manufacturer's instructions. 6) Immunohistochemistry Formalin-fixed tissue sections were deparaffinized and incubated with 10% goat serum at -70 °C for 10 minutes and incubated with the primary rabbit antibodies against either Ephrin B2 or EphB4 (Santa Craz Biotechnologies; 1:100) at 4 °C overnight. Isotype-specific rabbit IgG was used as confrol. The immunoreactivity for these receptors was revealed using an avid n-biotin kit from Vector Laboratories. Peroxidase activity was revealed by the diaminobenzidine (Sigma) cytochemical reaction. The slides were then counterstained with H&E.
7) Immunofluorescence studies
Cells were cultured on Labtech II 4-well chamber slides and fixed in 4%> parafomialdehyde in Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saline pH 7.4 (PBS) for 30 min. The slides were rinsed twice in PBS and preincubated with blocking buffer (0.2% Triton-XlOO, 1% BSA in PBS) for 20 min. The slides were then incubated with antibodies to EphB4 or ephrin B2 (1:100 dilution in PBS) in blocking buffer at 4 °C for 16 hr. After washing three times, the slides were incubated with the appropriate fluorescein-conjugated secondary antibodies (Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, MO). Nuclei were counterstained with 4',6-diamidino-2-phenylindole dihydrochloride hydrate (DAPI), washed extensively with) PBS and mounted with Vectasheild antifade mounting solution (Vector Laboratories). Images were obtained using an Olympus AX70 fluorescence microscope and Spot v2.2.2 (Diagnostic Instruments Inc., Sterling Heights, MI) digital imaging system.
8) Cell viability assay Cells were seeded at a density of 5 x 103 per well in 48-well plates on day 0 in appropriate growth media containing 2% fetal calf serum (FCS). On the following day, the media was changed and cells were treated with various concenfrations (1-10 μM) of EphB4 Antisense. On day 4, viability was assessed using 3-(4,5~dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5- diphenyltefrazolium bromide (MTT) at a final concenfration of 0.5 mg/ml. Cells were incubated for 2 hr, medium was aspirated, and the cells were dissolved in acidic isopropanol (90%> isopropanol, 0.5%> SDS and 40 mM HCl). Optical density was read in an ELISA reader at 490 nm using isopropanol as blank (Molecular Devices, CA).
9) Cell migration In vitro wound healing assay was adopted. Briefly, cells were seeded onto 6-cm plates in full culture media for 24 hours, and then switched to medium containing 5% FBS. EPHB4 antisense 10 (10 μM) was also added to freated well. 24 hours later, wounds were made using the tip of a p-200 pipette man; a line was drawn through the middle ofthe plates. The plate was photographed at 0, 12, 24 hours. The experiment was repeated three times.
Example 5. EphB4 Is Expressed in Squamous Cell Carcinoma of The Head and Neck: Regulation by Epidermal Growth Factor Signaling Pathway and Growth Advantage.
Squamous cell carcinoma ofthe head and neck (HNSCC) is the sixth most frequent cancer worldwide, with estimated 900,000 cases diagnosed each year. It comprises almost 50%o of all malignancies in some developing nations. In the United States, 50,000 new cases and 8,000 deaths are reported each year. Tobacco carcinogens are believed to be the primary etiologic agents ofthe disease, with alcohol consumption, age, gender, and ethnic background as contributing factors.
The differences between normal epithelium ofthe upper aerodigestive fract and cancer cells arising from that tissue are the result of mutations in specific genes and alteration of their expression. These genes confrol DNA repair, proliferation, immortalization, apoptosis, invasion, and angiogenesis. For head and neck cancer, alterations of three signaling pathways occur with sufficient frequency and produce such dramatic phenotypic changes as to be considered the critical transforming events ofthe disease. These changes include mutation ofthe p53 tumor suppressor, overexpression of epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR), and inactivation ofthe cyclin dependent kinase inhibitor pi 6. Other changes such as Rb mutation, ras activation, cyclin D amplification, and myc overexpression are less frequent in HNSCC.
Although high expression of EphB4 has been reported in hematologic malignancies, breast carcinoma, endometrial carcinoma, and colon carcinoma, there is limited data on the protein levels of EphB4, and complete lack of data on the biological significance of this protein in tumor biology such as HNSCC.
A. HNSCC tumors express EphB4 We studied the expression of EphB4 in human tumor tissues by immunohistochemistry, in situ hybridization, and Western blot. Twenty prospectively collected tumor tissues following IRB approval have been evaluated with specific EphB4 monoclonal antibody that does not react with other members ofthe EphB and EphA family. EphB4 expression is observed in all cases, with varying intensity of staining. Figure 39A (top left) illusfrates a representative case, showing that EphB4 is expressed in the tumor regions only, as revealed by the H&E tumor architecture (Fig. 39A bottom left). Note the absence of staining for EphB4 in the stroma. Secondly, a metastatic tumor site in the lymph node shows positive staining while the remainder ofthe lymph node is negative (Fig. 39A, top right). In situ hybridization was canied out to determine the presence and location of EphB4 transcripts in the tumor tissue. Strong signal for EphB4 specific antisense probe was detected indicating the presence of transcripts (Figure 39 B, top left). Comparison with the H&E stain (Fig. 39B, bottom left) to illustrate tumor architecture reveals that the signal was localized to the tumor cells, and was absent from the stromal areas. Ephrin B2 transcripts were also detected in tumor sample, and as with EphB4, the signal was localized to the tumor cells (Fig. 39B, top right). Neither EphB4 nor ephrin B2 sense probes hybridized to the sections, proving specificity ofthe signals.
B. High expression of EphB4 in primary and metastatic sites of HNSCC
Western blots of tissue from primary tumor, lymph node metastases and uninvolved tissue were carried out to determine the relative levels of EphB4 expression in these sites. Tumor and normal adjacent tissues were collected on 20 cases, while lymph nodes positive for tumor were harvested in 9 of these 20 cases. Representative cases are shown in figure 39C. EphB4 expression is observed in each ofthe tumor samples. Similarly, all tumor positive lymph nodes show EphB4 expression that was equal to or greater than the primary tumor. No or minimal expression is observed in the normal adjacent tissue.
C. EphB4 expression and regulation by EGFR activity in HNSCC cell lines
Having demonstrated the expression of EphB4 limited to tumor cells, we next sought to determine whether there was an in vitro model of EphB4 expression in HNSCC. Six HN SCC cell lines were surveyed for EphB4 protein expression by Western Blot (Fig. 40A). A majority of these showed sfrong EphB4 expression and thus established the basis for subsequent studies. Since EGFR is strongly implicated in HNSCC we asked whether EphB4 expression is associated with the activation of EGFR. Pilot experiments in SCC-15, which is an EGFR positive cell line, established an optimal time of 24 h and concenfration of 1 mM ofthe specific EGFR kinase inhibitor AG 1478 (Figure 40B) to inhibit expression of EphB4. When all the cell lines were studied, we noted robust EGFR expression in all but SCC-4, where it is detectable but not sfrong (Fig. 40C, top row). In response to EGFR inhibitor AG1478 marked loss in the total amount of EphB4 was observed in certain cell lines (SCC-15, and SCC-25) while no effect was observed in others (SCC-9, -12, -13 and -71). Thus SCC-15 and -25 serve as models for EphB4 being regulated by EGFR activity, while SCC-9, -12, -13 and -71 are models for regulation of EphB4 in HNSCC independent of EGFR activity, where there may be input from other factors such as p53, PTEN, IL-6 etc. We also noted expression ofthe ligand of EphB4, namely ephrin B2, in all ofthe cell lines tested. As with EphB4 in some lines eplirin B2 expression appears regulated by EGFR activity, while it is independent in other cell lines.
Clearly, inhibition of constitutive EGFR signaling repressed EphB4 levels in SCC15 cells. We next studied whether EGF could induce EphB4. We found that EphB4 levels were induced in SCC 15 cells that had been seram starved for 24 h prior to 24 h treatment with 10 ng/ml EGF as shown in figure 41B (lanes 1 and 2). The downstream signaling pathways known for EGFR activation shown in figure 41 A, (for review see Yarden & Slikowski 2001) were then investigated for their input into EGF mediated induction of EphB4. Blocking PLCg, AKT and JNK phosphorylation with the specific kinase inhibitors U73122, SH-5 and SP600125 respectively reduced basal levels and blocked EGF stimulated induction of EphB4 (Fig. 41B, lanes 3-8). In contrast, inhibition of ERK1/2 with PD098095 and PI3-K with LY294002 or Wortmannin had no discernible effect on EGF induction of EphB4 levels. However, basal levels of EphB4 were reduced when ERK1/2 phosphorylation was inhibited. Interestingly, inhibition of ρ38 MAPK activation with SB203580 increased basal, but not EGF induced EphB4 levels. Similar results were seen in the SCC25 cell line (data not shown).
D. Inhibition of EphB4 in high expressing cell lines results in reduced viability and causes cell- cycle anest
We next turned to the role of EphB4 expression in HNSCC by investigating the effect of ablating expression using siRNA or AS-ODN methods. Several siRNAs to EphB4 sequence were developed (Table 1) which knocked-down EphB4 expression to varying degrees as seen in figure 42A. Viability was reduced in SCC-15, -25 and -71 cell lines fransfected with siRNAs 50 and 472, which were most effective in blocking EphB4 expression (Figure 42B). Little effect on viability was seen with EphB4 siRNA 1562 and 2302 or ephrin B2 siRNA 254. Note that in SCC-4, which does not express EphB4 (see Fig. 40A) there was no reduction in cell viability. The decreased cell viability seen with siRNA 50 and 472 freatment was attributable to accumulation of cells in sub GO, indicative of apoptosis. This effect was both time and dose- dependant (Figure 42C and Table 2). In contrast, siRNA2302 that was not effective in reducing EphB4 levels and had only minor effects on viability did not produce any changes in the cell cycle when compared with the mock Lipofectamine™2000 transfection.
Table l: EphB4 siRNAs
Name siRNA sequence
Eph B4 50: 5 ' -GAGACCCUGCUGAACACAAUU-3 ' 3 ' -UUCUCUGGGACGACUUGUGUU-5 ' Eph B4472: 5' -GGUGAAUGUCAAGACGCUGUU-3 ' 3 ' -UUCCACUUACAGUUCUGCGAC-5 ' Eph B4 1562: 5 ' -CAUCACAGCCAGACCCAACUU-3 ' 3 ' -UUGUAGUGUCGGUCUGGGUUG-5 ' Eph B4 2302 5' -CUCUUCCGAUCCCACCUACUU-3 ' 3 ' -UUGAGAAGGCUAGGGUGGAUG-5 '
Table 2: Effect of different EphB4 siRNA on Cell Cycle
Treatment Sub GO G1 S G2
36hr
Lipo alone 1.9 39.7 21.3 31.8
100 nM 2302 2.0 39.3 21.2 31.2
100 nM 50 18.1 31.7 19.7 24.4
100 nM 472 80.2 10.9 5.2 2.1 16hr
Lipo alone 7.8 55.7 15.2 18.5
100 nM 2302 8.4 57.3 14.3 17.3
10 nM 50 10.4 53.2 15.7 17.7
100 nM 50 27.7 31.3 18.1 19.6
10 nM 472 13.3 50.2 15.8 17.5
100 nM 472 30.7 31.9 16.4 18.0
In addition, over 50 phosphorothioate AS:ODNs complementary to the human EphB4 coding sequences were synthesized and tested for their ability to irihibit EphB4 expression in 293 cells transiently fransfected with full length EphB4 expression plasmid. Figure 43 A shows a representative sample ofthe effect of some of these AS-ODNs on EphB4 expression. Note that expression is totally abrogated with AS-10, while AS-11 has only a minor effect. The effect on cell viability in SCC15 cells was most marked with AS-ODNs that are most effective in inhibiting EphB4 expression as shown in figure 43B. The IC50 for AS-10 was approximately 1 μM, while even 10 μM AS-11 was not sufficient to attain 50 %> reduction of viability. When the effect that AS-10 had on the cell cycle was investigated, it was found that the sub GO fraction increased from 1.9 % to 10.5 % compared to non-treated cells, indicative of apoptosis (Fig. 43C).
E. EphB4 regulates Cell migration
We next wished to determine if EphB4 participates in the migration of HNSCC. Involvement in migration may have implications for growth and metastasis. Migration was assessed using the wound-healing/scrape assay. Confluent SCC15 and SCC25 cultures were wounded by a single scrape with a sterile plastic Pasteur pipette, which left a 3 mm band with clearly defined borders. Migration of cells into the cleared area in the presence of test compounds was evaluated and quantitated after 24, 48 and 72 hr. Cell migration was markedly diminished in response to AS-10 that block EphB4 expression while the inactive compounds, AS-1 and scrambled ODN had little to no effect as shown in figure 43D. Inhibition of migration with AS-10 was also shown using the Boyden double chamber assay (Fig. 43E). F. EphB4 AS-10 in vivo anti-tumor activity
The effect of EphB4 AS-10, which reduces cell viability and motility, was determined in SCC 15 tumor xenografts in Balb/C nude mice. Daily treatment of mice with 20 mg/kg AS-10, sense ODN or equal volume of PBS by LP. injection was started the day following tumor cell implantation. Growth of tumors in mice receiving AS-10 was significantly retarded compared to mice receiving either sense ODN or PBS diluent alone (Figure 44). Non-specific effects attributable to ODN were not observed, as there was no difference between the sense ODN freated and PBS treated groups.
G. Materials and Methods 1) Cell lines and reagents
HNSCC-4, -9, 12, -13, -15, -25, and -71 were obtained from and 293 human embryonic kidney cells were obtained from the ATCC (Manassas, VA). Cells were maintained in RPMI 1640 media supplemented with 10% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum (FBS; Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) and antibiotics. EGFR, EphB4(C-16) polyclonal antibodies were from Santa Cruz Biotech (Santa Craz, CA). β-actin monoclonal antibody was purchased from Sigma Chemical Co. (St Louis, MO). Ephrin B2 and EphB4 polyclonal antibodies and their conesponding blocking peptides were obtained from Santa Craz Biotechnology (Santa Cruz, CA). AG 1478 (4- (3'-Chloroanilino)-6,7-dimethoxy-quinazoline) was from Calbiochem (San Diego, CA). Kinase inhibitors SH-5 and SP 600125 were from A.G. Scientific (San Diego, CA), PD98095, U73122, SB203580, LY294002, and Wortmannin were obtained from Sigma.
2) Preparation of digoxigenin-labeled RNA probes See above, e.g., Example 3.
3) In situ hybridization See above, e.g., Example 3. 4) Immunohistochemisfry
Formalin-fixed tissue sections were deparaffinized and incubated with 10% goat serum at -70 °C for 10 minutes and incubated with the EphB4 monoclonal antibody 4 °C overnight. Isotype specific rabbit IgG was used as confrol. The immunoreactivity for these receptors was revealed using an avidin-biotin kit from Vector Laboratories. Peroxidase activity was revealed by the diaminobenzidine (Sigma) cytochemical reaction. The slides were then counterstained with 0.12%) methylene blue or H&E. For frozen sections, OCT-embedded tissues were sectioned at 5 μm and fixed in phosphate-buffered 4%> parafomialdehyde. Sections were washed for 3 x 5 min in PBS and endogenous peroxidase was blocked by incubation in 0.3%> H O2 in PBS for 10 min at room temperature. Sections were incubated with Eph4 (C-16) antibody (1:50) for 1 h at room temperature followed by three washes in PBS and incubation with donkey anti-goat secondary antibody (Santa Cruz Biotech.) for 1 h at room temperature. After three washes in PBS, peroxidase activity was localized by incubation in DAB substrate solution (Vector Laboratories, Inc. Burlingame CA) for 10 min at room temperature. Sections were counterstained with Hematoxylin for 20 s, dehydrated and mounted. Negative confrol for staining was substitution of normal goat serum for primary antibody. Immunohistochemical staining on prostate anay (BioMeda, Foster City, CA) was done using goat ABC Staining System (Santa Cruz Biotech.) according to the manufacturer's instructions. 5) Western Blot
See above, e.g., Example 3.
6) Synthesis of EphB4 siRNA by in vitro transcription
The Silencer™ siRNA construction kit (Ambion, Austin TX) was used to synthesize siRNA to EphB4. Briefly, 21 bp target sequences containing 19 bp downstream of 5'-AA dinucleotides were identified that showed no significant homology to other sequences in the GenBank database. Sense and antisense siRNA 29-mer DNA oligonucleotide templates were synthesized at the USC Nonis Microchemical Core Facility. Antisense template conesponded to the target sequence followed by 8 bp addition (5'-CCTGTCTC-3') at the 3' end complementary to the T7 promoter primer provided by the Silencer™ siRNA constraction kit. Sense template comprised 5'-AA followed by the complement ofthe target 19 bp, then the T7 8 bp sequence as above.
In separate reactions, the two siRNA oligonucleotide templates were hybridized to a T7 promoter primer. The 3' ends ofthe hybridized oligonucleotides were extended by the Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase to create double- stranded siRNA transcription templates. The sense and antisense siRNA templates were transcribed by T7 RNA polymerase and the resulting RNA transcripts were hybridized to create dsRNA. The leader sequences were removed by digesting the dsRNA with a single-stranded specific ribonuclease leaving the overhanging UU dinucleotides. The DNA template was removed at the same time by freatment with RNase free deoxyribonuclease. The resulting siRNA was purified by glass fiber filter binding to remove excess nucleotides, short oligomers, proteins, and salts in the reaction. The end products (shown in Table 3) were double-stranded 21-mer siRNAs with 3' terminal uridine that can effectively reduce the expression of target mRNA when fransfected into cells.
A number of phosphorothioate AS-ODNs were also synthesized (Operon, Valencia CA) to test for inhibition of EphB4 expression (Table 3).
Table 3: EphB4 Antisense ODNs
Name Position Sequence (5' -> 3')
Eph B4 AS-1 (552-572) GTG CAG GGA TAG CAG GGC CAT Eph B4 AS-2 (952-972) AAG GAG GGG TGG TGC ACG GTG Eph B4 AS-3 (1007-1027) TTC CAG GTG CAG GGA GGA GCC Eph B4 AS-4 (1263-1285) GTG GTG ACA TTG ACA GGC TCA Eph B4 AS-5 (1555-1575) TCT GGC TGT GAT GTT CCT GGC Eph B4 AS-6 (123-140) GCC GCT CAG TTC CTC CCA Eph B4 AS-7 (316-333) TGA AGG TCT CCT TGC AGG Eph B4 AS-8 (408-428) CGC GGC CAC CGT GTC CAC CTT Eph B4 AS-9 (1929-1949) CTT CAG GGT CTT GAT TGC CAC Eph B4 AS-10 (1980-1999) ATG GAG GCC TCG CTC AGA AA Eph b4 AS-11 (2138-2158) CAT GCC CAC GAG CTG GAT GAC
7) Cell viability assay
Cells were seeded at a density of 5 x 103 per well in 48-well plates on day 0 in appropriate growth media containing 2%> fetal calf serum (FCS). Cells were freated with various concenfrations (1-10 μg/ml) of ODNs on days 2 and 4. On day 5, viability was assessed using 3- (4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5-diphenyltefrazolium bromide (MTT) as previously described (Masood et al '03). For viability with siRNA, 2 x 104 cells/well of SCC-4, -15, -25 or -71 in a 48- well plate were transfected with siRNAs (10-100 nM) using 2 μl of Lipofectamine™ 2000 according to the manufacturer's instructions. 4 h post-transfection the cells were returned to growth media (RPMI 1640 supplemented with 10 % FBS). Viability was assayed by MTT 48 h following transfection.
8) Cell cycle analysis
80%) confluent cultures of SCC15 cells in 6-well plates were fransfected with siRNA472 (100 nM) using Lipofectamine™ 2000. Either 16 or 36 hours after transfection, cells were trypsinized, washed in PBS and incubated for 1 h at 4 °C in 1 ml of hypotonic solution containing 50 μg/ml propidium iodide, 0.1%> sodium citrate, 0.1 Triton X-100 and 20 μg/ml DNase-free RNaseA. Cells were analyzed in linear mode at the USC Flow cytometry facility. Results were expressed as percentages of elements detected in the different phases ofthe cell cycle, namely Sub GO peak (apoptosis), G0/G1 (no DNA synthesis), S (active DNA systhesis), G2 (premitosis) and M (mitosis). For AS-ODN experiment the cells were exposed to 5 μM ODN for 36 h prior to processing.
9) Wound healing migration assay
SCC15 cells were seeded into 6-well plates and cultured until confluent. 10 μM AS-1, AS-10, or sense ODN as control were infroduced to the wells as described for the viability assay 12 hours before wounding the monolayer by scraping it with a sterile pipette tip. Medium was changed to RPMI 1640 supplemented with 5% FBS and fresh ODNs. The healing process was examined dynamically and recorded with a Nikon Coolpix 5000 digital camera with microscope adapter.
10) Boyden Chamber assay of migration Cell migration assays were performed as previously described (Masood ANUP paper
'99) except that 1 μM AS-10 or AS-6 were added to the upper chamber. EGF (20 ng/ml) was used as chemoattractant in the lower chamber. Taxol at 10 ng/ml was used as a negative confrol.
11) In vivo studies SCC 15 (5 x 106 cells) were injected subcutaneously in the lower back of 5-week old male Balb/C Nu+/nu+ athymic mice. Treatment consisted of daily intraperitoneal injection of ODN (20 mg/kg in a total volume of 100 μl) or diluent (PBS) begun the day following tumor cell implantation and continued for two weeks. Tumor growth in mice was measured as previously described (Masood CCR '01). Mice were sacrificed at the conclusion ofthe study. All mice were maintained in accord with the University of Southern California Animal Care and Use Committee guidelines governing the care of laboratory mice.
Example 6. Eplirin B2 Expression in Kaposi's Sarcoma Is Induced by Human Herpesviras Type 8: Phenotype Switch from Venous to Arterial Endothelium
Kaposi's Sarcoma (KS) manifests as a multifocal angioproliferative disease, most commonly ofthe skin and mucus membranes, with subsequent spread to visceral organs (1) Hallmarks ofthe disease are angiogenesis, edema, infiltration of lymphomononuclear cells and growth of spindle-shaped tumor cells. Pathologically, established lesions exhibit an extensive vascular network of slit-like spaces. The KS vascular network is distinct from normal vessels in the lack of basement membranes and the abnormal spindle shaped endothelial cell (tumor cell) lining these vessels. Defective vasculature results in an accumulation ofthe blood components including albumin, red and mononuclear cells in the lesions (1). The KS tumor is endothelial in origin; the tumor cells express many endothelial markers, including lectin binding sites for Ulex europeaus agglutinin-1 (UEA-1), CD34, EN-4, PAL-E (2) and the endothelial cell specific tyrosine kinase receptors, VEGFR-1 (Flt-1), VEGFR-2 (Flk-1/KDR), VEGFR-3 (Flt-4), Tie-1 and Tie-2 (3, RM & PSG unpublished data). KS cells co-express lymphatic endothelial cell related proteins including LYVE and podoplanin (4).
The herpesviras HHV-8 is considered the etiologic agent for the disease. In 1994 sequences of this new herpes virus were identified in KS tumor tissue (5), and subsequent molecular-epidemiology studies have shown that nearly all KS tumors contain viral genome.
Sero-epidemiology studies show that HIV infected patients with KS have the highest prevalence of HHV-8 and secondly that those with HIV infection but no KS have increased risk of developement of KS over the ensuing years if they are also seropositive for HHV-8 (6). Direct evidence for the role of HHV-8 in KS is the transformation of bone manow endothelial cells after infection with HHV-8 (7). A number of HHV-8 encoded genes could contribute to cellular transformation (reviewed in 8). However, the most evidence has accumulated for the G-protein coupled receptor (vGPCR) in this role (9).
We investigated whether KS tumor cells are derived from arterial or venous endothelium. In addition, we investigated whether HHV-8 has an effect on expression of arterial or venous markers in a model of KS. KS tumor cells were found to express the ephrin B2 arterial marker. Further, ephrin B2 expression was induced by HHV-8 vGPCR in KS and endothelial cell lines. Ephrin B2 is a potential target for treatment of KS because inhibition of ephrin B2 expression or signaling was detrimental to KS cell viability and function.
A. KS tumors express Ephrin B2, but not EphB4
The highly vascular nature of KS lesions and the probable endothelial cell origin ofthe tumor cells prompted investigation of expression of EphB4 and ephrin B2 which are markers for venous and arterial endothelial cells, respectively. Ephrin B2, but not EphB4 transcripts were detected in tumor cells of KS biopsies by in situ hybridization (figure 45 A). Comparison ofthe positive signal with eplirin B2 antisense probe and tumor cells as shown by H&E staining shows that ephrin B2 expression is limited to the areas ofthe biopsy that contain tumor cells. The lack of signal in KS with EphB4 antisense probe is not due to a defect in the probe, as it detected transcripts in squamous cell carcinoma, which we have shown expresses this protein (18). Additional evidence for the expression of eplirin B2 in KS tumor tissue is afforded by the localization of EphB4/Fc signal to tumor cells, detected by FITC conjugated anti human Fc antibody. Because ephrin B2 is the only ligand for EphB4 this reagent is specific for the expression of ephrin B2 (figure 45B, left). An adjacent section freated only with the secondary reagent shows no specific signal. Two-color confocal microscopy demonstrated the presence of the HHV-8 latency protein, LANAl in the ephrin B2 positive cells (Fig. 45C, left), indicating that it is the tumor cells, not tumor vessels, which are expressing this arterial marker. Staining of tumor biopsy with PECAM-1 antibody revealed the highly vascular nature of this tumor (Fig. 45C, right). A pilot study ofthe prevalence of this pattern of ephrin B2 and EphB4 expression on KS biopsies was conducted by RT-PCR analysis. All six samples were positive for ephrin B2, while only 2 were weakly positive for EphB4 (data not shown). B. Infection of venous endothelial cells with HHV-8 causes a phenotype switch to arterial markers
We next asked whether HHV-8, the presumed etiologic agent for KS, could itself induce expression of ephrin B2 and repress EphB4 expression in endothelial cells. Co-culture of HUVEC and BC-1 lymphoma cells, which are productively infected with HHV-8, results in effective infection ofthe endothelial cells (16). The attached monolayers of endothelial cells remaining after extensive washing were examined for ephrin B2 and EplιB4 by RT-PCR and immunofluorescence. HUVEC express EphB4 venous marker strongly at the RNA level, but not ephrin B2 (figure 46B). In contrast, HHV-8 infected cultures (HUVEC/BC-1 and HUVEC/BC-3) express eplirin B2, while EphB4 transcripts are almost absent.
Immunofluorescence analysis of cultures of HUVEC and HUVEC/HHV-8 for artery/vein markers and viral proteins was undertaken to determine whether changes in protein expression mirrored that seen in the RNA. In addition, cellular localization of the proteins could be determined. Consistent with the RT-PCR data HUVEC are ephrin B2 negative and EphB4 positive (Fig. 46A(a & m)). As expected they do not express any HHV-8 latency associated nuclear antigen (LANAl) (Fig. 46A(b, n)). Co-culture of BC-1 cells, which are productively infected with HHV-8, resulted in infection of HUVEC as shown by presence of viral proteins LANAl and ORF59 (Fig. 46A(f, r)). HHV-8 infected HUVEC now express ephrin B2 but not EphB4 (Fig. 46A(e, q, u), respectively). Expression of ephrin B2 and LANAl co-cluster as shown by yellow signal in the merged image (Fig. 46A(h)). HHV-8 infected HUVEC positive for ephrin B2 and negative for Eph B4 also express the arterial marker CD148 (19) (Fig. 46A (j, v)). Expression of ephrin B2 and CD148 co-cluster as shown by yellow signal in the merged image (Fig. 46A(1)). Uninfected HUVEC expressing Eph B4 were negative for CD148 (not shown).
C. HHV-8 vGPCR induces ephrin B2 expression
To test whether individual viral proteins could induce the expression of ephrin B2 seen with the whole virus KS-SLK cells were stably fransfected with HHV-8 LANA, or LANAΔ440 or vGPCR. Western Blot of stable clones revealed a five-fold induction of ephrin B2 in KS-SLK fransfected with vGPCR compared to SLK-LANA or SLK-LANAΔ440 (Fig. 47A). SLK fransfected with vector alone (pCEFL) was used as a confrol. SLK-vGPCR and SLK-pCEFL cells were also examined for ephrin B2 and Eph B4 expression by immunofluorescence in fransiently fransfected KS-SLK cells. Figure 47B shows higher expression of ephrin B2 in the SLK-vGPCR cells compared to SLK-pCEFL. No changes in Eph B4 were observed in SLK- vGPCR compared to SLK-pCEFL. This clearly demonsfrates that SLK-vGPCR cells expressed high levels of ephrin B2 compared to SLK-pCEFL cells. This suggests that vGPCR of HHV-8 is directly involved in the induction of Ephrin B2 and the arterial phenotype switch in KS. Since we had shown that HHV-8 induced expression of eplirin B2 in HUVEC, we next asked if this could be mediated by a transcriptional effect. Ephrin B2 5 '-flanking DNA-luciferase reporter plasmids were constracted as described in the Materials and Methods and fransiently fransfected into HUVECs. Ephrin B2 5'-flanking DNA sequences -2491/-11 have minimal activity in HUVEC cells (figure 47C). This is consistent with ephrin B2 being an arterial, not venous marker. However, we have noted that HUVEC in culture do express some ephrin B2 at the RNA level. Cotransfection of HHV-8 vGPCR induces ephrin B2 transcription approximately 10-fold compared to the control expression vector pCEFL. Roughly equal induction was seen with ephrin B2 sequences -2491/-11, -1242/-11, or -5111-11, which indicates that elements between - 577 and -11 are sufficient to mediate the response to vGPCR, although maximal activity is seen with the -1242/-11 luciferase construct.
D. Expression of Ephrin B2 is regulated by VEGF and VEGF-C
We next asked whether known KS growth factors could be involved in the vGPCR- mediated induction of ephrin B2 expression. SLK-vGPCR cells were freated with neutralizing antibodies to oncostatin-M, IL-6, IL-8, VEGF or VEGF-C for 36 hr. Figure 48A shows that neufralization of VEGF completely blocked expression of ephrin B2 in SLK-vGPCR cells. A lesser, but significant decrease in ephrin B2 was seen neufralization of VEGF-C and IL-8. No appreciable effect was seen with neufralization of oncostatin-M or IL-6. To verify that VEGF and VEGF-C are integral to the induction of ephrin B2 expression we freated HUVEC with VEGF, VEGF-C or EGF. HUVECs were grown in EBM-2 media containing 5 % FBS with two different concentration of individual growth factor (10 ng, 100 ng/ml) for 48 h. Only VEGF- A or VEGF-C induced ephrin B2 expression in a dose dependent manner (Figure 48B). In contrast, EGF had no effect on expression of ephrin B2. E. Ephrin B2 siRNA inhibits the expression of Ephrin B2 in KS
Tliree ephrin B2 siRNA were synthesized as described in the methods section. KS-SLK cells were fransfected with siRNA and 48 h later ephrin B2 expression was determined by Western Blot. Ephrin B2 siRNAs 137 or 254 inhibited about 70%> of ephrin B2 expression compared to control siRNA such as siRNA Eph B4 50 or siRNA GFP. Ephrin B2 63 siRNA was less effective than the above two siRNA Ephrin B2 (Figure 49 A).
F. Ephrin B2 is necessary for full KS and EC viability, cord formation and in vivo angiogenesis activities
The most effective eplirin B2 siRNA (254) was then used to determine whether inhibiting expression of ephrin B2 has any effect on the growth of KS-SLK or HUVEC cells. The viability of KS-SLK cells was decreased by the same siRNAs that inhibited ephrin B2 protein levels (figure 49B). KS-SLK express high levels of ephrin B2 and this result shows maintenance of ephrin B2 expression is integral to cell viability in this setting. HUVECs do not express ephrin B2, except when stimulated by VEGF as shown in Fig. 48B. Ephrin B2 siRNA 264 dramatically reduced growth of HUVECs cultured with VEGF as the sole growth factor. In contrast, no significant effect was seen when HUVECs were cultured with IGF, EGF and bFGF. As a control, EphB4 siRNA 50 had no detrimental effect on HUVECs in either culture condition (figure 49C).In addition to inhibition of viability of KS and primary endothelial cells, EphB4-ECD inhibits cord formation in HUVEC and KS-SLK and in vivo angiogenesis in the Matrigel™ plug assay (Figure 50).
G. Methods and Materials
1) Cell lines and reagents
Human vascular endothelial cells (HUVEC) were from Clonetics (San Diego, CA) and were maintained in EGM-2 and EGM-2MV media respectively (Clonetics). TI human fibroblast line was from Dr. Peter Jones, USC. BC-1 and BC-3 human pleural effusion lymphoma cell lines and monoclonal antibodies to LANAl and ORF59 were the kind gift of Dr. Dharam Ablashi (Advanced Biotechnologies Inc., Columbia, MD). KS-SLK was isolated from a Classic Kaposi's sarcoma patient (15). Polyclonal antibodies to EphB4, ephrin B2, CD148, PECAM-1 were obtained from Santa Craz Biotechnology (Santa Craz, CA). Mouse EphB4/Fc' and monoclonal antibodies to human vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), VEGF-C, interleukin-(IL)6, IL- 8 and oncostatin-M were purchased from R & D Systems (Minneapolis, MN). Expression vectors pKSvGPCR-CEFL and pCEFL were the kind gift of Dr. Enrique Mesri (Cornell University, New York, NY). Expression vectors for HHV-8 latency associated nuclear antigen (LANA) were kindly provided by Dr Matthew Rettig, Veteran's Administration Greater Los Angeles Healthcare System.
2) Collection and preparation of human tissue
Human cutaneous Kaposi's sarcoma biopsy material was obtained under local anesthesia with informed consent from patients at the LAC/USC Medical Center, using an IRB approved consent form. Biopsies were processed for either total RNA, paraffin blocks or frozen tissue blocks in OCT. Total RNA was extracted by homogenization in guanidine isothiocyanate, (RNAzol: Tel-Test, Inc., Friendswoods, TX). cDNAs were synthesized by reverse transcriptase using a random hexamer primer (Superscript II; Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA).
3) Preparation of digoxigenin-labeled RNA probes
Ephrin B2 and EphB4 PCR products from the primers shown in Table 4 for in situ hybridization were cloned using the pGEM-T Easy system (Promega, Madison WI) according to the manufacturer's description using. The authenticity and insert orientation were confirmed by DNA sequencing. The pGEM-T Easy plasmids containing the PCR product ofthe human ephrin- B2 or EphB4 gene were linearized with Spe I or Nco I. Antisense or sense digoxigenin (DIG)- labeled RNA probes were transcribed from T7 or SP6 promoters by run-off transcription using a DIG RNA labeling kit (Roche, Indianapolis IN). RNA probes were quantitated by spot assay as described in the DIG RNA labeling kit instructions.
Table 4: Primers for Ephrin B2 and EphB4.
Figure imgf000093_0001
Figure imgf000094_0001
4) In situ hybridization
See above, e.g., Example 3.
5) Co-culture of HUVEC and BC-1
HUVEC cells were grown to 50-70%) confluence in EGM-2 on gelatin-coated Labtech II 4-well chamber slides (Nalge Nunc International, Naperville, IL). Co-culture with BC-1 or BC-3 was essentially as described by Sakurada and coworkers (16). Briefly, BC-1 or BC-3 cells were preheated with TPA (20 ng/ml) to induce virus for 48 hrs and then added to the HUVEC culture at a ratio of 10: 1 for cocultivation for two days. The HUVECs were washed extensively with PBS to remove the attached BC-1 or BC-3 cells.
6) Preparation of cDNA and RT-PCR
The TITANIUM™ One-Step RT-PCR kit (Clontech, Palo Alto, CA) was used for RT- PCR from 1 x 105 cells. Primer pairs for amplification of EphB4, ephrin B2 and β-actin are shown in Table 4. Each PCR cycle consisted of denaturation at 94 °C for 30 s, primer annealing at 60 °C for 30 s and extension at 72 °C for 30 s. The samples were amplified for 30 cycles. PCR products were separated on 1.5% agarose gels and stained with ethidium bromide. 7) Cell viability assay
KS-SLK cells were seeded at a density of 1 x 104 per well in 48-well plates on day 0 in appropriate growth media containing 2%> fetal calf serum (FCS). On the following day, the media was changed and cells were freated with 0, 10 or 100 nM siRNA. On day 3, viability was assessed using 3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5-diphenyltetrazolium bromide (MTT) as previously described (17).
8) Immunofluorescence studies
Cells cultured on Labtech II 4-well chamber slides or frozen sections of KS biopsy material were fixed in 4% paraformaldehyde in Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saline pH 7.4 (PBS) for 30 min. The slides were rinsed twice in PBS and preincubated with blocking buffer (0.2% Triton-XlOO, 1% BSA in PBS) for 20 min, followed by incubation with antibodies to EphB4, ephrin B2, CD148, LANAl or ORF59 (1: 100 dilution in PBS) in blocking buffer at 4 °C for 16 hr. After washing three times, the slides were incubated with the appropriate fluorescein or rhodamine-conjugated secondary antibodies (Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, MO). Nuclei were counterstained with 4' ,6-diamidino-2-phenylindole dihydrochloride hydrate (DAPI), washed extensively with PBS and mounted with Vectasheild antifade mounting solution (Vector Laboratories, Burlingame, CA). Images were obtained using a Olympus AX70 fluorescence microscope and Spot v2.2.2 (Diagnostic Instruments Inc., Sterling Heights, MI) digital imaging system.
Iminunofluorescence detection of EphrinB2 with EPHB4-Fc was done as follows. Frozen sections fixed in 4%> paraformaldehyde and blocked with 20%o FBS were incubated with 5 μg/ml EphB4/Fc (R&D Systems) for 1 h at RT. Sections were then incubated with 10 μg/ml rabbit anti- human IgG-FITC in PBS (Jackson ImmunoResearch Laboratories West Grove, PA) at RT for 1 hour. Nuclei were counterstained with DAPI and sections mounted as above. Human Fc (Jackson ImmunoResearch) was used as the negative confrol.
9) Western Blot
Crude cell lysates were prepared, quantitated, fractionated and transfened to membranes as described previously (17). Membranes were blocked with 5% non-fat milk prior to incubation with antibody to ephrin B2 (1:5000 dilution) at 4 °C, for 16 h. Secondary antibody (1:100,000 dilution) conjugated with horseradish peroxidase was applied for 1 h at 25 °C. The membranes were developed using the SuperSignal West Femto Maximum sensitivity chemiluminescent substrate (Pierce, Rockford, IL) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Membranes were stripped using Restore™ Western Blot Stripping Buffer (Pierce) and reprobed with EphB4 or β- actin.
10) Cord fonnation assay
Mafrigel™ Basement Membrane Matrix (BD Biosciences Discovery Labware, Bedford, MA) was mixed with growth medium (3:1) on ice and 0.5 ml liquid placed in 24-well plates. Incubation of plates at 37 °C for 15 min caused Matrigel™ polymerization. HUVEC or KS-SLK in exponential phase growth were freated with 2 or 8 μg/ml EphB4-ECD or PBS as confrol for 16 h prior to trypsinizing and plating on the Matrigel™. Culture on Matrigel™ was continued in the presence of recombinant fusion proteins for 6 h. Cultures were fixed in 4%> parafomialdehyde for 30 min and evaluated by inverted phase-contrast photomicroscopy.
11) Synthesis of Ephrin B2 and EphB4 siRNA by in vitro transcription
The Silencer™ siRNA construction kit (Ambion, Austin TX) was used to synthesize siRNA to ephrin B2 and EphB4. Briefly, three 21 bp target sequences comprising 19 bp downstream of a 5'-AA dinucleotide were identified in the ephrin B2 cDNA (Accession number NM_004093) that showed no significant homology to other sequences in the GenBank database. Sense and antisense siRNA 29-mer DNA oligonucleotide templates were synthesized at the USC Norris Microchemical Core Facility. Antisense template conesponded to the target sequence followed by 8 bp addition (5'-CCTGTCTC-3') at the 3' end complementary to the T7 promoter primer provided with the Silencer SiRNA Construction Kit. Sense template comprised 5'-AA followed by the complement ofthe target 19 bp, then the T7 8 bp sequence as above. In separate reactions, the two siRNA oligonucleotide templates were hybridized to a T7 promoter primer. The 3' ends ofthe hybridized oligonucleotides were extended by the Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase to create double-stranded siRNA transcription templates. The sense and antisense siRNA templates were transcribed by T7 RNA polymerase and the resulting RNA transcripts were hybridized to create dsRNA. The dsRNA consisted of 5' terminal single-stranded leader sequences, a 19 nt target specific dsRNA, and 3' terminal UUs. The leader sequences were removed by digesting the dsRNA with a single-stranded specific ribonuclease. The DNA template was removed at the same time by treatment with RNAse free deoxyribonuclease.
The resulting siRNAs were purified by glass fiber filter binding to remove excess nucleotides, short ohgomers, proteins, and salts in the reaction. End product double-sfranded 21mer siRNAs are shown in Table 5. Similarly, an EphB4 and green fluorescence protein (GFP) siRNAs were synthesized.
Table 5: siRNAs of ephrin B2 and EphB4.
Figure imgf000097_0001
12) Transfection of Ephrin B2 or EphB4 siRNA
HUVEC were seeded on eight-well chamber slides coated with fibronectin and grown overnight in EGM-2 (Cambrex, WalkersviUe, MD). 16 h later media was replaced either with EBM-2 supplemented with 5% fetal calf serum (FCS) and EGM-2 BulletKit supplements bFGF, hEGF and R3 -IGF-I at the concenfrations provided by the manufacturer, or EBM-2 supplemented with 5% FCS and 10 ng/ml rhVEGF (R&D Systems). After 2 h incubation at 37 °C, the cells were fransfected using Lipofectamine 2000 (1 μg/ml; Invitrogen) and 10 nM specific siRNAs in Opti-MEM-1 serum-free medium (Invitrogen). Following transfection for 2 hr in Opti-MEM-1, media supplemented as above was replaced in the appropriate wells. After 48 hrs, the cells were stained with crystal violet and immediately photographed at 10X magnification. 13) Constraction of ephrin B2 reporter plasmids
Human ephrin B2 5 '-flanking DNA from -2491 to -11 with respect to the translation start site was amplified from BACPAC clone RP11-29716 (BacPac Resources, Children's Hospital, Oakland, CA) using the Advantage GC Genomic PCR kit (Clontech Palo Alto, CA) to overcome the large fracts of CG-rich sequence in the target area. Primers were designed to contain Mul sites for cloning. Amplified product was digested with Mul, gel purified and ligated into the Mlul site in the multiple cloning site of pGL3Basic (Promega, Madison, WI). Orientation ofthe resulting clones was confirmed by restriction digest analysis. The conect clone was designated pEFNB2-2491/-11luc Digestion of this clone with either Kpnl or Sacl followed by recircularization yielded pEFNB2-1242/-1 iluc and pEFNB2.57 /-ι iluc, respectively. Plasmid DNAs used for fransient transfections were purified using a Mega Prep kit (QIAGEN, Valencia, CA).
14) Transient transfection
HUVEC cells (0.8 x 104 cells/well in 24 well plates) maintained in EGM-2 media were fransiently co-transfected with 0.5 μg/well ephrin B2 promoter-luciferase constructs together with 50 ng/well either pCEFL or pKSvGPCR-CEFL, using Superfect reagent (QIAGEN) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Cells were harvested 48 h post-transfection and lysed with Luciferase cell lysis buffer (Promega). Luciferase activity was assayed using the Luciferase Assay System (Promega) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Luciferase was nonnalized to protein, because pCEFL-vGPCR induced the expression of β-galactosidase from pCMV-Sport-βgal (Invitrogen).
15) Constraction and purification of EphB4 extra cellular domain (ECD) protein
See above, e.g., Example 1.
Example 7. Expression of EphB4 in Bladder cancer: a candidate target for therapy
Figure 51 shows expression of EPHB4 in bladder cancer cell lines (A), and regulation of EPHB4 expression by EGFR signaling pathway (B).
Figure 52 shows that transfection of p53 inhibit the expression of EPHB4 in 5637 cell. Figure 53 shows growth inhibition of bladder cancer cell line (5637) upon treatment with EPHB4 siRNA 472.
Figure 54 shows results on apoptosis study of 5637 cells transfected with EPHB4 siRNA
472.
Figure 55 shows effects of EPHB4 antisense probes on cell migration. 5637 cells were freated with EPHB4AS 10 (10 μM).
Figure 56 shows effects of EPHB4 siRNA on cell invasion. 5637 cells were fransfected with siRNA 472 or confrol siRNA.
Example 8. Inhibition of EphB4 Gene Expression by EphB4 antisense probes and RNAi probes
Cell lines expressing EphB4 were freated with the synthetic phosphorothioate modified oligonucleotides and harvested after 24 hr. Cell lysates were prepared and probed by western blot analysis for relative amounts of EphB4 compared to untreated confrol cells.
Studies on inhibition of cell proliferation were done in HNSCC cell lines characterized to express EphB4. Loss of cell viability was shown upon knock-down of EphB4 expression. Cells were freated in vitro and cultured in 48-well plates, seeded with 10 thousand cells per well. Test compounds were added and the cell viability was tested on day 3. The results on EphB4 antisense probes were summarized below in Table 6. The results on EphB4 RNAi probes were summarized below in Table 7.
Table 6. Inhibition of EphB4 Gene Expression by EphB4 antisense probes
Name Sequence 5'- 3' position Inhibition Percent of EphB4 reduction Expression in viability
Eph B 169 TCA GTA CTG CGG GGC CGG TCC (2944-2963) ++ 36
Eph B 168 TCC TGT CCC ACC CGG GGT TC (2924-2943) ++ 51
Eph B4 167 CCG GCT TGG CCT GGG ACT TC (2904-2923) +++ 66
Eph B 166 ATG TGC TGG ACA CTG GCC AA (2884-2903) ++++ 70
Eph B4 165 GAT TTT CTT CTG GTG TCC CG (2864-2883) ++++ 75
Eph B4 164 CCA GAG TGA CTC CGA TTC GG (2844-2863) ++ 40
Eph B4 163 AGC AGG TCC TCA GCA GAG AT (2824-2843) ++++ 66
Eph B 162 CTG GCT GAC CAG CTC GAA GG (2804-2823) 25
Eph B4 161 AGC CAA AGC CAG CGG CTG CG (2784-2803) + 33
Eph B4 160 AAA CTT TCT TCG TAT CTT CC (2763-2783) + 25
Eph B4 159 CAT TTT GAT GGC CCG AAG CC (2743-2762) ++ 40
Eph B 158 ACT CGC CCA CAG AGC CAA AA (2723-2742) 30
Eph B4 157 GCT GAG TAG TGA GGC TGC CG (2703-2722) + 25
Figure imgf000100_0001
Eph B4 102 ATC AGG GCC AGC TGC TCC CG (1603-1622) +++ 50
Eph B 101 CCA GCC CTC GCT CTC ATC CA (1583-1602) ++++ 80
Eph B4 100 GTT GGG TCT GGC TGT GAT GT (1563-1582) ++++ 80
Eph B4 99 TCC TGG CCG AAG GGC CCG TA (1543-1562) ++ 35
Eph B4 98 GCC GGC CTC AGA GCG CGC CC (1523-1542) ++ 50
Eph B4 97 GTA CCT GCA CCA GGT AGC TG (1503-1522) ++++ 80
Eph B4 96 GCT CCC CGC TTC AGC CCC CG (1483-1502) ++ 50
Eph B4 95 CAG CTC TGC CCG GTT TC TG (1463-1482) ++ 50
Eph B4 94 ACG TCT TCA GGA ACC GCA CG (1443-1462) ++++ 80
Eph B4 93 CTG CTG GGA CCC TCG GCG CC (1423-1442) ++ 40
Eph B4 92 CTT CTC ATG GTA TTT GAC CT (1403-1422) ++++ 80
Eph B4 91 CGT AGT CCA GCA CAG CCC CA (1383-1402) ++++ 85
Eph B4 90 CTG GGT GCC CGG GGA ACA GC (1363-1382) +++ 50
Eph B4 89 CCA GGC CAG GCT CAA GCT GC (1343-1462) ++++ 70
Eph B4 88 TGG GTG AGG ACC GCG TCA CC (1323-1342) ++ 40
Eph B4 87 CGG ATG TCA GAC ACT GCA GG (1303-1322) ++++ 60
Eph B4 86 AGG TAC CTC TCG GTC AGT GG (1283-1302) ++ 50
Eph B4 85 TGA CAT TGA CAG GCT CAA AT (1263-1282) ++++ 80
Eph B4 84 GGG ACG GGC CCC GTG GCT AA (1243-1262) ++ 50
Eph B4 83 GGA GGA TAC CCC GTT CAA TG (1223-1242) +++ 60
Eph B4 82 CAG TGA CCT CAA AGG TAT AG (1203-1222) ++++ 70
Eph B4 81 GTG AAG TCA GGA CGT AGC CC (1183-1202) +++ 60
Eph B 80 TCG AAC CAC CAC CCA GGG CT (1163-1182) +++ 50
Eph B4 79 CCA CCA GGT CCC GGG GGC CG (1143-1162) ++ 40
Eph B4 78 GGG TCA AAA GTC AGG TCT CC (1123-1142) ++++ 70
Eph B4 77 CCC GCA GGG CGC ACA GGA GC (1103-1122) +++ 60
Eph B4 76 CTC CGG GTC GGC ACT CCC GG (1083-1102) +++ 60
Eph B4 75 CAG CGG AGG GCG TAG GTG AG (1063-1082) ++ 40
Eph B4 74 GTC CTC TCG GCC ACC AGA CT (1043-1062) ++ 50
Eph B4 73 CCA GGG GGG CAC CC ATT CC (1023-1042) ++ 50
Eph B4 72 AGG TGC AGG GAG GAG CCG TT (1003-1022) ++++ 70
Eph B4 71 CAG GCG GGA AAC CAC GCT cc (983-1002) ++ 40
Eph B4 70 GCG GAG CCG AAG GAG GGG TG (963-982) +++ 50
Eph B4 69 GTG CAG GGT GCA CCC CGG GG (943-962) +++ 50
Eph B4 68 GTC TGT GCG TGC CCG GAA GT (923-942) ++ 40
Eph B4 67 ACC CGA CGC GGC ACT GGC AG (903-922) ++ 40
Eph B4 66 ACG GCT GAT CCA ATG GTG TT (883-902) ++ 50
Eph B4 65 AGA GTG GCT ATT GGC TGG GC (863-882 ( ++++ 60
Eph B 64 ATG GCT GGC AGG ACC CTT CT (843-862) ++++ 80
Eph B4 63 CCT GAC AGG GGC TTG AAG GT (823-842) ++++ 80
Eph B4 62 GCC CTG GGC ACA GGC TCG GC (803-822) +++ 70
Eph B4 61 ACT TGG TGT CC CCT CAG CT (783-802) ++++ 80
Eph B4 60 GCC TCG AAC CCC GGA GCA CA (763-782) +++ 50
Eph B 59 GCT GCA GCC CGT GAC CGG CT (743-762) +++ 50
Eph B4 58 GTT CGG CCC ACT GGC CAT CC (723-742) ++ 45
Eph B 57 TCA CGG CAG TAG AGG CTG GG (703-722) +++ 70
Eph B4 56 GCT GGG GCC AGG GGC GGG GA (683-702) ++ 50
Eph B 55 CGG CAT CCA CCA CGC AGC TA (663-682) ++ 50
Eph B4 54 CCG GCC ACG GGC ACA ACC AG (643-662) ++ 50
Eph B4 53 CTC CCG AGG CAC AGT CTC CG (623-642) +++ 50
Eph B4 52 GGA ATC GAG TCA GGT TCA CA (603-622) ++++ 90
Eph B4 51 GTC AGC TGG GCG CAC TTT TT (583-602) +++ 70
Eph B4 50 GTA GAA GAG GTG CAG GGA TA (563-582) ++++ 80
Eph B4 49 GCA GGG CCA TGC AGG CAC CC (543-562) ++++ 80 Eph B4 48 TGG CC TGG AAG GCC AGG TA (523-542) ++++ 90
Eph B4 47 GAA GCC AGC CTT GCT GAG CG (503-522) ++++ 80
Eph B4 46 GTC CCA GAC GCA GCG CT TG (483-502) ++ 40
Eph B4 45 ACA TC ACC TTC CCG GTG GC (463-482) +++ 50
Eph B4 44 CTC GGC CCC AGG GCG CTT CC (443-462) ++ 50
Eph B4 43 GGG TGA GAT GCT CCG CGG CC (423-442) +++ 60
Eph B4 42 ACC GTG TCC ACC TTG ATG TA (403-422) ++++ 80
Eph B4 41 GGG GTT CTC CAT CCA GGC TG (383-402) ++++ 80
Eph B4 40 GCG TGA GGG CCG TGG CCG TG (363-382) ++ 50
Eph B4 39 TCC GCA TCG CTC TCA TAG TA (343-362) +++ 60
Eph B4 38 GAA GAC GGT GAA GGT CTC CT (323-342) ++++ 80
Eph B4 37 TGC AGG AGC GCC CAG CCC GA (303-322) +++ 50
Eph B4 36 GGC AGG GAC AGG' CAC TCG AG (283-302) +++ 45
Eph B4 35 CAT GGT GAA GCG CAG CGT GG (263-282) ++ 50
Eph B4 34 CGT ACA CGT GGA CGG CGC CC (243-262) ++ 40
Eph B4 33 CGC CGT GGG ACC CAA CCT GT (223-242) +++ 60
Eph B4 32 GCG AAG CCA GTG GGC CTG GC (203-222) ++++ 70
Eph B4 31 CCG GGG CAC GCT GCA CGT CA (183-202) +++ 60
Eph B4 30 CAC ACT TCG TAG GTG CGC AC (163-182) +++ 70
Eph B4 29 GCT GTG CTG TTC CTC ATC CA (143-162) ++++ 80
Eph B4 28 GGC CGC TCA GTT CCT CCC AC (123-142) ++ 40
Eph B4 27 TGC CCG TCC ACC TGA GGG AA (103-122) ++ 50
Eph B4 26 TGT CAC CCA CTT CAG ATC AG (83-102) ++++ 70
Eph B4 25 CAG TTT CCA ATT TTG TGT TC (63-82) ++++ 70
Eph B4 24 AGC AGG GTC CT CC AAA GC (43-62) ++++ 80
Eph B4 23 TGC GGC CAA CGA AGC CCA GC (23-42) ++ 50
Eph B4 22 AGA GCA GCA CCC GGA GCT CC (3-22) +++ 50
Eph B4 21 AGC AGC ACC CGG AGC TCC AT (1-20) +++ 50
Adciitional antisense probes described in the specification
EphB4 AS-1 GTG CAG GGA TAG CAG GGC CAT (552-572)
EphB4 AS-2 AAG GAG GGG TGG TGC ACG GTG (952-972)
EphB4 AS-3 TTC CAG GTG CAG GGA GGA GCC (1007-1027)
EphB4 AS-4 GTG GTG ACA TTG ACA GGC TCA (1263-1285)
EphB4 AS -5 TCT GGC TGT GAT GTT CCT GGC (1555-1575)
EphB4 AS-6 GCC GCT CAG TTC CTC CCA (123-140)
EphB4 AS-7 TGA AGG TCT CCT TGC AGG (316-333)
EphB4 AS-8 CGC GGC CAC CGT GTC CAC CTT (408-428)
EphB4 AS-9 CTT CAG GGT CTT GAT TGC CAC (1929-1949)
EphB4 AS-10 ATG GAG GCC TCG CTC AGA AA (1980-1999)
Ephb4 AS -11 CAT GCC CAC GAG CTG GAT GAC (2138-2158)
Table 7. Inhibition of EphB4 Gene Expression by EphB4 RNAi probes
Figure imgf000102_0001
453 aaactgctgatctgaagtggg 473 ++++ 70
454 aactgctgatctgaagtgggt 474 +++ 80
854 aatgtcaagacgctgcgtctg 874 +++ 65
467 aagtgggtgacattccctcag 487 + 35
848 aaggtgaatgtcaagacgctg 868 ++ 50
698 aaggagaccttcaccgtcttc 718 +++ 75
959 aaaaagtgcgcccagctgact 979 + 40
1247 aatagccactctaacaccatt 1267 ++ 50
1259 aacaccattggatcagccgtc 1279 ++ 50
1652 aatgtcaccactgaccgagag 1672 + 35
1784 aaataccatgagaagggcgcc 1804 +++ 65
1832 aagacgtcagaaaaccgggca 1852 + 30
1938 aacatcacagccagacccaac 19 ++ 50
2069 aagcagagcaatgggagagaa 2089 ++++ 75
2078 aatgggagagaagcagaatat 2098 +++ 65
2088 aagcagaatattcggacaaac 2108 +++ 70
2094 aatattcggacaaacacggac 2114 ++ 40
2105 aaacacggacagtatctcatc 2125 ++ 50
2106 aacacggacagta ctcatcg 2126 + 35
2197 aaaagagatcgatgtctccta 2217 +++ 65
2174 aatgaggctgtgagggaattt 2194 ++ 50
2166 aagaccctaatgaggctgtga 2186 ++ 50
2198 aaagagatcgatgtctcctac 2218 +++ 55
2199 aagagatcgatgtctcctacg 2219 +++ 70
2229 aagaggtgattggtgcaggtg 2249 + 33
2222 aagattgaagaggtgattggt 2242 + 30
2429 aacagcatgcccgtcat att 2449 ++ 40
2291 aagaaggagagctgtgtggca 2311 +++ 50
2294 aaggagagctgtgtggcaatc 2314 +++ 60
2311 aatcaagaccctgaagggtgg 2331 +++ 70
2497 aaacgacggacagttcacagt 2517 + 35
2498 aacgacggacagttcacagtc 2518 + 40
2609 aacatcctagtcaacagcaac 2629 ++ 50
2621 aacagcaacctcgtctgcaaa 2641 + 35
2678 aactcttccgatcccacctac 2698 ++ 50
2640 aagtgtctgactttggccttt 2660 +++ 70
2627 aacctcgtctgcaaagtgtct 2647 ++ 50
2639 aaagtgtctgactttggcctt 2659 + 25
2852 aatcaggacgtgatcaatgcc 2872 +++ 75 42 2716 aaagattcccatccgatggac 2736 ++ 50
43 2717 aagattcccatccgatggact 2737 ++ 60
44 2762 aagttcac tccgccagtgat 2782 +++ 70
45 3142 aagatacgaagaaagtttcgc 3162 ++ 50
46 3136 aatgggaagatacgaagaaag 3156 +++ 66
47 2867 aatgccattgaacaggactac 2887
48 3029 aaaatcgtggcccgggagaat 3049 + 33
49 3254 aaaatcttggccagtgtccag 3274 ++ 50
50 3255 aaatcttggccagtgtccagc 3275 +++ 75
51 3150 aagaaagtttcgcagccgctg 3170 +++ 80
52 3251 aagaaaatcttggccagtgtc 3271 ++ 50
53 3256 aa cttggccagtgtccagca 3276 ++ 50
Additional RNAi probes described in the specification
Eph B4 50 gagacccugcugaacacaauu
Eph B4 472 ggugaaugucaagacgcuguu
Eph B4 1562 caucacagccagacccaacuu
SiRNA 2303 cucuuccgaucccaccuacuu
Eph B4 2302 cucuuccgaucccaccuacuu
Example 9. Inhibition of Eplirin B2 Gene Expression by Ephrin B2 antisense probes and RNAi probes
KS SLK, a cell line expressing endogenous high level of ephrin B2. Cell viability was tested using fixed dose of each oligonuceotide (5UM). Gene expression downregulation was done using cell line 293 engineered to stably express full-length ephrin B2. KS SLK expressing EphrinB2 were also used to test the viability in response to RNAi probes tested at the fixed dose of 50 nM. Protein expression levels were measured using 293 cells stably expressing full-length EphrinB2, in cell lysates after 24 hr treatment with fixed 50 nM of RNAi probes.
The results on Ephrin B2 antisense probes were summarized below in Table 8. Tlie results on Ephrin B2 RNAi probes were summarized below in Table 9.
Table 8. Ephrin B2 antisense ODNs.
Figure imgf000104_0001
Ephrin AS-47 TGA CCT TCT CGT AGT GAG GG (903-922) 40 +++
Ephrin AS-46 CAG AAG ACG CTG TCC GCA GT (883-902) 40 ++
Ephrin AS-45 CCT TAG CGG GAT GAT AAT GT (863-882) 35 ++
Ephrin AS-44 CAC TGG GCT CTG AGC CGT TG (843-862) 60 +++
Ephrin AS-43 TTG TTG CCG CTG CGC TTG GG (823-842) 40 ++
Ephrin AS-42 TGT GGC CAG TGT GCT GAG CG (803-822) 40 ++
Ephrin AS-41 ACA GCG TGG TCG TGT GCT GC (783-802) 70 +++
Ephrin AS-40 GGC GAG TGC TTC CTG TGT CT (763-782) 80 ++++
Ephrin AS-39 CCT CCG GTA CTT CAG CAA GA (743-762) 50 +++
Ephrin AS-38 GGA CCA CCA GCG TGA TGA TG (723-742) 60 +++
Ephrin AS-37 ATG ACG ATG AAG ATG ATG CA (703-722) 70 +++
Ephrin AS-36 CC TGA AGC AAT CCC TGC AA (683-702) 60 +++
Ephrin AS-35 ATA AGG CCA CTT CGG AAC CG (663-682) 45 ++
Ephrin AS-34 AGG ATG TTG TTC CCC GAA TG (643-662) 50 +++
Ephrin AS-33 TCC GGC GCT GTT GCC GTC TG (623-642) 75 +++
Ephrin AS-32 TGC TAG AAC CTG GAT TTG GT (603-622) 60 +++
Ephrin AS-31 TTT ACA AAG GGA CTT GTT GT (583-602) 66 +++
Ephrin AS-30 CGA ACT TCT TCC ATT TGT AC (563-582) 50 ++
Ephrin AS-29 CAG CTT CTA GTT CTG GAC GT (543-562) 50 +++
Ephrin AS-28 CTT GTT GGA CT TTA TTC CT (523-542) 70 +++
Ephrin AS-27 GGT TGA TCC AGC AGA ACT TG (503-522) 65 +++
Ephrin AS-26 CAT CTT GTC CAA CTT TCA TG (483-502) 75 +++
Ephrin AS-25 AGG ATC TTC ATG GCT CTT GT (463-482) 60 +++
Ephrin AS-24 CTG GCA CAC CCC TCC CTC CT (443-462) 45 ++
Ephrin AS-23 GGT TAT CCA GGC CCT CCA AA (423-442) 50 +++
Ephrin AS-22 GAC CCA TTT GAT GTA GAT AT (403-422) 50 +++
Ephrin AS-21 AAT GTA ATA ATC TTT GTT CT (383-402) 60 +++
Ephrin AS-20 TCT GAA ATT CTA GAC CCC AG (363-382) 60 +++
Ephrin AS-19 AGG TTA GGG CTG AAT TCT TG (343-362) 75 +++
Ephrin AS-18 AAA CTT GAT GGT GAA TTT GA (323-342) 60 +++
Ephrin AS-17 TAT CTT GGT CTG GTT TGG CA (303-322) 50 ++
Ephrin AS-16 CAG TTG AGG AGA GGG GTA TT (283-302) 40 ++
Ephrin AS-15 TTC CTT CTT AAT AGT GCA TC (263-282) 66 +++
Ephrin AS-14 TGT CTG CTT GGT CTT TAT CA (243-262) 70 ++++
Ephrin AS-13 ACC ATA TAA ACT TTA TAA TA (223-242) 50 +++
Ephrin AS-12 TC ATA CTG GCC AAC AGT TT (203-222) 50 +++
Ephrin AS-11 TAG AGT CCA CTT TGG GGC AA (183-202) 70 ++++
Ephrin AS-10 ATA ATA TCC AAT TTG CT CC (163-182) 70 ++++
Ephrin AS-9 TAT CTG TGG GTA TAG TAC CA (143-162) 80 ++++
Ephrin AS-8 GTC CTT GTC CAG GTA GAA AT (123-142) 60 +++
Ephrin AS-7 TTG GAG TTC GAG GAA TTC CA (103-122) 80 ++++
Ephrin AS-6 ATA GAT AGG CTC TAA AAC TA (83-102) 70 +++
Ephrin AS-5 TCG ATT TGG AAA TCG CAG TT (63-82) 50 +++
Ephrin AS-4 CTG CAT AAA ACC ATC AAA AC (43-62) 80 ++++
Ephrin AS-3 ACC CCA GCA GTA CTT CCA CA (23-42) 85 ++++
Ephrin AS-2 CGG AGT CCC TTC TCA CAG CC (3-22) 70 +++
Ephrin AS-1 GAG TCC CTT CTC ACA GCC AT (1-20) 80 ++++
Table 9. Ephrin B2 RNAi probes.
Figure imgf000105_0001
141 aactccaaatttctacctgga 161 70 ++++ 2
148 aatttctacctggacaaggac 168 75 +++ 3
147 aaatttctacctggacaagga 167 60 +++ 4
163 aaggactggtactat cccac 183 40 ++ 5
217 aagtggactctaaaactgttg 237 80 ++++ 6
229 aaactgttggccagtatgaat 249 50 +++ 7
228 aaaactgttggccagtatgaa 248 80 ++++ 8
274 aagaccaagcagacagatgca 294 80 ++++ 11
273 aaagaccaagcagacagatgc 293 60 +++ 12
363 aagtttcaagaattcagccct 383 66 +++ 13
370 aagaattcagccctaacctct 390 50 +++ 14
373 aattcagccctaacctctggg 393 50 +++ 15
324 aactgtgccaaaccagaccaa 344 90 ++++ 16
440 aaatgggtctttggagggcct 460 80 ++++ 17
501 aagatcctcatgaaagttgga 521 50 +++ 18
513 aaagttggacaagatgcaagt 533 50 +++ 19
491 aagagccatgaagatcctcat 511 50 +++ 20
514 aagttggacaagatgcaagtt 534 66 +++ 21
523 aagatgcaagttctgctggat 543 66 +++ 22
530 aagttctgctggatcaaccag 550 50 +++ 23
545 aaccaggaataaagatccaac 565 35 ++ 24
555 aaagatccaacaagacgtcca 575 40 ++ 25
556 aagatccaacaagacgtccag 576 60 +++ 26
563 aacaagacgtccagaactaga 583 60 +++ 27
566 aagacgtccagaactagaagc 586 70 +++ 28
593 aaatggaagaagttcgacaac 613 75 ++++ 29
577 aactagaagctggtacaaatg 597 66 +++ 30
594 aatggaagaagttcgacaaca 614 35 ++ 31
583 aagctggtacaaatggaagaa 603 50 +++ 32
611 aacaagtccctttgtaaaacc 631 70 ++++ 33
599 aagaagttcgacaacaagtcc 619 70 ++++ 34
602 aagttcgacaacaagtccctt 622 80 ++++ 35
626 aaaaccaaatccaggttctag 646 50 +++ 36
627 aaaccaaatccaggttctagc 647 25 + 37
628 aaccaaatccaggttctagca 648 30 ++ 38
632 aaatccaggttctagcacaga 652 60 +++ 39
633 aatccaggttctagcacagac 653 40 ++ 40
678 aacaacatcctcggttccgaa 698 30 ++ 41
681 aacatcctcggttccgaagtg 701 20 + 42
Figure imgf000107_0001
Example 10. EphB4 antibodies inhibit tumor growth
Figure 57 shows results on comparison of EphB4 monoclonal antibodies by G250 and in Pull-down assay.
Figure 58 shows that EphB4 antibodies, in the presence of matrigel and growth factors, inhibit the in vivo tumor growth of SCCl 5 cells.
BalbC nude mice were injected subcutaneously with 2.5 x 106 viable tumor cells SCC15 is a head and neck squamous cell carcinoma line. Tumors were initiated in nu/nu mice by injecting 2.5-5xl06 cells premixed with matrigel and Growth factors, and Ab's subcutaneously to initiate tumor xenografts. Mice were opened 14 days after injections. SCCl 5 is a head and neck squamous cell carcinoma line, B16 is a melanoma cell line, and MCF-7 is a breast carcinoma line. The responses of tumors to these treatments were compared to control treated mice, which receive PBS injections. Animals were observed daily for tumor growth and subcutaneous tumors were measured using a caliper every 2 days. Antibodies #1 and #23 showed significant regression of SCCl 5 tumor size compared to control, especially with no additional growth factor added.
Figure 59 shows that EphB4 antibodies cause apoptosis, necrosis and decreased angiogenesis in SCCl 5, head and neck carcinoma tumor type.
Angiogenesis was assessed by CD-31 immunohistochemistry. Tumor tissue sections from treated and untreated mice were stained for CD31. Apoptosis was assessed by immunohistochemical TUNNEL, and proliferation by BrdU assay. Following surgical removal, tumors were immediately sliced into 2 mm serial sections and embedded in paraffin using standard procedures. Paraffin embedded tissue were sectioned at 5 μm, the wax removed and the tissue rehydrated. The rehydrated tissues were microwave irradiated in antigen retreival solution. . Slides were rinsed in PBS, and TUNNEL reaction mixture (Terminal deoxynucleotidyl transferase and flourescein labeled nucleotide solution), and BrdU were added in a humidity chamber completely shielded from light. The TUNNEL and BrdU reaction mixture were then removed, slides were rinsed and anti-flourescein antibody conjugated with horseradish peroxidase was added. After incubation and rinsing, 3, 3 'diaminobenzidine was added. Masson's Trichrome and Hematoxylin and Eosin were also used to stain the slides to visualize morphology. Masson's Trichrome allows to visualize necrosis and fibrosis. The tumor gets blood support from tumor/skin, muscle boundary. As tumor grows, inner regions get depleted of nutrients. This leads to necrosis (cell death), preferably at the tumor center. After cells die, (tumor) tissue gets replaced with fibroblastic tissue. Slides were visualized under 20-fold magnification with digital images acquired. A different morphology was obtained on SCC tumors with each antibody administered. Ab #1 showed an increase in necrosis and fibrosis but not apoptosis. Ab #23 showed an increase in apoptosis, necrosis and fibrosis and a decrease in vessel infiltration. Ab #35 showed an increase in necrosis and fibrosis, and a small increase in apoptosis and a decrease in vessel infiltration. Ab #79 showed a large increase in apoptosis, and necrossis and fibrosis. Ab #91 showed no change in apoptosis but an increase in proliferation. And Ab #138 showed an increase in apoptosis, necrosis, fibrosis and a decrease in proliferation and vessel infiltration. Tumors treated with control PBS displayed abundant tumor density and a robust angiogenic response. Tumors treated with EphB4 antibodies displayed a decrease in tumor cell density and a marked inhibition of tumor angiogenesis in regions with viable tumor cells, as well as tumor necrosis and apoptosis.
Figure 60 shows that systemic administration of antibodies on xenografts leads to tumor regression in SCC 15 tumor xenografts.
Alternate day treatment with EphB4 monoclonal antibody or an equal volume of PBS as control were initiated on day 4, after the tumors have established, and continued for 14 days. Systemic administration was administered either IP or SC with no significant difference. All the experiments were carried out in a double-blind manner to eliminate investigator bias. Mice were sacrificed at the conclusion ofthe two week treatment period. Tumors were harvested immediately postmortem and fixed and processed for irmnunohistochemistry. EphB4 antibodies 40 mg per kg body weight were administered. Treatment with EphB4 antibody significantly inhibited human SCC tumor growth compared with control-treated mice (p<0.05). Treatment with EphB4 antibody significantly inhibited tumor weight compared with control-treated mice (p<0.05).
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
All publications and patents mentioned herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety as if each individual publication or patent was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
While specific embodiments ofthe subject disclosure have been discussed, the above specification is illustrative and not restrictive. Many variations ofthe disclosure will become apparent to those skilled in the art upon review of this specification and the claims below. The full scope ofthe disclosure should be determined by reference to the claims, along with their full scope of equivalents, and the specification, along with such variations.

Claims

WE CLAIM:
I . An isolated nucleic acid compound comprising at least a portion that hybridizes to an EphB4 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphB4 in a cell.
2. The isolated nucleic acid compound of claim 1, wherein the EphB4 transcript has a nucleotide sequence shown in Figure 62.
3. The isolated nucleic acid compound of claim 1 , wherein the nucleic acid compound comprises a nucleotide sequence that is complementary to a region consisting of no more than 500 nucleotides ofthe nucleic acid sequence as shown in Figure 62.
4. The nucleic acid compound of claim 3, wherein the region has at least 8 contiguous nucleotides ofthe sequence shown in Figure 62.
5. The nucleic acid compound of claim 3, wherein the region is in the coding sequence of the sequence shown in Figure 62.
6. The nucleic acid compound of claim 1, wherein nucleic acid compound is from about 14 to about 50 nucleotides in length.
7. The nucleic acid compound of claim 1, wherein the nucleic acid compound is single- stranded.
8. The nucleic acid compound of claim 1, wherein the nucleic acid compound is double- stranded.
9. The nucleic acid compound of claim 1, wherein the nucleic acid compound is a DNA molecule, optionally comprising one or more modified backbone or base moieties.
10. The nucleic acid compound of claim 1, wherein the nucleic acid compound is a RNA molecule, optionally comprising one or more modified backbone or base moieties.
I I . The nucleic acid compound of claim 1 , wherein the nucleic acid compound comprises a DNA strand and a RNA strand and optionally comprises one or more modified backbone or base moieties.
12. The nucleic acid compound of claim 1, wherein the nucleic acid compound is an antisense nucleic acid compound.
13. The nucleic acid compound of claim 12, wherein the antisense nucleic acid compound is from about 15 to about 30 nucleotides in length.
14. The nucleic acid compound of claim 12, wherein the antisense nucleic acid compound is selected from the sequences listed in Table 6.
15. The nucleic acid compound of claim 12, wherein the antisense nucleic acid compound comprisese one or modified backbone or base moieties.
16. The nucleic acid compound of claim 15, wherein the antisense nucleic acid compound has at least one internucleotide linkage selected from the group consisting of alkylphosphonates, phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, alkylphosphonothioates, phosphora idates, phosphate esters, carbamates, acetamidate, carboxylmethyl esters, carbonates, and phosphate triesters.
17. The nucleic acid compound of claim 15, wherein the modified antisense nucleic acid comprises at least one 2'-O-alkylated ribonucleotide.
18. The nucleic acid compound of claim 1, wherein the nucleic acid compound is an RNAi construct.
19. The nucleic acid compound of claim 18, wherein the RNAi construct is a dsRNA, optionally comprising one or more modified backbone or base moieties.
20. The nucleic acid compound of claim 18, wherein the RNAi construct is a hairpin RNA, optionally comprising one or more modified backbone or base moieties.
21. The nucleic acid compound of claim 18, wherein the duplex portion ofthe RNAi construct is from about 21 to about 23 nucleotides in length.
22. The nucleic acid compound of claim 18, wherein the RNAi construct comprises an RNA strand having a sequence selected from the sequences listed in Table 7, optionally comprising one or more modified backbone or base moieties.
23. The nucleic acid compound of claim 18, wherein the RNAi construct comprises one or more backbone or base moieties.
24. The nucleic acid compound of claim 23, wherein the modified RNAi construct has at least one internucleotide linkage selected from the group consisting of alkylphosphonates, phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, alkylphosphonothioates, phosphoramidates, phosphate esters, carbamates, acetamidate, carboxylmethyl esters, carbonates, and phosphate triesters.
25. The nucleic acid compound of claim 24, wherein the modified RNAi construct comprises at least a 2'-O-alkylated ribonucleotide.
26. The nucleic acid compound of claim 1, wherein the nucleic acid compound is an enzymatic nucleic acid.
27. The nucleic acid compound of claim 26, wherein the enzymatic nucleic acid is a ribozyme.
28. The nucleic acid compound of claim 26, wherein the enzymatic nucleic acid is a DNA enzyme.
29. The nucleic acid compound of claim 1 , wherein the nucleic acid compound inhibits EphB4 expression in cells by 50% or greater, when contacted with the cells under physiological conditions at a concentration of 5 micromolar.
30. An isolated nucleic acid compound comprising a portion that hybridizes to an EphrinB2 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphrinB2 in a cell.
31. The isolated nucleic acid compound of claim 30, wherein the EphrinB2 transcript has a nucleotide sequence shown in Figure 64.
32. The isolated nucleic acid compound of claim 30, wherein the nucleic acid compound comprises a nucleotide sequence that is complementary to a region consisting of no more than 500 nucleotides ofthe nucleic acid sequence shown in Figure 64.
33. The nucleic acid compound of claim 32, wherein the region has at least 8 contiguous nucleotides ofthe sequence shown in Figure 64.
34. The nucleic acid compound of claim 32, wherein the region is in the coding sequence shown in Figure 64.
35. The nucleic acid compound of claim 30, wherein nucleic acid compound is from about 14 to about 50 nucleotides in length.
36. The nucleic acid compound of claim 30, wherein the nucleic acid compound is single- stranded.
37. The nucleic acid compound of claim 30, wherein the nucleic acid compound is double- stranded.
38. The nucleic acid compound of claim 30, wherein the nucleic acid compound is a DNA molecule, optionally comprising one or more modified backbone or base moieties.
39. The nucleic acid compound of claim 30, wherein the nucleic acid compound is a RNA molecule, optionally comprising one or more modified backbone or base moieties.
i l l
40. The nucleic acid compound of claim 30, wherein the nucleic acid compound comprises a DNA strand and a RNA strand and optionally comprises one or more modified backbone or base moieties.
41. The nucleic acid compound of claim 30, wherein the nucleic acid compound is an antisense nucleic acid compound.
42. The nucleic acid compound of claim 41 , wherein the antisense nucleic acid compound is from about 15 to about 30 nucleotides in length.
43. The nucleic acid compound of claim 41 , wherein the antisense nucleic acid compound is selected from the sequences listed in Table 8.
44. The nucleic acid compound of claim 41 , wherein the antisense nucleic acid compound comprisese one or modified backbone or base moieties.
45. The nucleic acid compound of claim 44, wherein the antisense nucleic acid compound has at least one internucleotide linkage selected from the group consisting of alkylphosphonates, phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, alkylphosphonothioates, phosphoramidates, phosphate esters, carbamates, acetamidate, carboxylmethyl esters, carbonates, and phosphate triesters.
46. The nucleic acid compound of claim 44, wherein the modified antisense nucleic acid comprises at least one 2'-O-alkylated ribonucleotide.
47. The nucleic acid compound of claim 30, wherein the nucleic acid compound is a RNAi construct.
48. The nucleic acid compound of claim 47, wherein the RNAi construct is a dsRNA, optionally comprising one or more modified backbone or base moieties.
49. The nucleic acid compound of claim 47, wherein the RNAi construct is a hairpin RNA, optionally comprising one or more modified backbone or base moieties.
50. The nucleic acid compound of claim 47, wherein the duplex portion of the RNAi construct is from about 21 to about 23 nucleotides in length.
51. The nucleic acid compound of claim 47, wherein the RNAi construct comprises an RNA strand having a sequence selected from the sequences listed in Table 9, optionally comprising one or more modified backbone or base moieties.
52. The nucleic acid compound of claim 47, wherein the RNAi construct comprises one or more backbone or base moieties.
53. The nucleic acid compound of claim 52, wherein the modified RNAi construct has at least one internucleotide linkage selected from the group consisting of alkylphosphonates, phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, alkylphosphonothioates, phosphoramidates, phosphate esters, carbamates, acetamidate, carboxylmethyl esters, carbonates, and phosphate triesters.
54. The nucleic acid compound of claim 52, wherein the modified RNAi construct comprises at least a 2'-O-alkylated ribonucleotide.
55. The nucleic acid compound of claim 30, wherein the nucleic acid compound is an enzymatic nucleic acid.
56. The nucleic acid compound of claim 55, wherein the enzymatic nucleic acid is a ribozyme.
57. The nucleic acid compound of claim 55, wherein the enzymatic nucleic acid is a DNA enzyme.
58. The nucleic acid compound of claim 30, wherein the nucleic acid compound inliibits EphrinB2 expression in cells by 50% or greater, when contacted with the cells under physiological conditions at a concentration of 5 micromolar.
59. A pharmaceutical compostion comprising a nucleic acid compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, wherein the nucleic acid compound is selected from the group consisting of: (a) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphB4 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphB4 in a cell; and
(b) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphrinB2 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphrinB2 in a cell.
60. The pharmaceutical compostion of claim 59, wherein the nucleic acid compound is selected from the group consisting of: an RNAi construct and an antisense nucleic acid compound.
61. A method of inhibiting EphB4 expression in a cell, comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount ofthe nucleic acid compound of claim 1.
62. The method of claim 61 , wherein the nucleic acid compound is selected from the group consisting of: an RNAi construct and an antisense nucleic acid compound.
63. A method of inhibiting Ephrin B2 expression in a cell, comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount ofthe nucleic acid compound of claim 30.
64. The method of claim 63, wherein the wherein the nucleic acid compound is selected from the group consisting of: an RNAi construct and an antisense nucleic acid compound.
65. A method of reducing the growth rate of a tumor in a subject, comprising administering an amount of a nucleic acid compound sufficient to reduce the growth rate ofthe tumor, wherein the nucleic acid compound is selected from the group consisting of:
(a) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphB4 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphB4 in a cell; and
(b) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphrinB2 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphrinB2 in a cell.
66. The method of claim 65, wherein the tumor comprises one or more cancer cells expressing EphB4 and/or EphrinB2.
67. A method for treating a patient suffering from a cancer, comprising administering to the patient a nucleic acid moclecule selected from the group consisting of:
(a) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphB4 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases tlie expression of EphB4 in a cell; and
(b) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphrinB2 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphrinB2 in a cell.
68. The method of claim 67, wherein the nucleic acid compound is an antisense nucleic acid compound.
69. The method of claim 67, wherein the nucleic acid compound is an RNAi construct.
70. The method of claim 67, wherein the nucleic acid compound is formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
71. The method of claim 67, wherein the cancer cell expresses a higher level of EphB4 compared to a noncancerous cell from a comparable tissue.
72. The method of claim 67, wherein the cancer cell expresses a higher level of Ephrin B2 compared to a noncancerous cell from a comparable tissue.
73. The method of claim 67, wherein the tumor is a metastatic tumor.
74. The method of claim 67, wherein the tumor is seleted from the group consisting of colon carcinoma, breast tumor, mesothelioma, prostate tumor, squamous cell carcinoma, Kaposi sarcoma, and leukemia.
75. The method of claim 67, wherein the tumor is an angiogenesis-dependent tumor.
76. The method of claim 67, wherein the tumor is an angiogenesis-independent tumor.
77. The method of claim 67, further including at least one additional anti-cancer chemotherapeutic agent that inhibits cancer cells in an additive or synergistic manner with the nucleic acid compound.
78. A method for treating a patient suffering from an angiogenesis-associated disease, comprising administering to the patient an amount of a nucleic acid compound sufficient to inhibit angiogenesis, wherein the nucleic acid compound is selected from the group consisting of:
(a) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphB4 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphB4 in a cell; and
(b) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphrinB2 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphrinB2 in a cell.
79. The method of claim 78, wherem the nucleic acid compound is an antisense nucleic acid compound.
80. The method of claim 78, wherein the nucleic acid compound is an RNAi construct.
81. The method of claim 78, wherein the nucleic acid compound is formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
82. The method of claim 78, wherein the angiogenesis-associated disease is selected from the group consisting of angiogenesis-dependent cancer, benign tumors, inflammatory disorders, chronic articular rheumatism and psoriasis, ocular angiogenic diseases, Osier-
Webber Syndrome, myocardial angiogenesis, plaque neovascularization, telangiectasia, hemophiliac joints, angiofibroma, wound granulation, wound healing, telangiectasia psoriasis scleroderma, pyogenic granuloma, cororany collaterals, ischemic limb angiogenesis, rubeosis, arthritis, diabetic neovascularization, fractures, vasculogenesis, and hematopoiesis.
83. The method of claim 78, further including at least one additional anti-angiogenesis agent that inhibits angiogenesis in an additive or synergistic manner with the nucleic acid compound.
84. Use of a nucleic acid compound of claim 1 in the manufacture of medicament for the treatment of cancer.
85. Use of a nucleic acid compound of claim 30 in the manufacture of medicament for the treatment of cancer.
86. Use of a nucleic acid compound of claim 1 in the manufacture of medicament for the treatment of an angiogenesis- associate disease.
87. Use of a nucleic acid compound of claim 30 in the manufacture of medicament for the treatment of an angiogenesis- associate disease.
88. A method for treating a patient suffering from a cancer, comprising:
(a) identifying in the patient a tumor having a plurality of cancer cells that express EphB4 and/or EphrinB2; and
(b) administering to the patient a nucleic acid compound selected from the group consisting of: (i) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphB4 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphB4 in a cell; and
(ii) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphrinB2 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphrinB2 in a cell.
89. A method for treating a patient suffering from a cancer, comprising: (a) identifying in the patient a tumor having a plurality of cancer cells having a gene amplification ofthe EphB4 and/or EphrinB2 gene; and
(b) administering to the patient a nucleic acid compound selected from the group consisting of:
(i) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphB4 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphB4 in a cell; and
(ii) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphrinB2 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphrinB2 in a cell.
90. A method for identifying a tumor that is suitable for treatment with an inhibitor of EphrinB2 or EphB4 expression, the method comprising detecting in the tumor cell one or more ofthe following characteristics:
(a) expression of EphB4 protein and/or mRNA;
(b) expression of EphrinB2 protein and/or mRNA;
(c) gene amplification ofthe EphB4 gene; and
(d) gene amplification ofthe EphrinB2 gene, wherein a tumor cell having one or more of characteristics (a)-(d) is suitable for treatment with an inhibitor of EphrinB2 or EphB4 expression.
91. The method of claim 60, wherein the inhibitor of EpbrinB2 or EphB4 expression is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphB4 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphB4 in a cell; and
(ii) a nucleic acid compound that hybridizes to an EphrinB2 transcript under physiological conditions and decreases the expression of EphrinB2 in a cell.
PCT/US2004/007491 2003-03-12 2004-03-12 Nucleic acid compounds for inhibiting angiogenesis and tumor growth WO2004080418A2 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP04720327A EP1606305A4 (en) 2003-03-12 2004-03-12 Nucleic acid compounds for inhibiting angiogenesis and tumor growth
AU2004220525A AU2004220525B2 (en) 2003-03-12 2004-03-12 Nucleic acid compounds for inhibiting angiogenesis and tumor growth
CA002518898A CA2518898A1 (en) 2003-03-12 2004-03-12 Nucleic acid compounds for inhibiting angiogenesis and tumor growth
JP2006507095A JP4762889B2 (en) 2003-03-12 2004-03-12 Nucleic acid compounds for inhibiting angiogenesis and tumor growth

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US45443203P 2003-03-12 2003-03-12
US45430003P 2003-03-12 2003-03-12
US60/454,432 2003-03-12
US60/454,300 2003-03-12

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2004080418A2 true WO2004080418A2 (en) 2004-09-23
WO2004080418A3 WO2004080418A3 (en) 2005-05-06

Family

ID=32994555

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2004/007755 WO2004080425A2 (en) 2003-03-12 2004-03-12 Polypeptide compounds for inhibiting angiogenesis and tumor growth
PCT/US2004/007491 WO2004080418A2 (en) 2003-03-12 2004-03-12 Nucleic acid compounds for inhibiting angiogenesis and tumor growth

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2004/007755 WO2004080425A2 (en) 2003-03-12 2004-03-12 Polypeptide compounds for inhibiting angiogenesis and tumor growth

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (5) US7585967B2 (en)
EP (2) EP1605961A4 (en)
JP (3) JP2006521111A (en)
AU (3) AU2004220525B2 (en)
CA (2) CA2518898A1 (en)
WO (2) WO2004080425A2 (en)

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2109690B1 (en) * 2007-11-29 2012-04-18 MOLECULAR HEALTH GmbH Eph-b4 specific sirna for reducing epo-induced tumor cell growth during anemia treatment in cancer patients, tissue protective erythropoietin receptor (nepor) and methods of use.
US8338169B2 (en) 2005-07-27 2012-12-25 Institut Des Vaisseaux Et Du Sang Cell/ligand marking system, wherein the marker is of Eph type, cell material comprising said system, method for preparing same and proangiogenetic use
US8357501B2 (en) 2007-11-29 2013-01-22 Molecular Health Gmbh Tissue protective erythropoietin receptor (NEPOR) and methods of use
US9381208B2 (en) 2006-08-08 2016-07-05 Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität Structure and use of 5′ phosphate oligonucleotides
US9399658B2 (en) 2011-03-28 2016-07-26 Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität Bonn Purification of triphosphorylated oligonucleotides using capture tags
US9738680B2 (en) 2008-05-21 2017-08-22 Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität Bonn 5′ triphosphate oligonucleotide with blunt end and uses thereof
US10059943B2 (en) 2012-09-27 2018-08-28 Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität Bonn RIG-I ligands and methods for producing them
EP4105328A1 (en) * 2021-06-15 2022-12-21 Max-Planck-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften e.V. Antisense-oligonucleotides for prevention of kidney dysfunction promoted by endothelial dysfunction by ephrin-b2 suppression

Families Citing this family (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6887674B1 (en) 1998-04-13 2005-05-03 California Institute Of Technology Artery- and vein-specific proteins and uses therefor
AU2002951409A0 (en) * 2002-09-16 2002-09-26 North Western Adelaide Health Services Methods for regulating cancer
CA2499580A1 (en) 2002-09-24 2004-04-08 The Burnham Institute Novel agents that modulate eph receptor activity
WO2004080425A2 (en) * 2003-03-12 2004-09-23 Vasgene Therapeutics, Inc. Polypeptide compounds for inhibiting angiogenesis and tumor growth
US7381410B2 (en) 2003-03-12 2008-06-03 Vasgene Therapeutics, Inc. Polypeptide compounds for inhibiting angiogenesis and tumor growth
EP2275445A3 (en) * 2004-03-12 2012-02-29 Vasgene Therapeutics, Inc. Antibodies binding to ephb4 for inhibiting angiogenesis and tumor growth
ATE492564T1 (en) 2004-03-12 2011-01-15 Vasgene Therapeutics Inc EPHB4-BINDING ANTIBODIES FOR INHIBITING ANGIOGENESIS AND TUMOR GROWTH
JP2007320850A (en) * 2004-08-24 2007-12-13 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co Ltd Anti-ephrin b2 antibody
EP1799867A2 (en) * 2004-09-23 2007-06-27 Vasgene Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for detecting and treating tumors
AU2005286662B2 (en) 2004-09-23 2011-10-06 Vasgene Therapeutics, Inc. Polypeptide compounds for inhibiting angiogenesis and tumor growth
DE102004054016A1 (en) * 2004-11-09 2006-05-11 Robert Bosch Gmbh Control unit for controlling and / or regulating at least one vehicle function
AU2005307737C1 (en) * 2004-11-18 2013-08-29 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Multicistronic siRNA constructs to inhibit tumors
CA2593325A1 (en) * 2005-01-06 2006-07-13 Genentech, Inc. Cancer prognostic, diagnostic and treatment methods
ATE486890T1 (en) * 2005-01-27 2010-11-15 Burnham Inst EPHB RECEPTOR BINDING PEPTIDES
CA2623387A1 (en) * 2005-09-23 2007-04-05 Vasgene Therapeutics, Inc. Use of ephrinb2 directed agents for the treatment or prevention of viral infections
CN101410413B (en) * 2006-01-20 2013-04-24 健泰科生物技术公司 Anti-EPHRINB2 antiboies and methods using same
WO2009006336A1 (en) * 2007-06-28 2009-01-08 Sylgen Laboratories, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting angiogenesis and tumorigenesis
US8975377B2 (en) 2007-08-13 2015-03-10 Vasgene Therapeutics, Inc Cancer treatment using humanized antibodies that bind to EphB4
WO2012112434A1 (en) * 2011-02-14 2012-08-23 Allergan, Inc. Inhibiting aberrant blood vessel formation using retargeted endopeptidases
JP2015071566A (en) * 2013-10-03 2015-04-16 住友ベークライト株式会社 Pharmaceutical composition of fgf4 gene amplification tumor
WO2018110374A1 (en) * 2016-12-14 2018-06-21 国立大学法人信州大学 Chimeric antigen receptor gene-modified lymphocyte having cytocidal effect
CA3125972A1 (en) * 2019-01-10 2020-07-16 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Functional analysis of cancer cells
WO2023224096A1 (en) * 2022-05-18 2023-11-23 国立研究開発法人国立がん研究センター Cancer vaccine using common cancer antigen cocktail, tcr/car-t cell therapeutic, companion diagnostic method, and method for diagnosing cancer onset risk by blood-circulating cancer cell detection

Family Cites Families (83)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5530101A (en) 1988-12-28 1996-06-25 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
JPH04218000A (en) * 1990-02-13 1992-08-07 Kirin Amgen Inc Modified polypeptide
US5674691A (en) 1991-06-21 1997-10-07 Amrad Corporation Limited Method of screening for ligands to a receptor-type tyrosine kinase
AU3482493A (en) 1992-01-22 1993-09-01 New England Deaconess Hospital Novel protein tyrosine kinases
US6331302B1 (en) 1992-01-22 2001-12-18 Genentech, Inc. Protein tyrosine kinase agonist antibodies
US5635177A (en) 1992-01-22 1997-06-03 Genentech, Inc. Protein tyrosine kinase agonist antibodies
AU687727B2 (en) 1992-10-28 1998-03-05 Genentech Inc. Vascular endothelial cell growth factor antagonists
US5824303A (en) 1992-11-13 1998-10-20 Amgen Inc. Eck receptor ligands
CA2149333C (en) 1992-11-13 2002-01-22 Timothy D. Bartley Eck receptor ligands
US5512591A (en) 1993-02-18 1996-04-30 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Treatments for diseases characterized by neovascularization
ES2152753B1 (en) 1993-03-29 2001-09-01 Ct Investig Energeticas Ciemat TRANSGENIC ANIMALS FOR THE DETERMINATION OF AGENTS THAT STIMULATE OR REPRESSE EPIDERMIC HYPERPROLIFERATION AND HAIR GROWTH
US5801154A (en) * 1993-10-18 1998-09-01 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense oligonucleotide modulation of multidrug resistance-associated protein
US6303769B1 (en) * 1994-07-08 2001-10-16 Immunex Corporation Lerk-5 dna
US5624899A (en) * 1994-07-20 1997-04-29 Genentech Inc. Method for using Htk ligand
WO1996003043A1 (en) 1994-07-26 1996-02-08 Rutgers, The State University Of New Jersey Human brain specific kinase
US5795734A (en) 1994-09-19 1998-08-18 President And Fellows Of Harvard College EPH receptor ligands, and uses related thereto
CA2203888C (en) 1994-10-27 2011-08-23 Ingrid W. Caras Al-1 neurotrophic factor, a ligand for an eph-related tyrosine kinase receptor
US6057124A (en) 1995-01-27 2000-05-02 Amgen Inc. Nucleic acids encoding ligands for HEK4 receptors
WO1996026958A2 (en) 1995-02-27 1996-09-06 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Eph RECEPTOR LIGAND ELF-2
GB9508538D0 (en) 1995-04-27 1995-06-14 Zeneca Ltd Quinazoline derivatives
EP0848755B2 (en) 1995-09-08 2011-02-09 Genentech, Inc. Vegf-related protein
US6346398B1 (en) * 1995-10-26 2002-02-12 Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method and reagent for the treatment of diseases or conditions related to levels of vascular endothelial growth factor receptor
US5837534A (en) 1995-11-14 1998-11-17 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System Smooth muscle 22α promoter, gene transfer vectors containing the same, and method of use of the same to target gene expression in arterial smooth muscle cells
AUPN727795A0 (en) 1995-12-22 1996-01-18 Walter And Eliza Hall Institute Of Medical Research, The A novel receptor-type tyrosine kinase and use thereof
US6696557B1 (en) * 1996-04-19 2004-02-24 Genentech, Inc. AL-2 neurotrophic factor nucleic acid
US6100071A (en) 1996-05-07 2000-08-08 Genentech, Inc. Receptors as novel inhibitors of vascular endothelial growth factor activity and processes for their production
US6413730B1 (en) 1996-07-05 2002-07-02 Mount Sinai Hospital Corporation Method for identifying compounds that inhibit or enhance activation of a transmembrane ligand for a receptor tyrosine kinase
UA73073C2 (en) 1997-04-03 2005-06-15 Уайт Холдінгз Корпорейшн Substituted 3-cyan chinolines
EP1787999B1 (en) 1997-04-07 2010-08-04 Genentech, Inc. Anti-VEGF antibodies
AU6887698A (en) 1997-04-08 1998-10-30 Sugen, Inc. Study and treatment of diseases related to specific cellular functions of receptor protein tyrosine kinases
US6440954B1 (en) 1997-04-18 2002-08-27 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Inhibition of vascular smooth muscle cell proliferation
WO1999008696A1 (en) * 1997-08-19 1999-02-25 Vanderbilt University METHODS FOR DETERMINING CELL RESPONSES THROUGH EphB RECEPTORS
CA2308126A1 (en) 1997-10-02 1999-04-15 Leukosite, Inc. Modulation of lerk-2-mediated cell adhesion
JP2002505338A (en) 1998-03-05 2002-02-19 カイロン コーポレイション Methods for increasing the serum half-life of biologically active molecules
US6864227B1 (en) 1998-04-13 2005-03-08 California Institute Of Technology Artery-and vein-specific proteins and uses therefor
US6887674B1 (en) 1998-04-13 2005-05-03 California Institute Of Technology Artery- and vein-specific proteins and uses therefor
CA2246664A1 (en) 1998-10-02 2000-04-02 Universite Paris 7 Vascular specific regulatory elements contained in the desmin 5' flanking region
AUPP674898A0 (en) 1998-10-27 1998-11-19 Walter And Eliza Hall Institute Of Medical Research, The A method of treatment
PT1135153E (en) * 1998-11-20 2005-09-30 Genentech Inc USES FOR ANTAGONISTS AND AGNISTS OF EPH RECEPTORS FOR TREATING VASCULAR DISORDERS
US6150162A (en) * 1998-12-17 2000-11-21 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Antisense modulation of CD44 expression
US6770633B1 (en) * 1999-10-26 2004-08-03 Immusol, Inc. Ribozyme therapy for the treatment of proliferative skin and eye diseases
EP1246637A2 (en) * 2000-01-06 2002-10-09 The Hospital for Sick Children Methods of modulation of the immune system
US20070026394A1 (en) * 2000-02-11 2007-02-01 Lawrence Blatt Modulation of gene expression associated with inflammation proliferation and neurite outgrowth using nucleic acid based technologies
CA2400573A1 (en) * 2000-03-28 2001-10-04 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Alteration of cellular behavior by antisense modulation of mrna processing
AU2001264563A1 (en) * 2000-04-12 2001-10-30 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Albumin fusion proteins
AU2001257174A1 (en) 2000-04-21 2001-11-07 Amgen Inc. Integrin/adhesion antagonists
US6271030B1 (en) * 2000-06-14 2001-08-07 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense inhibition of C/EBP beta expression
US6277640B1 (en) * 2000-07-31 2001-08-21 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of Her-3 expression
AU2001283108A1 (en) 2000-08-03 2002-02-18 The University Of Utah Research Foundation Manipulation of arterial-venous identity
US6812339B1 (en) * 2000-09-08 2004-11-02 Applera Corporation Polymorphisms in known genes associated with human disease, methods of detection and uses thereof
WO2002026827A1 (en) 2000-09-29 2002-04-04 Novartis Ag Extracellular polypeptides of eph b receptors and ephrin b ligands and the corresponding nucleic acid molecules
US7136808B2 (en) * 2000-10-20 2006-11-14 Microsoft Corporation Detection and correction of errors in german grammatical case
DE60127291T2 (en) 2000-11-20 2007-12-20 California Institute Of Technology, Pasadena FOR THE SMOOTH MUSCLES OF ARTERIES AND THE SMOOTH MUSCLES OF VENE SPECIFIC PROTEINS AND THEIR USE
EP1873259B1 (en) * 2000-12-01 2012-01-25 Max-Planck-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften e.V. RNA interference mediated by 21 and 22nt RNAs
WO2002058538A2 (en) 2001-01-26 2002-08-01 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of imaging and targeting vasculature
US20040132634A1 (en) 2001-01-31 2004-07-08 Frank Sicheri Compositions and methods for regulating the kinase domain of receptor tyrosine kinases
EP1364066A2 (en) 2001-02-02 2003-11-26 Max-Planck-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften e.V. Method for identifying functional nucleic acids
JP2004532022A (en) * 2001-03-26 2004-10-21 サーナ・セラピューティクス・インコーポレイテッド Oligonucleotide-mediated inhibition of hepatitis B virus and hepatitis C virus replication
WO2002079382A2 (en) 2001-03-30 2002-10-10 President And Fellows Of Harvard College B-ephrin regulation of g-protein coupled chemoattraction; compositions and methods of use
JP2005500025A (en) * 2001-05-29 2005-01-06 サーナ・セラピューティクス・インコーポレイテッド Nucleic acid-based regulation of female reproductive diseases and conditions
DK2000545T3 (en) * 2001-06-20 2011-11-28 Genentech Inc Compositions and methods for diagnosis and treatment of lung tumor
EP1423428B2 (en) 2001-06-20 2012-11-14 Fibron Ltd. Antibodies that block fgfr3 activation, methods of screening for and uses thereof
US20040247592A1 (en) * 2001-07-03 2004-12-09 Roifman Chaim M. Ephrin and eph receptor mediated immune modulation
JP3876656B2 (en) * 2001-07-13 2007-02-07 住友金属工業株式会社 Threaded joints for pipes
JP2005531281A (en) * 2001-11-02 2005-10-20 ファイザー・プロダクツ・インク Treatment and diagnosis of lung cancer
US20060241027A1 (en) 2002-02-07 2006-10-26 Hans-Peter Hauser Hiv inhibiting proteins
AU2003276832A1 (en) 2002-05-10 2004-02-25 Medimmune, Llc EphA2 AGONISTIC MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
JP4557714B2 (en) 2002-05-10 2010-10-06 メディミューン,エルエルシー EphA2 monoclonal antibody and method of use thereof
US20040110150A1 (en) * 2002-12-10 2004-06-10 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Modulation of Ephrin-B2 expression
WO2004020468A2 (en) 2002-08-28 2004-03-11 Maxygen Aps Interferon beta-like molecules for treatment of cancer
AU2002951409A0 (en) 2002-09-16 2002-09-26 North Western Adelaide Health Services Methods for regulating cancer
AU2003260169B9 (en) * 2002-09-16 2011-06-09 The Queen Elizabeth Hospital Research Foundation Inc. Methods for regulating cancer
EP2284266B1 (en) * 2002-11-14 2013-11-06 Thermo Fisher Scientific Biosciences Inc. siRNA targeting tp53
US7250289B2 (en) * 2002-11-20 2007-07-31 Affymetrix, Inc. Methods of genetic analysis of mouse
WO2004080425A2 (en) * 2003-03-12 2004-09-23 Vasgene Therapeutics, Inc. Polypeptide compounds for inhibiting angiogenesis and tumor growth
NZ567952A (en) 2003-03-24 2009-12-24 Sequoia Pharmaceuticals Inc Long acting biologically active conjugates
CA2521594A1 (en) 2003-04-11 2004-10-28 Medimmune, Inc. Epha2 and non-neoplastic hyperproliferative cell disorders
US20050049176A1 (en) 2003-04-11 2005-03-03 Kiener Peter A. EphA2, hypoproliferative cell disorders and epithelial and endothelial reconstitution
JP2007522096A (en) 2003-06-06 2007-08-09 メディミューン,インコーポレーテッド Use of EphA4 and EphA4 modulators for cancer diagnosis, treatment, and prevention
US7576052B2 (en) 2003-10-17 2009-08-18 Joslin Diabetes Center, Inc. Methods and compositions for modulating adipocyte function
KR20060135671A (en) 2003-11-20 2006-12-29 메디뮨 인코포레이티드 Epha2 agonistic monoclonal antibodies and methods of use thereof
EP2275445A3 (en) 2004-03-12 2012-02-29 Vasgene Therapeutics, Inc. Antibodies binding to ephb4 for inhibiting angiogenesis and tumor growth
AU2005286662B2 (en) 2004-09-23 2011-10-06 Vasgene Therapeutics, Inc. Polypeptide compounds for inhibiting angiogenesis and tumor growth

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See references of EP1606305A4 *

Cited By (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8338169B2 (en) 2005-07-27 2012-12-25 Institut Des Vaisseaux Et Du Sang Cell/ligand marking system, wherein the marker is of Eph type, cell material comprising said system, method for preparing same and proangiogenetic use
US9381208B2 (en) 2006-08-08 2016-07-05 Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität Structure and use of 5′ phosphate oligonucleotides
US10238682B2 (en) 2006-08-08 2019-03-26 Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität Bonn Structure and use of 5′ phosphate oligonucleotides
EP2109690B1 (en) * 2007-11-29 2012-04-18 MOLECULAR HEALTH GmbH Eph-b4 specific sirna for reducing epo-induced tumor cell growth during anemia treatment in cancer patients, tissue protective erythropoietin receptor (nepor) and methods of use.
EP2492355A1 (en) * 2007-11-29 2012-08-29 Life Biosystems GmbH Tissue protective erythropoietin receptor (nepor) and methods of use
US8357501B2 (en) 2007-11-29 2013-01-22 Molecular Health Gmbh Tissue protective erythropoietin receptor (NEPOR) and methods of use
EP2960341A1 (en) * 2007-11-29 2015-12-30 Molecular Health GmbH Novel tissue protective erythropoietin receptor (nepor) and methods of use
US10196638B2 (en) 2008-05-21 2019-02-05 Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität Bonn 5′ triphosphate oligonucleotide with blunt end and uses thereof
US10036021B2 (en) 2008-05-21 2018-07-31 Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität Bonn 5′ triphosphate oligonucleotide with blunt end and uses thereof
US9738680B2 (en) 2008-05-21 2017-08-22 Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität Bonn 5′ triphosphate oligonucleotide with blunt end and uses thereof
US9896689B2 (en) 2011-03-28 2018-02-20 Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität Bonn Purification of triphosphorylated oligonucleotides using capture tags
US9399658B2 (en) 2011-03-28 2016-07-26 Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität Bonn Purification of triphosphorylated oligonucleotides using capture tags
US10059943B2 (en) 2012-09-27 2018-08-28 Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität Bonn RIG-I ligands and methods for producing them
US10072262B2 (en) 2012-09-27 2018-09-11 Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität Bonn RIG-I ligands and methods for producing them
US11142763B2 (en) 2012-09-27 2021-10-12 Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität Bonn RIG-I ligands and methods for producing them
EP4105328A1 (en) * 2021-06-15 2022-12-21 Max-Planck-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften e.V. Antisense-oligonucleotides for prevention of kidney dysfunction promoted by endothelial dysfunction by ephrin-b2 suppression
WO2022263569A1 (en) 2021-06-15 2022-12-22 MAX-PLANCK-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften e.V. Antisense-oligonucleotides for prevention of kidney dysfunction promoted by endothelial dysfunction by ephrin-b2 suppression

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2004080418A3 (en) 2005-05-06
JP4762889B2 (en) 2011-08-31
AU2004220525A1 (en) 2004-09-23
EP1606305A2 (en) 2005-12-21
US7585967B2 (en) 2009-09-08
JP2011256179A (en) 2011-12-22
EP1605961A2 (en) 2005-12-21
WO2004080425A3 (en) 2005-07-07
US7862816B2 (en) 2011-01-04
US20050164965A1 (en) 2005-07-28
US20100093831A1 (en) 2010-04-15
AU2010238577B2 (en) 2012-05-24
AU2004220525B2 (en) 2011-03-31
US20070031435A1 (en) 2007-02-08
US8063183B2 (en) 2011-11-22
CA2518912A1 (en) 2004-09-23
AU2004220459B2 (en) 2010-08-05
AU2010238577A1 (en) 2010-11-18
CA2518898A1 (en) 2004-09-23
US20110129482A1 (en) 2011-06-02
EP1606305A4 (en) 2009-06-24
EP1605961A4 (en) 2009-11-11
JP2006521111A (en) 2006-09-21
US20050084873A1 (en) 2005-04-21
WO2004080425A2 (en) 2004-09-23
AU2004220459A1 (en) 2004-09-23
JP2006519610A (en) 2006-08-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7585967B2 (en) Nucleic acid compounds for inhibiting angiogenesis and tumor growth
US8273858B2 (en) Polypeptide compounds for inhibiting angiogenesis and tumor growth
Yamazaki et al. Inhibition of tumor growth by ribozyme-mediated suppression of aberrant epidermal growth factor receptor gene expression
JP2006521111A5 (en)
EP1325121A2 (en) Antisense oligonucleotide directed toward mammalian vegf receptor genes and uses thereof
WO2003056010A2 (en) An antisense strategy to modulate estrogen receptor response (er. alpha. and/or er. beta.)
JP2001513996A (en) MDM2-specific antisense oligonucleotide
AU2008226824A1 (en) Use of EphB4 as a diagnostic marker and a therapeutic target for ovarian cancer
JP2007530431A (en) Compositions and methods for treating pancreatic cancer
JPH06209778A (en) Nf-kappa. b anti sense polynucleotide
CA3161513A1 (en) Antisense oligonucleotide targeting linc00518 for treating melanoma
KR20010042848A (en) Insulin-like growth factor ⅱ antisense oligonucleotide sequences and methods of using same to modulate cell growth
CA3054001A1 (en) Asymmetric sirna for inhibiting expression of male pattern hair loss target gene
EP3974531A1 (en) Asymmetric sirna inhibiting expression of pd-1
CA2321189A1 (en) Antisense oligonucleotides directed toward mammalian vegf receptor genes and uses thereof
CA2471127A1 (en) An antisense strategy to modulate estrogen receptor response (er.alpha. and/or er.beta.)
KR20100045194A (en) Composition comprising kir 2.2 inhibitor for cancer treatment

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): BW GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006507095

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2518898

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2004220525

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2004720327

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2004220525

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20040312

Kind code of ref document: A

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2004220525

Country of ref document: AU

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2004720327

Country of ref document: EP